Category: Webinars Collection

  • 10/12/2026 – 5 Digital Products I Would Start If I Were Starting from Zero

    In this video, I’ll walk you through five digital products I will personally start with if I lose everything today and have to start over from zero. I’ll break down why you should create, where to sell it, and why each one is a smart move. If you’re new to the channel, my name is Sean. I used to be a broke guy trying to make money online. failed in a bunch of different businesses, then I found the digital product business model, and that’s the first thing that actually worked for me. made my first dollar online, then I hit 10K per month, then I hit hundreds of thousands of dollars per month, eventually made millions of dollars from selling digital products. So, if I were lose everything today and have to start over from zero, these are the five products that I would get started with. Now, a quick disclaimer before we jump into the rest of the video. Most people who start a business fail, and that’s completely normal. And although selling digital products is an amazing business model, it’s still a real business, which means it can absolutely fail if you approach it the wrong way. And that’s exactly why I make these videos, to give you a higher chance of success and help you avoid the common mistakes most people make when they get started. And for those who want even more guidance, that’s why we have our mentorship program where we go even further and help guide you step-by-step throughout the entire process to give you the best chance to succeed. You can click the link in the description and the pin comment below to learn more about that. But with that being said, let’s jump into the video. So, let’s talk about the first digital product I will look at if I were starting from zero, and this is definitely not the fanciest option. It’s simply one of the easiest ways to turn what you already know into something people can pay for. And that’s why digital product number one is a mini course. Now, as I mentioned earlier, I run a full course plus coaching program with the one-on-one calls and live support. So, it’s definitely not a mini course. This is a full-blown coaching mentorship program, right, with a lot of hand-holding, a lot of active stuff going on. So, that takes a lot of time, but you can start way smaller than that. You don’t have to offer the same thing that I’m offering, right? So, you just record a set of videos, you upload them to a course platform, and you can let the platform handle the payments and delivery for you. As an example, here’s a platform a lot of people use to host their courses. You can upload video lessons, PDFs, quizzes, and much more. And students either pay once for lifetime access or pay monthly, which you can charge a subscription for. The platform handles the payments, the hosting, and the students, and all you have to do is teach, basically creating these mini lessons. Here’s a real example of someone else doing that. So, it’s called the complete freelance writing course. This brand has 18 courses all around freelance writing. They cover smaller topics, too, like nonfiction writing and beginner to advanced lessons. And here’s the cool part. These were recorded once. Unlike YouTube videos, you don’t have to keep recording them over and over. Technically, with YouTube videos, yes, you record one video just once, right? But what I mean by that is like, you know, you have to keep posting content to stay on the YouTube algorithm’s good side, right? Or else your channel just slowly dies. So, you know, everyone talks about the YouTube hamster wheel. Well, that’s what I’m talking about here. So, this example course sells for $9.99, and you can see it has over 8,200 students enrolled. So, that’s over $80,000 in sale from just one course. Now, just keep in mind, these numbers are estimates, obviously, and you know, it’s revenue, not profit. But for selling a $10 course, that’s still pretty good. So, here’s what makes a mini course a good option for beginner. So, first, you can sell what you already know, right? If you can explain a skill in a clear and simple way, you can turn that knowledge into a course. And with platforms like Udemy, you don’t have to build your own website or figure out payments and student access yourself, because Udemy handles a lot of the tech side, the back-end stuff. So, you can just focus on teaching something useful. And because this is a mini course that you’re probably going to be selling it for 10 to 20 bucks, there’s not a lot of pressure in terms of, you know, making a super good product, right? Of course, you should try to make it as good as possible, but it’s 10 20 bucks. I mean, if people complain that it’s not good after paying 10 20 bucks, I mean, that’s probably not your ideal customer. But also, you can just give them the refund and just move on. The second pro here is Udemy already has people searching for courses. So, you can pick up organic sales on Udemy itself. So, you don’t need a big audience to get started here. If someone is searching for a topic, your course has a chance to show up in front of them and make sales without you doing anything. Now, you still need a clear title, because that means you need to SEO optimize your course title, the metadata, those kind of things. You have to do the Udemy SEO, but it’s not that hard, right? You just find what people are searching for and then create a course on that. So, you need a good title, a good thumbnail, and lessons that actually help people, but you can piggyback off of Udemy traffic, which is a pro. The downside here is that it takes time, right? You need to record the lessons, organize the content, and make the course easy to follow. As an example, my course, Road to Hero, once again, it’s a course and coaching hybrid, but it has basically a complete video course in there. And guess how long that took? That took 5 months for version one, just to get it out. When I got started, I thought I could make a course in a month. I’m like, it’s probably going to take a month, but it ended up taking 5 months. And then from there, I had to update the course four times because information gets outdated, and every single time it took 3 months of my life dedicated to just doing that. So, that is 15 months, over a year of my life just doing the course. Now, of course, I’m not selling a mini course. I’m doing a full-blown coaching program, you know, a lot of stuff going in. I wanted to make this the best freaking course in the whole planet, which I think I did that because, you know, we’re getting a lot of good Trustpilot reviews. Like, we have hundreds of Trustpilot reviews with over 4.8 average rating, right? So, obviously, that takes way longer than a mini course, but just to paint you a picture, it’s probably going to take a lot longer than what you expect. Also, if you don’t like being on camera or you need quick money, this probably isn’t the best option for you. But, if you enjoy teaching and you can stay consistent, this can become a solid digital product that keeps building over time. All right, digital product number two is nonfiction ebooks. So, the second digital product here is the one I personally like the most, and this is probably what I would personally get started with out of all the five options if I lose everything and I have to start building from zero. So, when I say nonfiction ebooks, I’m talking about publishing ebooks on Amazon by using a platform called Amazon KDP. This is Amazon’s free platform where you can publish your own book and sell it as an ebook, paperback, hardback, even audiobook. And this is actually the first digital product that worked for me after failing for four straight years, right? I was working a 9-5 job. I was trying to make money online. I kept failing and failing and failing in different business models until I found book publishing on Amazon. That’s when I made my first dollar, then I made 10K per month, quit my job. I went on to make millions of dollars from doing that actual business. Then I expanded into other stuff like YouTube, coaching program, but I still do this book publishing business to this day. So again, personally, I made millions of dollars doing this. Results vary, of course, but I got many students who made four, five, six figures, even seven figures, right? Total. I have a lot of friends doing it. So it’s definitely possible. And here’s what most people do not get when I say book publishing on Amazon. You don’t need to be a writer, and you don’t need to overcomplicate this because it’s very similar to selling mini courses on Udemy. You just have to identify what problems people have, what are the search terms people are searching for on Amazon, and then you create a simple book that solves a problem and you rank it so that it shows up in front of them. You can use AI to build the outline and expand each chapter. You can also hire a ghostwriter if you want to completely outsource the book writing process, but nowadays, you can kind of do a lot of things with AI. So here’s an example of an ebook on Amazon. Look at the title and who it’s for. It’s focused on one clear outcome, right? Speaking better Spanish fast using daily phrases in real conversations. This is why ebooks still work so well because people don’t want a 300-page textbook. This is a very simple how-to book based on the knowledge that the author already had. The author is not like a professional writer or anything. She was just a Spanish coach, right? She actually coaches people on how to speak Spanish, and she just transferred her knowledge into a simple book, published it, now it’s blowing up, she’s making a killing with this book. So people want a short guide that gets them results fast. So if you can pick one topic and teach it clearly, you can turn it into a simple ebook. Make sure to keep it focused, keep it practical, make the promise very clear in 5 seconds in your book title, and you’ll be on the right track. The cool thing about publishing ebooks through Amazon KDP is that the same book can also sell as a physical copy or even audio as I mentioned. So, Amazon does this with the print-on-demand model. That means Amazon only prints the book after someone orders it. So, you don’t have to buy inventory up front risking your own money, right? You don’t have to store boxes of books like people do with physical products. A lot of people order a bunch of books and it’s in their garage just sitting, right? That kind of sucks to be honest and you don’t have to do that with a digital product business or a print-on-demand business. So, right now the same book on the paperback version is making 12 to 21,000 dollars per month in revenue, which is amazing, right? Just from the paperback, not counting the other formats. If you add that, it’s a lot more. By the way, if you’re wondering how I’m seeing this number, I have a free plugin called coauthor.ai. So, it’s a completely free plugin. You can look it up on the Google Chrome Store. But once you download it, you can see exactly how many daily sales a book is making, how many royalties per day, how many royalties per month, those kind of information right on the product page for every single book on Amazon. I’ll leave a link in the description if you want to check it out. And since you already have the ebook file, turning it into an audiobook is very easy as well. So, this is how you can take one product or one book and create multiple income streams. So, let’s talk about the pros and cons. For pro, AI can make the process a lot faster, right? You can use it to create an outline, organize your ideas, or help with a rough first draft. You still want to add your own touch, right? We don’t want to just publish AI books. We want to create great books using the help of AI. But AI definitely speeds up the process a lot. Another great thing about ebooks is that you can turn one book into multiple formats as we talked about many, many times and that’s just going to add to your overall income. So, this can be a great beginner product if you can teach one specific results in a clear way. Now, the biggest benefit here that we haven’t touched on is that Amazon can help with the selling, printing, and delivery side, right? Just like how you can tap into like, you know, organic traffic that you have on Udemy, you can tap into Amazon and Amazon has way more customers than Udemy. Amazon is the biggest online store in the whole world. So, being able to tap into people who are searching for things on Amazon and make organic sales that way is just huge. In terms of the cons, one of the most common thing that people complain about is that it’s under Amazon, so Amazon can shut you down anytime. However, that’s actually not true, right? If you don’t follow the rules because you are publishing books under Amazon, if you don’t follow their terms and guidelines, yes, they will shut you down. But it’s not them shutting you down anytime for no reason. People love to complain, but that’s not the case. People who are getting shut down is because they broke the rules for the most part, right? It’s very similar to doing YouTube. If I stop following the YouTube policy and start saying some wild stuff in my videos, I guarantee I’ll lose my channel. So, you know, whatever platform you’re in, same as Udemy, you know? You just have to make sure you read the terms and conditions, understand the rules, and follow it. So, thanks to AI, writing a book is way more doable for beginners now. But with generic AI tools like ChatGPT, Gemini, Claude, it’s still not the easiest to create a high-quality book. Yes, you can write a book with those softwares, but creating a random book and creating a high-quality book that people actually enjoy is a completely different story. And this is exactly why I built coauthor.ai. It’s my AI book-writing software made specifically to create high-quality books. We’re not just selling ChatGPT here with a new label. Co-author is built for real publishers, and it takes you from a rough idea to a full, well-structured book way faster without the fluff and repeating content that most AI tools will give you. Inside Co-author, you can build detailed outlines, write chapter by chapter with real structure, strengthen your hooks, make your book clear and more helpful, generate the book cover for you, do the book research for you, even create super cool book trailers, and much, much more. So, if you want a complete tool for your self-publishing business, the link to Co-author is in the description below. So, publishing non-fiction books on Amazon is great for beginners. That’s what I personally would recommend. But if you’re more of a creative person, the next digital product might be a better fit for you because it’s more focused on designs instead of writing text. And that’s digital product number three, selling activity books. So, activity books are things like word searches, Sudoku, puzzle books, coloring books, mazes, and more. Basically simple books where the customer fills something in on every page. And here’s the best part, just like ebooks, you can publish these as real paperback books on Amazon KDP. You create the pages and the book cover, you upload the PDF file, and Amazon will print it out as a book with the print-on-demand model. So instead of writing a full book like you would with non-fiction with a lot of text, if English is not your first language or if you don’t want to deal with that, instead you’re making a fun or a useful book around a very simple activity. So this makes a great pick for beginners who are more creative or who just doesn’t want to make a traditional book. So this is a word search puzzle book like the one you used to see in newspapers, but this is a paperback book with over 100 puzzles inside. And based on co-author, once again, this is a free Chrome extension, it’s doing between 13 to 22,000 dollars per month, hundreds of dollars per day in royalties. So that’s just one example, that was a word search, but if you have basic drawing skills, coloring books are also blowing up right now. And the most popular coloring book designs or the categories are bold, simple designs made for kids. So this is a coloring book example, very simple illustrations, not a ton of reviews, and it’s still doing 1.6 to 2.6 thousand dollars per month in royalties. So here’s what you need to know about activity books. First, you don’t need advanced writing skills. There are tools online that can help you create things like word search, Sudoku, puzzle books, and more. So you choose a type of activity, you want to customize a layout, export the pages, and this whole process is usually a lot faster than writing a full non-fiction book. And that’s why a lot of beginners gravitate towards this because it’s a little bit easier for them. You know, doing something easy, picking the lowest hanging fruit, or going, you know, the the least friction path is not always a good thing because that means everyone else is doing the same thing. But if you want to get started with something easy, this is also a good option. The second reason is you don’t have to be a professional artist even if you’re creating coloring books, right? Because these illustrations are extremely simple. You just want clean lines, clear shapes, and a good theme that can work well. It’s all about coming up with a cool coloring book idea. Now, Co-author at the moment does not have a puzzle book generation feature, but we are working on it. It’s in beta right now, so it’s going to be coming out very, very soon. So, soon with Co-author you can create, you know, activity books like these. All right, digital product number four, moving away from the book category and we’re talking affiliate products. So, with affiliate marketing, you don’t create the product at all. You promote someone else’s product and you earn a commission on every sale. So, I do this on my own YouTube channel. I recommend tools that I actually use and I earn a percentage when someone buys through my link. So, if you look at the description section of any of my YouTube videos, you can see that I got a good amount of links and these are all either my products or affiliate links, right? So, Co-author Road to Hero, so these are my products, but, you know, the other stuff are usually affiliate links. So, obviously, you don’t want to push random products just to earn a commission. It is highly recommended to share what works and what you personally use and recommend, okay? So, if someone uses my link to purchase that product, then I earn a percentage as commission. So, it’s a pretty honest way to earn and it really adds up once you get steady traffic coming in. However, I want to give you a reality check here. If you’re just posting links on social media and trying to make money from affiliate products, realistically, you can do a couple thousand dollars a month in commission, but it’s probably not going to be tens of thousands of dollars per month. I’ll be pretty impressed if someone out there is making tens of thousands dollars per month from just affiliate products by posting on YouTube or other social media platform. Typically, if you want to get into like tens of thousands, you have to sell your own products and that’s why if you want to make the big bucks, I recommend you do, you know, like book publishing or something like that because those are your own products. But, if you just want to do like a side income, you know, posting content on YouTube once in a while and make a couple thousand dollars per month, then affiliate products is a good option. All right, pros and cons. Pros, you don’t create the product yourself. You promote products that already exist. That means there’s no writing, no designing, and no fulfillment. You just need traffic and to gain trust, which is by creating good content on social media. If people believe your recommendation, they might buy through your link and you can earn a commission. The downside is that you don’t own the product, right? So, the company can change the commission rate, remove the product, or shut down the affiliate program, which is very annoying when that happens. You spend a long time making content and you start getting paid and all of a sudden they change the affiliate program or they just shut it down and you have this content that’s selling the product still for them, but now you’re not getting paid. Super annoying stuff, but it happens. And that’s why, you know, if you want a full control, you should have your own product rather than an affiliate product, rather than just doing affiliate marketing. But again, it’s pros and cons. Lastly, you need traffic. Affiliate marketing works best when people already see your content and trust your recommendations. If you don’t have an audience, it’s extremely hard or basically impossible to do affiliate marketing. So, you have to build an audience first on social media, do something. If you don’t have an audience and you want to start making money, again, creating a very quick product and selling it on sites that you can leverage traffic like Amazon would make more sense. All right, last one. Digital product number five is niche AI tool or a custom GPT. So, for this one, I’m not talking about building a software company from scratch. I’m talking about creating a custom GPT or a lightweight AI-powered product that solves one specific problem for one specific group of people and you’re charging for access. The technical barrier to doing this is getting lower now because obviously AI’s, you know, really opening up the playing field for a lot of people, but you can use OpenAI’s GPT builder, Poe, other no-code platforms. You don’t need to write a single line of code. What you do need is a clear understanding of a real pain point that you can solve and then really kind of the understanding of how it works layout-wise, UI-wise, or user interface-wise as a software. So, you do have to understand that even if you don’t know how to code. So, I personally built coauthor.ai because I spent 10 years watching authors make the same mistake over and over. And also because publishing books were very expensive, right? We were already publishing books on Amazon, but we had to hire ghostwriters, you know, that was like a thousand, two thousand dollars per book. And then you had to hire a cover designer and then, you know, pay somebody for formatting, for book descriptions, everything. So, people are paying thousands of dollars to create a book and you don’t even know if you’re going to recoup the money, right? So, I wanted to make book publishing more accessible for everyone. And now Co-author replaces all of that. You don’t need to hire ghostwriters, you don’t need to hire cover designers. You can format right within Co-author, you can do description in Co-author. You can do everything you need in the publishing business with just a low monthly subscription. So, I already had my problem that I wanted to solve. And you just have to identify what your problem is that you want to solve in whatever space you’re in. So, the people who do this well find a task that a specific group repeats all the time. And they make that task faster or easier. A research tool for publishers, a script tool for real estate agents, a simple system for coaches, whatever that is, you find the boring repeated task that people do over and over and people complain over and over about and then you build the tool around it. So, this one has the highest income potential out of all the list. It’s also subscription based, so people keep paying every month. You don’t have a platform that takes a huge cut. There’s no printing and no inventory. And if you build something people use every week, they tend to stick around and the income keeps adding up, which is nice. So, it seems like this is the one that you should go with. However, obviously everything has pros and cons. So, the reason why this is number five is, you know, very simple. If you’re starting completely from zero, you probably don’t know a niche well enough to solve whatever problem that it has. You get that experience and information from real time spent inside a market. So, what I recommend is you do other stuff on this list, right? Sell the books, sell the mini courses, whatever you want to do and gain experience in whatever you space you’re in. Then once you spend enough time in your niche, you will start seeing problems that you can solve in a different form, which is going to be in a software form. So, that’s one reason. Another reason is simply put, creating a software is going to be the most time consuming and also the most expensive to get started out of this list. So, I still put it as one of the five, but I think it’s the least beginner-friendly option here. All right, so the big question here, what is the best digital product? Obviously, there’s no perfect answer. It really depends on your skills, your time, how much time you have to invest, right? What type of work fits your personality and so much more. But, if you ask me, what is the best digital product to get started as a complete beginner, just because I was a complete beginner, broke, not a lot of time, and this is what I’ve done to start making money and completely changed my life. That’s why I would recommend publishing books as the best option. And not just because it worked for me, if you think about it logically, it makes a lot of sense for a beginner, right? An ebook is super simple. You pick one problem, you write about it, you package it up into an attractive book, put it up on Amazon, leverage Amazon, and that book will be on Amazon and can sell while you sleep. It’s very passive, right? You do the work once, you write it once, and it can keep selling for a long time as long as you chose a good topic that people are actually searching for. You don’t have to deal with inventory, you don’t have to shipping, you don’t need a big audience to get started. And that’s why it’s super beginner-friendly. It kind of checks all the boxes. So, if you want to learn more about book publishing as a business model, if you want to take it seriously, consider joining our mentorship program. It is specifically for people who want to build a true lifestyle business that can grow into a semi-passive income stream over time. Authors already publishing who are frustrated with low sales and you want proper positioning and strategy guidance. Publishers who are already getting results, but you want to scale faster and operate at a higher level. Or individuals ready to treat publishing like a real business, not a hobby, and you want to move quick and really shortcut the process. This is a paid mentorship. It requires commitment, capital, and execution. We don’t work with everyone because again, this is not just a course. We’re going to be working with you one-on-one, so we don’t want to work with people that are, you know, doesn’t have a great personality and all that. So, you do have to book a 30-minute discovery call to see if this program is a good fit for you. But, if you do get accepted and join the program, you’ll be working one-on-one with a coach who actually makes real money with KDP. We guide you from start to finish. We review and approve your book before you publish it, give you access to multiple live workshops every single week, and plug you into a super active KDP community with thousands of successful authors, many earning a full-time income. So, again, you can check it out from the first link in the description, as well as all the tools and resources that I recommend, also in the description below. If you enjoyed this video, please leave a like, subscribe. Thanks for watching, and I’ll see you in the next one.

  • 10/11/2026 – Grok Bot Has 2 New Superpowers – Do These Things Now

    So, Grockbot just dropped two major upgrades, and today I’m going to talk about what those are, why they matter, and what you should do about it. And then I’m also going to tell you guys my number one favorite Grockbot hack that you guys can all get set up in about 5 minutes, and it will truly change the way you work. So, let’s not waste any time and just get straight into this one. Okay, so yesterday Elon Musk came out and said that Grockbot is going to be using the best backend model for any given task, including Claude Opus 5.5 and other things like midjourney, which is a image model, and Suno, which is a like AI music model. And then he said also other leading APIs. So basically Grockbot will understand the task and it will route to whatever model is most likely to give you the best outcome. Now from here someone basically said hey that’s super cool. I have some questions about how this works. Obviously I had a lot of questions too like can we see it? Can we control it? Blah blah blah. How does this affect our weekly usage? And what we now know is that this will be running on Opus 5.5. I assume by default, although we don’t unfortunately really have any visibility into what model it’s using at the moment or what effort level or anything like that. Elon Musk then came back and said, “Okay, so it will use whatever will achieve the best outcome for users. Simple questions will route to small fast models while questions with complex answers will route to large models. So ideally, this is going to be optimizing and getting you to essentially getting your usage or your weekly limit to last longer.” And they said, “However, most bot requests are pretty simple and will be handled by a lightning fast version of Grock 4.8 when that drops. The idea is to give users the best possible combination of speed and intelligence. Now, I think this is a really cool idea. I wish that we had a little bit more ability to control and to manipulate that because then it’s basically like Grockbot is the harness that we could control with any model and ideally any subscription, which would be really cool. And that’s a little bit of foreshadowing to the hack I’m going to show you guys in the end. But of course, some people aren’t super happy about this. People have been asking if they could opt out. They don’t want it to be going to Anthropic. They purposely got on Grockbot because they wanted to use Groc models. So whether you fit on the side where you really like this or you really don’t, that did happen. And unfortunately, we don’t have a lot of visibility into it, but I think that honestly I think it’s a step in the right direction. I think this is pretty cool. And then later that day, we also saw this, which is Grockbot can now search, read, and monitor X, which is awesome because, you know, obviously X, Elon Musk, Grockbot, but normally you had to actually pay for that. So what I would recommend that you do right now about this is you go into your Grockbot. You can see I have one called X that helps me monitor X and find posts and and gives me good like updates and stuff. And I asked it if it saw the update. I wanted to switch that over from our paid API which was the X API, the developer API, which still wasn’t too expensive, but you were still paying every time it pulled in a tweet. And now this is builtin X search and it’s completely free. It is native functionality of Grockbot. So, I then asked it to switch over all my routines and I wanted to make sure that all of my other Grock bots because a lot of these Grock bots touch X and search through X when they’re collecting data, doing research, helping me plan things, whatever it is. And I wanted all of them to be aware of that. So, this bot X messaged all these other bots, Minor, Pod, Eyes, AIS, News, Motion, all these other bots that might need to use X and that do use X and now they all have awareness of this. And then I was just curious about how much it actually did cost us the old way. And like I said, it’s not too expensive. We maybe were at 104 at one point and now we’re about 89 and we were spending about five bucks a week with all the X searching that we were doing. So like I said, not a huge deal, but you might as well take advantage of this and switch over to the native use. So then I went over to minor who I hadn’t talked to yet today and it did get messaged by X earlier and I said go on X and see what people are saying about Cloud Motion and then tell me how much that cost you. So it found these five tweets about Cloud Motion and then it actually said okay this cost me zero. I use the built-in X access. I didn’t touch your paid X API credits, but you do have a free daily allowance of a,000 reads. So, today you have 995 left, and that resets every night around 7:00 p.m. Central, which would make sense because I shot this off right after 7:00 p.m. Central. And earlier today and yesterday, I’ve been doing a bunch of Xarching with this new thing. So, that makes sense. But sometimes you have to take this with a grain of salt because sometimes Grockbot doesn’t always know exactly how it works. Also, this might be running on Opus 5.5 as we speak. So, grain of salt, but this seems like it makes sense. Real quick, guys, I’ve got this completely free kit that I want to give to you all on helping you build your own AIOS, whether you need to build it or whether you need to scale it up. This is the full kit. It’s based on my actual framework I call the Herk Loop. Context, connections, capabilities, and cadence. This thing comes with six skills. It helps you set up a brain. It helps you set up your priorities in your business, and it interviews you. It is exactly how I built my own actual AI operating system, and it’s how I’m able to move so fast. So, if you guys want this, the link for this is down in the description. But anyways, let’s get back to the video. Now, before I talk about this last hack, there is one thing that I think is really interesting to think about, which is the actual model routing. So, let’s say this is using Obus 5.5 and at some point it’ll be maybe by default using Grock 4.8. What I think is really interesting and what I’m going to make sure I’m doing is I’m going to make sure I’m breaking up my skills because think about that. If you have a skill that does like seven things and it’s just one mega skill, that might be fine. Like that might be fun right now because it’s like, oh, run my, you know, YouTube video creation skill and it does everything. It does the ideation, the research, the pulling in the comments, the, you know, the animation, the packaging, it does all that in one skill. And maybe that works best when you have one agent that can just do it. But when you really think about how this is going to be routing on the back end, you want to make sure that you’re truly getting the best experience of balancing intelligence and quality and uh cost. Because if you have a skill and let’s say it’s seven pieces and four of those pieces could be easily Grock 4.8, faster, cheaper, but three of them you might need Opus 5.5 for things that are more reasoning or more design, more taste, then you want to break those up into different skills. That’s at least the first thing I thought about was like, oh well, I don’t think that the model is going to be rerouting or switch routing mid task. Like, it’s probably going to understand load the full context and then it’s going to choose the best model because then you’d have other things like the the cache expiring and you have like this whole handoff. So, it’s probably going to be working where it’s like it’s just one model selection per prompt. I guess. And then we’ve also got the idea of, okay, what if miner, for example, shoots off off my prompt, shoots off prompts to Becky, Dan, Klouse, X, Nat, and Grockbot. And now we’ve got six other types of model selections to be made. I really hope that they start to bring us more visibility. I think it would be great if we could actually see what model they were using, what effort level they were using, and if we could control that, or if we could build skills and say, “Hey, for this skill, please run Opus, or for this skill, please run Grock.” Because that is a big deal. a skill won’t perform the same way for different models and that’s just the truth. So, we want to make sure that we are getting more visibility. I really hope the Grockbot team will bring us that visibility and bring us that customization. But anyways, those are things to be thinking about. Those were two huge upgrades that we got this week, which I am very happy about, at least the direction they’re going in. But now, let me talk about one of my favorite hacks with Grockbot that’s changed the way that I work. This isn’t actually using your Claw subscription. This is still using the Grockbot subscription. Whether you get that through cursor or spacex or what super grock, whatever it is, it’s kind of confusing, but you can have all your Grock bots use your clawed code subscription or your codec subscription, which is awesome because every single one of your bots has their own computer. As you guys know, they they share one big computer. They share a file system, but they own but they all kind of have like their own monitors like their like what’s on their screen is different, but they share the same file system if you open up your file manager. So anyways, because they have this, they have a terminal which means in the terminal they can install cloud code and codecs and other CLIs and they can just run them and all you have to do is authenticate in the same way you authenticate in when you’re on your own machine. So literally just go to one of your agents. As you can see right here, this agent Klouse is opened up inside of Cloud Code in my repo on Opus 5.5 and it’s using my team plan. So it’s using my actual subscription. So now because this cloud computer is always on, you essentially have cloud code always on in your pocket and you can just use um one of your agents to play with it or you could create a new agent that’s literally just called cloud code and you can create a new agent that’s literally just called codeex and now in your pocket you have these subscriptions and it’s really cool because literally all I did here you can see is I said I want you to on the desktop use my cloud code subscription just go to the terminal open that up it installs it. It then prompts me to sign in. So this is where you take over you sign in. You click authorize and then you’re good to go. And then you just want to have it copy in your repo. So clone in your AIOS repo, clone in your projects, and then you’re pretty much all set up because you’ve got your cloud, you’ve got your skills, you’ve got your agents, you’ve got anything that you need in there. And then the final piece to be aware of is you want to transfer over your ENV file because obviously you want all those skills and all of the real value in your AIOS to be transferred over. And so that’s why I don’t like relying on like cloud desktop app plugins or codeex desktop app plugins. I like relying on API keys so that if I switch over to something like this, I can just do one simple migration of one file and now Grockpot can do everything that I can do on my own desktop. So, this has been super great. You know, we’ve we’ve seen Dots, we’ve seen um Muse, and they could pretty much do the same thing. They have computers as well, but I have just been liking Grockbot so much more than those two tools. And I do truly use this thing every day for just really quick and easy and simple automations that I’ve got set up in here. As you can see, quite a few Grockbots working for me. So anyways, get this stuff set up. Hopefully this was helpful. Hopefully you enjoyed the video, you learned something new. And if you did, please give it a like. It helps me out a ton. And as always, I appreciate you guys making it to the end of the video. And I will see you all on the next one. Thanks everyone.

  • 10/11/2026 – Stock Market Outlook – Will Inflation Data + Earnings Trigger a HUGE Rally or Sell Off

    Hey yo, what’s up everybody? What’s going on folks? Welcome to the True Trading Group live stream. Hope you guys had a nice weekend. Hope you had a nice weekend of or I watched a nice Sunday of football, a nice Saturday of college football, some pretty good college games on some pretty good NFL games on. But you guys are here with me tonight instead at 8:05 p.m. Eastern Standard on October 11th. Yes, this is a live stream. This is not a recorded video. We’re going to talk tonight about how we’re going to make some money this week. It’s going to be a big week. You have a lot of catalysts. We’ve got earnings kicking back up. We’ve got CPI, inflation data that’s going to be on deck. Tons of catalyst to get this market moving. In case you missed it, we just recently made a brand new all-time high last week. and futures are trading higher up about a quarter of a percent um to start off this Sunday evening when futures opened up just a couple of hours ago. And everybody kind of has the same question. Everybody wants to know, can you trust this move to new all-time highs? Is this is the market has the market completely lost its mind? Is the market going delirious? Is the market gone mad? Is the market not pricing in the risks that lie ahead? Or can this market rally continue? Can the new all-time high continue to push or is it a bull trap? These are all the questions that I’m getting asked from people. I’m getting asked from members of your trading group. I’m getting asked just from random people on my social media pages. If you guys want to follow me on X, you can go ahead and do so. My Twitter handle is Mike Edward_TTG. Again, that is Mike Edward_TTG. Go ahead there and give me a follow. I’m always posting market commentary, analysis, trade ideas, um, you know, some breaking news type stuff also on my page. So, go ahead and give me a follow there, mike edward_TTG. Um, but these are the questions and even my friends, even my friends are asking me these questions. You know, my my group chat with my friends, I’m getting these same kind of questions on, hey man, what do you think? you know, can the market continue to make new all-time highs while bond yields sit where they are? And there’s been a really big debate as of late on whether or not is this just the new norm for bond yields or is something wrong? And if you had asked me six months ago, you said, “Mike, listen man, here’s the deal. The 10-year Treasury yield is going to go to F is going to go above 5.3%. Where is this S&P? If you said this to me a year ago, 6 months ago, I would have probably said if the 10 years at 5.3, I’d say the S&P is probably in correction territory, meaning that we would be down more than 10% from the highs. And instead, the market just made a new all-time high just a couple of days ago and continues to sit just, you know, a hair off of that all-time high and futures are pushing higher, you know, even right now to be within less than less than a percent of that all-time high. Um, and it’s been pretty remarkable. And I’m not going to lie, I I am I am impressed. I am surprised by how strong equity markets have been in the face of this rise these rising bond yields and you know some sticky inflation and still still elevated oil prices. Um I’m I’m surprised I’m surprised to see equities where they are. But earnings have just been that damn good. Earnings have been that good and they’re mostly driven by all the AI stocks, all the AI AI infrastructure stocks. The the labor data and the jobs data has still been okay. you still haven’t seen any breakage in the in the labor markets. Um earnings have been great. Um GDP numbers were good. You know, GDP coming in, you know, 22 on real GDP. And then you have nominal GDP um that is tra that is up around 6%. And that takes me to something that I wanted to go over because there’s this old kind of um math, I guess you can call it, that the stock market really used to abide by and it kind of went away for a while. And and this is why when you hear people talk about is this just the new is this the new norm for interest rates and the S&P 500 and equities and you know PE ratios on equities to the to the to the 10-year. Um, and one of the things that used to be the case and used to be pretty standard would be that the 10-year Treasury, the yield on the 10-year would be around nominal GDP. Now real GDP is actually just going from the increase in the goods and services um that are produced in the country. The nominal GDP factors in inflation within that as well. And if you look at a if you look at a real a real GDP of 22 and you look at inflation of 34 that puts you at 55. the 10-year Treasury is 53. So, if you go by the old ways of math and you’re you’re you’re probably going to start to hear a couple of people, if you haven’t heard it already, you might have heard people talk about this already, but you’re probably going to start to see maybe you might see people talk about on social media. You might see people talk about it on CNBC. I don’t know if that’s the right answer, right? I’m not I’m not sitting here to answer that question. I don’t pretend to be smart enough to know if that if this is just the new norm or not. I’m just telling you. I’m just kind of going through and analyzing and kind of putting putting the the thoughts into your mind and and letting you kind of understand where my head is at with everything with the markets. But PE ratios on the S&P 500 have come down. You know, we used to be over 22 almost 23 times. We’ve come down to underneath 20, 18 to 19 times, which is really, it’s not cheap, but it’s also not insanely expensive. So, are there some individual stocks that are expensive? Sure. But is the overall market as a whole factoring in the earnings growth that we have? Is it expensive? No, it’s not. It’s not cheap, but it’s not insanely expensive. We The market’s actually gotten cheaper from a multiple basis. And the reason why we’ve gotten cheaper is because the E in the PE ratio has gotten so large that that’s what you divide by. That’s the denominator in the equation. And that’s why the multiples come down because earnings have been so strong. So the multiples come down as bond yields have moved higher but yet equities continue to push and make the multi minds. And I think it’s the really the answer is just it’s earnings still. I’m surprised I’m surprised by where we sit. I am still very heavily invested in the long-term portfolio and I have been I’m not going to lie. I wasn’t happy when when the Fed raised rates. Um, I won’t be happy if they raise rates again because most of the time when you have really strong bull market rallies, most of the time those bull market rallies, they don’t end because stocks get too expensive. They end usually because there’s a pin head that pops the bubble. And usually throughout history, the pin head that pops the bubble is the Fed. The Fed changing up monetary policy, whether they start to do quantitative tightening or if they start going on a rate hike cycle. And that’s typically what ends up popping a really strong bull market and then you get a nice reset, a correction or a bare market before, you know, trying to find your footing, establishing a new base over a period of a couple years and then making a move back up towards those highs once, you know, policy starts to shift again. So I don’t like the fact that the Fed was was starting to go through this hike cycle. But I do believe that the Fed I do believe that we have seen peak Fed hawkishness as far as the market goes. A couple of weeks ago, we were at a point where with the last Fed meeting where the market was actually beginning to think that the Fed wasn’t going to just raise rates two or three times, but they started thinking that the Fed’s going to raise rates four, five, six times, that we’re going to get 100 to 150 basis points of rate hikes. And since that has been the case, you’ve had some lighter than expected jobs data. You’ve had some lighter thanex expected um inflation data, and the expectations of those rate hikes have since fallen off. We at one point were at a over 70% likelihood of a rate hike in the October meeting. That’s now fallen below 20%. We’re at around 15% likelihood of a rate hike at the October meeting. So I think that we’re past peak Fed hawkishness. They might give you one more rate hike in December. I really don’t think they raise rates in October. I wouldn’t be surprised if they don’t raise rates in December either, but it is definitely possible that they could. Um, and then I think maybe that might kind of just be it. But the CPI data we’re going to get this week is going to be really really important with that. That CPI number is not expected to be a good one. Um, it is expected to have gone up pretty pretty considerably. Um, 2% supposed to go up from the prior month. And your month-over-month number, I’m seeing some month-over-month numbers as the highest 6% which is incredibly high for a month-over-month number. Um, so the the expectations for the CPI numbers are are really not that great. So I I like when the expectations are high on inflation because it’s easier to have a potential miss to the downside versus if inflation expectations were really low, then it’s pretty easy to have a miss to the upside and the market’s going to react to a surprise. The market’s not going to necessarily react to something that’s already expecting. It would react to a surprise. And I like the fact that there’s more of it of of an opportunity here where it looks like with the expectations where they are that we can maybe get a number that comes in lighter than expected and maybe that could help help equities move higher that could help bond yields pull back a little bit. But, you know, you got to start thinking about if if this is just the new norm with bond yields. And if you go by that old math of the 10-year yield equals nominal GDP, we’re right there. You know, right now 3.4 inflation and a 2.2 real GDP. That puts you at 56. You’re at 53 right now. You know, you’re at 53. So, um, and equities continue to trade perfectly fine. So, I’m I’m in the same boat as as a lot of people that are kind of scratching their heads a little bit with how well equities have performed with bond yields doing what they’re doing. But that’s really for us to talk about in the long-term portfolio whether or not we’re going to be selling because I haven’t I mean I’ve done a little I I’ve done a little things lately like I took some profit off on a couple of names that I’ve owned for several years without taking profit on any of them and I rolled some of that money into some new names. Um I I bought a a stock for the very first time. I added to a position that I already own. But I’m not really selling. I’m just I’m I’m reallocating capital like I’m trimming some really huge winners and I’m I’m adding to some other stocks that have pulled back lately. I’m not actually pulling money out of the market. I’m not actually going into cash, right? Because I it’s not that I’m bearish. Some of the things I’ve done in my long-term portfolio over the last week was for the first time I’ve been buying these stocks um my cyber security stocks. I’ve been buying them every year since 2022. So 22, 23, 24, 25, 26. I bought Crowd Strike, PaloAlto, foret, Crowd Strike is my largest, cyber security holding, PaloAlto is my second, and then uh fortunate is my third. And I just trimmed uh I took some profit off on all three of them on uh Tuesday. Okay, so we had that huge gap up day on Tuesday. I just felt like the stocks were just extended to a point. It’s been a huge these things have been absolutely monster performers in the long-term portfolio. So, I’ve trimmed some of these. Um, I still own large positions in them, but it’s the first time that I’ve taken profit in these stocks since I’ve started buying them. So, that that is, you know, kind of significant. But I trimmed Crowd Strike, I trimmed PaloAlto, and it trimmed for me somewhere between 10 and 15% of the position. Um, so again, I still own large positions, but I trimmed them. Um, I also trimmed ticker symbol P. Company’s name is Everpure. This is a stock that I’ve owned also since 2022 when it used to be called Pure Storage, ticker symbol PSTG. I bought this stock in the 20s, guys. The stock is at $155 and I’ve never I’ve never sold it. I’ve never trimmed it. This is going to this is the first trim for me. Um, also on ticker symbol P, Pure Storage. So, these are just huge runners that I’m just taking a little piece off. And what did I do with some of that capital? you know, I went ahead and I I added back to my BWXT position, which is a stock I bought in 2023. I have not added to this position every single year. I only added to it one more time in 2025 when the stock was trading at around 90 bucks. Um, and now I’ve added to it again. I’ve added to it again in the 130s. Um, I also went ahead and I bought for the very first time this this stock UEC. Um, so again, UEC, you know, the first time that I’m buying that I’m buying this. So, I just I just took profit off in some of these names and I went ahead. Oh, and I also added to my IBM position. I added to IBM. Um, so I’m just kind of reallocating capital. I’m not selling, right? Like I’m still very fully invested in the long-term portfolio. I’ve also recently added to VST a couple months ago. Uh, these are positions I already have. Um, I also added to CEG a couple of months ago, position that I already have. Um, so just kind of give me Oh, I I added to my Uber position position I already have. I’ve added to my Netflix position, position I already have. Um, but this is just what I’m doing with some of the the cash that I’m raising on some of these profits that I’m taking. I’m not necessarily getting rid of I’m not taking money out of the market. I’m just kind of reallocating it. And then what I had left over, I spread it into my covered call ETFs. get myself a nice 10 to 14% dividend on them. QQQI, QYLD, SPY, JPI,

    and JPQ. Okay. Um, so those are the cover call ETFs. So that’s what I’ve done. That’s what I’ve done with with with with the cash. So just kind of reallocating some cash and in different parts of the market. Um, so I’m still very heavily invested. I’m I’m going to stay very heavily invested until something changes with the Fed and with inflation. If inflation really begins to accelerate, if the Fed really actually does raise rates like three, four, five times, um that’s when I’m going to start to go ahead and start selling in my long-term portfolio. For now, we’re staying very heavily invested. We’re letting all of our AI stocks work. We’re letting, you know, the rest of our diversification, diversified holdings work. It’s been a really great year for us. Okay. So, I know I kind of talked a little bit more about the macro there to kind of start off this live stream, but really what we’re going to do from here on out now is we’re going to talk about really this upcoming week specifically. Okay. Um, I just want to kind of give you kind of a summary of where I’m at with the macro and then dive in now with some trade ideas specifically for this week and talk about exactly how we plan on making money going forward. I’m not a Monday morning quarterback. I don’t come on these live streams and tell you what I did the days before. I tell you, I stick my neck out there and I tell you exactly what I think the markets are going to do in the days to come and exactly what stocks I’m going to be buying or shorting in order to profit from what I believe the markets are going to do. And that’s what we’re going to do here today in this live stream. Now, if you guys are new, you maybe just came across this channel from YouTube, suggested it to you, whatever it is, if you guys are new, my name is Michael Edward Perinati. I go by Michael Edward, and I’m the co-founder and head trader of True Trading Group, also TTG AI. Um, for those that don’t might not be aware, True Trading Group is not just a chat room with courses and trade alerts, TTGAI is an entire ThinTech platform with trading software for retail traders that gives them a distinct advantage over other traders that don’t have access to the tools, resources, data, and analytics that we have within our systems. TTG has received the global benzinga fintech award for best AI analysis tool. We have working partnerships with the NASDAQ, benzinga, openai, data bento, unusual whales and and run pod and some others. Okay, this is what allows us to these relationships with these companies is what’s allowed us to build out the platform that we have. This is an award-winning platform, folks, that’s built on experience and and education with strategies that are proven through success. It’s not just me. There’s seven other professional traders that are mods at True Trading Group that share their screen, that trade with you live, that answer questions, provide market commentary and analysis, of course, tell you where we’re getting in, where we’re getting out, um, and and trade in front of you live each and every single day. Um, now, if you’re wondering maybe why should you listen to any of the things that I talk about on this YouTube channel, it’s not because I claim to be the world’s greatest trader. I don’t think that I am. I’m a damn good one, okay? I had been doing this almost 20 years, 19 years in counting. Um, I got my start working at a hedge fund in New York City, my very first job right out of college, T3 Alpha Fund. While there, they had me go through a training program before they let me touch $1 of the firm’s money. Okay? And then shortly after that, you had actually the great recession, the big stock market crash, 2008. And that year is the same year that I received one of the firms trader of the year awards. Now I’ve gone on to start True Trading Group and with between myself and my my business partner Adam, we’ve built out True Training Group now to have 11,000 users in 114 different countries. We have over 30 employees. Um, and something that we are incredibly proud of is the retention rate that we have amongst our members. And the retention rate meaning by how many people once they join your trading group, they actually stay. They stay here. they be or they become lifetime members and they’re here logging on to the platform five, six years later. And that’s a testament to just how damn good this platform actually is. And when I say good, I don’t just mean it looks nice. When I say good, I mean that it actually produces results. And by results, I actually mean that our members make money. That’s why we have a retention rate that’s in the mid70s. That’s why we have a refund rate at True Training Group that is less than 2 and a.5%. Okay? And you shouldn’t just believe me just because I say these things to just because I have a I’m some guy on a YouTube channel. It’s got a cool painting hanging over his head. You shouldn’t just believe me because I say that. You should believe these things because members will actually tell you themselves that they’re the ones that they are making money and they’re becoming better traders. And I’ll just I’ll prove it to you. Let me let’s ask. Right? We have a lot of people that are on our live stream right now. Members of True Trading Group, okay, members of TTJ, if you’re on this platform right now, I’m sorry, sorry. If you’re on this live stream right now, I want you to do me a favor. Type the number one in chat right now. If you’re making money, you guys are becoming better traders because of TTG. Best platform I have been on and I have tried a lot of them, says Mikos. Uh, Reboot Jones says, “I’m not going anywhere.” So, yeah, those of you that are not members, you can pay attention to how many people you’re about to see typed in the bottom. These are members of True Trading Group that are sitting here telling you that they’re making money with this platform. Okay? And if they can do this, then so can you. There’s absolutely no reason why all these people can sit here and tell you that this is working for them. They’re successful. And you can’t. They’re not luckier than you. And they sure as hell do not have more time than you. 82% of our members have a full-time job. So if they can do this, then so can you. Okay? We have construction workers. We have truck drivers. You know, it’s like a truck driver. Really? So that’s on the road 12 hours a day. sometimes 14 hours a day on the road. What is your excuse? What is your excuse? Some somebody, you know, hauling a big rig halfway across the country for 14 hours. They can do this. I’m telling you guys, so can you. Okay. Uh Ahmad Ellien says, “I’m here forever.” Jennifer, how are you, Jennifer? Four years going. Antoine Benjamin’s been here for four years, right? just this is what I’m talking about like that that’s that’s what that’s how I I know that the things that we have works for members because I listen I know it works for me I trade with all these things on a on a regular basis like the the entire TG terminal the entire TG system all the tools the resources the software I use it every day so it’s helped me in my trading statistics and here let me ask think about this for one second I want you guys just just think about a couple of questions I’m going to ask And then we’re going to dive in. I have one, two, three, four, five, six stocks on my watch list to start off this week. My trade ideas that we’re going to really be be getting into. Um, sea trader is a ship captain. Literally trading at sea. He trades at sea. That’s nuts. I just signed up last week. Great first week. Yes. 2448. Todd says, “I just signed up last week.”

    Hell yeah. Uh Marissa Safa says, “I paid $90 for three months. I didn’t get any recommendation.” I I don’t know what you’re talking about. Then you you didn’t log into the platform. So So you signed up for a trial and then you obviously never logged into the platform. Did you think that we were just gonna like call you and be like, “Hey, listen.” Like did you think I’m just going to call your phone and be like, “Hey, listen, man. I just bought this stock. You should probably you should probably do the same. We give we give alerts every single day inside of True Trading Group. And if you have the mobile app, you download the mobile app. When you guys sign up, you actually get push notifications sent to your cell phone every single time one of our moderators enters or exits a position. This way, you’re never going to miss anything, right? You’re never going to miss anything. So, obviously, you haven’t just lo you just haven’t logged into the platform. So, I can’t help you. If you’re not going to use, right, if you’re not going to use the thing that you sign up for, I can’t help you. Okay. But we give multiple several trade alerts literally every single day. We scalp, we day trade, we swing trade, we cover long-term portfolio investments as well. You guys are notified whenever I make a move in my long-term portfolio. And you obviously you’re notified whenever the moderators and I um enter a day trade, a swing trade, whatever it is. Okay. Um but you can see a lot of these comments that are coming through inside of chat here. Almost eight years. This place is awesome. My boy Jackal Trades. Um, thanks to TTG, I’m able to enjoy retirement more comfortably while beating all the indexes by double digits. My boy Bert, how are you, brother? Hope Hawaii is treating you well. Lifetime member there for Fly Shack. See trader trades from their phone when they’re out to sea. That’s amazing. Um, I’m trading on vacation as we speak. Fully paid for by TTG Profits. Bid by Nachi. I love to see that. I love to see that. That’s really what it’s all about, right? I mean the reason why so many people want to trade is so that you can do this on your own like on your own time really you know it’s that that’s the thing everybody we trade because yes we want to make money but really what we seek is our time and and to be able to spend it the way that we want to spend it. So Fit by Nachi brother you enjoy okay you enjoy that vacation we all know that you have earned it. My boy Von Serno says I’m a painter and I closed a position on top of a 32 foot ladder. Van, be careful, man. Please be careful up there on a 32 foot ladder. The position could have waited, okay? Please be safe, man. But but this is the point, right? You see all these numbers. You see all the things that they’re saying. This guy’s closing a position from on top of a of a 32 foot ladder. Somebody’s trading on vacation. Somebody else is uh is trading while they’re a sea captain, you know, out in the middle of the ocean somewhere. It it my point is the platform that is True Trading Group. Okay. The platform that is your training group gives you tools and resources that allow you to live your life the way that you want. You can trade and invest like it is your full-time job, but you can live life like it isn’t. And that’s really what this platform is all about. So, let me ask you just a couple of questions and then we’re going to dive into my watch list and we’re going to go over the overall market and what I think is going to happen here this week. We’ll do a quick check on futures are still up about a quarter point. We’re just right off the the highs of the session. Um, we’ll talk about that. Oh, I’m in the hospital right now, says Antoine watching the live stream. Well, Antoine, I hope it’s nothing serious, brother. I hope you’re you’re doing okay. Um I really do. I hope that you’re doing okay. Um I really do. Um so, hope it’s nothing serious. Hope you get well soon, man. All right. Uh yeah, disabled day trader. I actually know exactly who who that is. Um happy that we’re able to just kind of help uh help any way that we can. Yeah.

    Good. Yeah. Saying prayers there, disabled trader. Saying some prayers. All right. So, here here’s here’s a couple of questions. Okay. Those of you that are maybe not members of your trading group that are watching this live stream, I’m talking to you right now kind of specifically. Uh your husband’s your husband’s scan was was clear. Oh, that’s such great news. Uh, that person’s husband is actually is has been fighting cancer. Oh, that’s such great news that your husband’s skin was clear for now. Oh, that’s such great news. God bless. I hope it stays that way. I hope it stays that way. Love you, fam. Lifetime TGD life. Oh, yes. Yes. That’s great news. That is great news. Hope it stays that way. So, let me ask a couple of questions. Those of you that are not members, okay, if you had and you don’t have I mean you can answer in chat, right? And you know what members too I’m you know this is for everybody. These questions are for everybody. Okay, question for everybody. So you guys can just answer yes or no. If you had a software, okay, let’s say, are you someone that feel like you know what stock you want to trade, but you don’t quite know where to get in and where to get out and where to set your stop loss, right? How many people, okay, by a quick show of hands, have at some point felt, you can just say me or you just or just don’t comment if it’s not you. How many people have at some point felt I know what I want to trade, but I’m not quite sure where to get in. I’m not quite sure where to take profit and I’m not quite sure where to set my stop loss. Type the number one or type me or whatever it is. If you have been in that position at some point before it, I want to trade Tesla, but I’m not quite sure where to get in. I’m not quite sure where to take profit. I’m not quite sure where to put my stop loss. How many people have gone through that before? Right? How many people have gone through that? Look, a lot of people are say me, me, me, right? Perfect. Okay, so a lot a lot of you. What if you had a tool that is based on that is an algorithm. Okay, this is not just a piece of AI. This is an actual algorithm that’s based on my strategies and my my rule sets and my analysis that gives you and generates for you an actual trading plan that says to you, this is where to get in. This is where to put your stop-loss. This is where to take profit. This is how many contracts or shares that you should buy based on your risk. And this is the confidence score. in that trade plan itself. Do you feel yes or no? Do you feel like if you had a tool that did that for you? Do you feel like that would be helpful in your trading and let’s say this tool has about a 70% 71% win rate? Do you feel like that would be helpful? Brad, if you if you have it, maybe we can pull it up real quick. I could just show people the tool real quick, guys, because like I said, I want to get into, you know, I don’t want to take up too much of your time. I want to get into the watch list and and and all the stocks we’re going to trade this week and how we plan on making money, right? But here here’s our trade plan generator. We call it the holy grail. All you need to do is select what type of security you want to trade. You want to trade a stock, an option, a futures contract, or a crypto. Okay, for this just put equities. And then we’ll just do the spy. And then you put in the ticker symbol. So you put you type in in this case stock or you trade options, you would put in options. And then what ticker symbol you want to trade. We’ll just put the spy. You type in the size of your account. How much you want to risk on the trade. And then your trading style. You want to do a scalp. That’s going to be a trade that lasts a few minutes. A day trade. Trade that lasts a few hours. A swing trade trade that lasts a few days. Or a long-term hold. The trade that lasts several weeks to several months. And then you just click run analysis. That’s it. You wait about 30 seconds.

    And then you’re going to get a trade plan that’s going to generate for you with a confidence score.

    This is 80% deterministic. Deterministic means it is rules-based. There’s an actual algorithm that’s behind this. And then there’s a 20% AI interpretation of data and AI analysis of data layered on top of it. And this is what gives you back a full detailed trading plan. So you wait just a couple more seconds. It takes about 30 seconds to generate the report. And here you guys have it. So this is what the report looks like. The very top you get a summary with direction, confidence score, and a trigger on when to enter the trade. And then as you scroll down, you’ll see all the details, okay? You’ve got different agents, technical analysis agent, macro agent, risk agent. They all, you know, do their own job. And as you scroll, you can read the summary of those different agents. And as you scroll down, it gives you the entry. It gives you your position size. It gives you your stop-loss. It gives you multiple profit targets. All with a confidence score on the plan. You guys can go through and you can read this in depth. The analysis on the entry point is actually very specific. It gives you price action that would trigger the entry. It gives you price action that you should avoid entering the position if you see it. It’s a fantastic tool. Right now, the win rate on this tool, our members have generated around 800,000 trading plans with this tool thus far. And the win rate on this is just around 70%. It’s unbelievable tool. But this is something that you guys could get access to on the TTG platform that gives you a distinct advantage in edge that can help you improve a lot of different areas. Then something else to think about, how many of you and this you guys can type the number one, you can say me. How many of you think that your idea win rate is higher than your executed win rate? Meaning like if you said, “Hey, if I gave you a hundred different stocks to look at,” and you said, “Tell me which one’s going to go up, which one’s going to go down.” And you said, “Hey, here’s a hundred different stocks.” How many of you feel like your accuracy on picking the direction of the stock is higher than your actual executed win rate? So, you might say, “My ideas are right 62% of the time, but my win rate is only 51%.” Type the number one or say me or whatever if that is you. How many of you feel like your ideal win rate is higher than your actual executed win rate?

    Real quick show of hands. You can look at 10 stocks and you can say, “I think this one’s going to go up. This one’s going to go up. This one’s going to go down.” And you’re going to get six or seven of them right? But then when you actually make the trades, four winners, six losers, right? Look, a lot of you, a lot of people typed in number one. You’ve all been there. Now, the reason for that is because of lack of discipline and mental and psychological issues. It could be lack of confidence, so you don’t enter when you when you said you’re supposed to enter. There could be fear of losing money, so you exit your position prematurely even though the setup is purely is still fully intact. There could be an element of greed where you don’t take profit where you’re supposed to and you think the stock’s going to go higher. It ends up reversing. This is all of the things, right? These are all of the things that could be potential reasons on why your idea win rate is much higher than your actual executed win rate. Well, what if I told you, do you think you say yes or no? Do you think having a system, having an AI that can actually connect into your brokerage account where you can tell it, hey, if Tesla gets to $375, I want to buy some call options. You know, you determine the stop-loss and the profit targets. You know, my risk is whatever your risk is. my risk is 500 bucks per trade, you know, and and you can just give the AI that instruction and then you can just go about your business, go about your day, go to work, go to the gym, whatever it is. And if Tesla goes down to get goes down to 375, this is going to execute. It’s going to buy call options for you. And then when Tesla starts to work in your favor, it’s going to take profit for you. It’s going to move your stop loss up to protect that profit. Then it’s going to keep going. It’ll take profit for you again at that second take-profit target. and it’s going to report back to you, let you know, hey, just so you know, this is how that trade went. If you had a tool and you had a system that was capable of doing that for you, that it can go, you can say, hey, here’s my ideas. You go ahead and trade them for me. Do you think that that’s going to help you become a better trader? Do you think that’s going to improve on your trading results and your trading statistics? Yes or no?

    Real serious question. Do you think that that would help you? Yes or no?

    Because we have that at True Trading Group. It’s called Active Trader. It’s our highest most premier piece of AI tool that we have on the entire platform. It is unbelievable. I was on a Google meet the other day with my business partner because we were on a a Google Meet call with one of our AI vendors. We’ve actually been investing a lot of money as a company into building out our own AI infrastructure. We we actually serve our own inference at Trinity Group. We have our own model, Mari. We don’t just use, you know, it’s when you guys use Mari, Mari is literally our own model and we serve our own inference. We’ve, you know, basically just built out all of our own infrastructure so that we can control cost more. We’re not relying on other companies. Um, it’s a very heavy investment, but it’s well worth it because the results that we see from our members and we’re going to continue to be at the forefront of this revolution when it comes to, you know, implementing AI into active trading. We’re not just talking about AI giving you a summary of an earnings statement or reading a balance sheet for you. Um, there any there’s a dime a dozen these AIs out there that can analyze a company’s financial statement and tell you if it’s a good stock to buy or not. That’s not what we’re talking about. Yes, our stuff can do that. But what we’re talking about is hey you know Nvidia just has a double bottom at the prior day high and you know the trade line VW cross is coming up and you know right at the 50 Fibonacci level and this looks like a really great place to buy some call options and you know your stop loss I would have put my stop loss there and move your stop loss maybe this area make sure that it’s you know give the trade room that it needs like hey watch out for that volume increase like that that is the type of stuff that we’re talking about our stuff is really engaged here active trading and there’s nothing out there on the market like it. I was on that Google meet and I knew I wasn’t going to be really focused on the markets. I actually gave um the other week and our all of our members can vouch for this. I don’t want you guys to think that I’m just like telling you a make believe story. All our members can vouch for this but I gave Mari that’s our model that was inside of my Ninja Trader account because it’s where I trade my futures. I trade futures inside of Ninja Trader and I gave it very clear specific instructions on where I want to go long on the S&P futures if price got into that zone and I said listen I want if we get here I want you to go long I want here’s here’s my profit targets here’s my stop loss and I was on my Google meet and while I’m on my Google meet I hear order filled which is the a the audio notification from Ninja Trader and I was like oh my order just filled and this thing actually was able to rip out 15 points and 20 points on my two take profits on the trade and I was only risking like eight or nine points um on the trade entirely. So I was risking around eight or nine points I think it was yeah I think it was nine points it was either eight or nine I don’t exactly remember and we were able to pull out 15 points and 20 points on a two take profits um and and then it exited me out of the position all while I was on my Google Meet and I never would have been able to have made that money if I did not have this system. So, it’s an unbelievable thing to do. Um, and it removes all of your emotions and all of your your lack of confidence and your fear and your greed. It removes all of it from the trading equation. And it just allows you to follow your actual ideas. And it can even give you trade ideas yourself. But you can, you know, if you you can give it the trade idea, you can have it generate the trade idea for you and it can execute the trades on your behalf. It’s an unbelievable tool. It’s unbelievable system. I’ve been using it now for a while and I recommend it for everybody. But these are the things that make the difference. This is what I mean by this is a fintech platform with trading software for retail traders that gives you a real edge over others. That’s why our members are so successful. When I asked before how many people are making money, you saw how many people commented. It’s not because I’m the world’s greatest trader. I would love to say all these people are killing it because I’m the best trader in the world. That’s not the case. I’ve never said that. I never will say that. These people are making so much money. They’re doing so well and they’re so consistent and they’re becoming more profitable because the systems and the tools that they have access to allow them to make better, smarter, faster decisions. Period. That’s the real reason. I’m being dead honest with you. Now, those of you that are not members, real quick, if you guys are not a member, you want to try out some of these systems, you guys can join our 90-day trial. You guys can use it. Okay? I don’t We put our money where our mouth is at True Trading Group, okay? We literally invest to let you try these things out because I believe once you try them, you’re going to want to stay with us for the full year. Okay? So, we have a trial program that we let you guys use. All of our AI tools are AI usage based. So, um we’re going to lose money during those 90 days for a trial member to actually use some of these systems, but we’re going to charge you $1 a day. So, it’s 90 days for 90 bucks, which we’re you’re going to use more than $1 of AI usage. Like, we’re going to lose money on you. But that’s that’s okay. I don’t mind doing it because I believe that once you try our stuff, you’re going to stay for the full year. And it just is a smart business decision. If our stuff is as good as I say that it is, then I should have no problem letting you actually use it for yourself, make money with it, and then come tell me I’m lying. Okay? So, anyone that’s not a member, you guys can go ahead. You can go to trueterraininggroup.com990. We just posted the link in chat. You guys can go sign up for the trial there. Or you can send us a text message if you need any help. If you have any questions, there’s a phone number at the bottom of your screen, 1888-621-2127. Text that number if you guys need any help at all whatsoever. Okay. Again, that is 1888-621-2127.

    And yes, for all of our members, okay, for all of our members that are asking, our AI system went down over the weekend because we are making a massive upgrade to the entire system. We bought all new AI infrastructure. We bought some new Nvidia cards. We’ve got a new deal set up with RunPod. We’ve got a whole new internal AI infrastructure system. And everything is being transitioned over to that new platform. There’s upgrades coming to literally every single tool that we have. So, right now, the only tool that’s live at this moment is that holy grail trade plan generator, the Mari model, the active trader system, the AI charting software, the LLM, all of these things, okay? Or the TTGLM, not LLM, um, which is our educational portal. Um, that stuff is still down right now at 8:47 p.m. Eastern Standard on this Sunday. So, just to, you know, I see a bunch of people are asking, “Is it back up? Is it back up? Is it back up?” Um, it goes to show you how good this stuff is that everyone’s like, “Is it back? Is it back? Is it back?” Because they really want to use it again, right? And that’s how I feel that you guys are not members. You guys come join as a trial. That’s how excited I think you’re going to be to want to use these things going forward. I think you’re never going to want to trade with them ever again because I’ve been trading for almost 20 years and I am and now I implement these things into my trading on a daily basis. I think you guys are going to absolutely love it. Go to shtrading.com990.

    You can trade with me and the rest of the moderators live for 90 days. You can use our tools and some of our systems for 90 days and uh let us let us put our money where our mouth is. Let us prove to you that these things can actually help improve your trading results. Okay? Text that number at the bottom of the screen if you guys need any help. With that said, let’s take things on over to the chats, as our Boston members would say. Take it to the chats. Okay, I’m not from Boston in case you can’t tell. But I still love all of our Boston members. Okay, we can my Boston my Boston members and my New York members, we can all just sulk in misery this year from just a horrible postseason experience for Red Sox fans and for Yankee fans. my I’m putting all my faith in the Brewer. I’m a Brewers fan now. I’m rooting for the Brewers now. I was rooting for the White Socks. They got knocked out. I don’t like I don’t like Cleveland either. So, I’m uh I And I really don’t like the Dodgers. So, I’m I’m rooting for the Brewers. Let’s go Milwaukee. Miserowski. Let’s go.

    Let’s go. All right. Let’s go Miz. Anyway, all right. Let’s take things on over to the charts, folks. Let’s talk about it. Futures are up quarter point. Um, so we are kind of starting off here with a little bit of strength. Let’s go over what I think about the markets here this week. I There’s absolutely no reason. There’s just nothing on this chart that tells me to go short. Um,

    there just isn’t. There’s nothing on this chart that tells me to go short. So, the way that I see it, we’re either looking at an extended period of consolidation or we’re looking at an extension through the high. I don’t think we’re looking at a total reversal. Now, what would need to happen for me to think we look for a total reversal? You would need to see oil prices maybe skyrocket. You’d probably need to see bond yields continue to skyrocket again. You’d probably need bank earnings that are coming up this week to really disappoint. I think you would need the CPI data to come in higher than expected. Those are things that you’re going to need to see happen in order for the market to give you a complete turnaround reversal back to the downside. So, I’m not necessarily coming into this week looking for shorts unless bank earnings completely disappoint. And you have a couple of really important actually AI pieces to this mix as well. You have Taiwan Semi reporting earnings this week. You have ASML reporting earnings this week. two incredibly important pieces to the AI trade. Okay, ASML makes some commercial uh grade machinery that they are literally only company in the world that can make these machines at scale. They are incredible important piece to kind of the AI supply chain. And then you have Taiwan Semi which actually manufactures and makes the cards that a lot of these um semicer companies design okay like Nvidia and AMD and all these other companies but Taiwan Semite actually makes a lot of these chips. So this is going to be a really important week for earnings. JP Morgan, Bank of America, City Croup, Wells Fargo, Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley, Charles Schwab, ASML, Taiwan Semi. What would make me say, okay, let’s turn around, flip and go short. Is if you started to get some really bad earnings from these companies. Okay, that is where Hey, Omega Fund says, hi, can I join? Absolutely. Go to truerading.com990. You can join our system for 90 days for just 90 bucks. Try us out. And then after those 90 days, you have the opportunity to, well, you don’t have to wait 90 days. You can join an annual membership on your second day if you would like, but you have a 90-day trial to try everything out. And I think that’s plenty of time for you to use our systems, use our tools, trade with our community, and see if it’s going to help you make some money. And if it does, you’re going to want to join for the full year. You don’t have to wait the 90 days to join for the full year. Most of our members don’t. Most of our members end up joining within the first 30 days because they realize that they just the tools are amazing. The training community is fantastic. They’re making a bunch of money. They’ve made enough money to cover the membership already. So, they use that and usually end up, you know, joining for the full year. Um, so you can go to truerainggroup.com990 or you’ve got the phone number at the bottom left of your screen. If you have any questions or if you need any help, you can send a text that number and we’ll help you out any way that we can. All right. So really important earnings this week. We it starts off on Tuesday with the banks and JP Morgan and and the rest. Um so if those disappoint and and we’ll start to look for for short side because don’t forget the whole reason why the market has been able to make new all-time highs in the face of rising bond yields and high oil prices is because earnings have been amazing. If that for some reason is I don’t have any reason to believe the earnings are not going to be good, but I’m just telling you if they are not good, then I would say okay, be careful. Maybe a failed break out to the all-time high and we look for a pullback back into the 760s, maybe even 750s if earnings are bad. Okay, but without that being the case, I’m looking for either continuation to the upside or a consolidation here right underneath that all-time high. Okay? I’m not looking for a short side on the overall market. I think the way for you guys to play this is you look for there to be support. Um if we look at we take this intraday and we start to look at some levels here intraday. I think you got a decent level here on 777 77 excuse me 77750

    I think you had a decent spot there. Okay. I think 777 to 77750 I think is a decent area. I think you guys can look for that to be support on any pullbacks. we are uh a little higher than that right now. Like I said, we are uh 0 2% um up right now on futures. So, I’d say look for that area to be an area of support and then see if you get a little bit of a bump from there. Um but I think as it stands right now, you might be better off trading some individual stocks until we get some of these catalysts out of the way. Um, I don’t know how much directional momentum that the S&P is going to have prior to CPI data, prior to the bank earnings. So, Monday, I would start off probably not trading the overall index. I’d wait for Tuesday, Wednesday to start trading the index. Once you start to see the bank earnings and once we get the CPI data, then I think you’ll have much more directional momentum on the index and that’s when I would start trading S&P futures. You can trade NASDAQ futures, whatever it is, whatever floats your boat, tickles your pickle, doesn’t matter to me. I’m going to be trading the S&P futures, but I would probably wait until at least Tuesday, probably Wednesday until you get some of those catalyst out of the way, and then we can look for some directional momentum from there on the index level. Let’s talk about some individual stocks that we’ve got um on the list. First up is going to be Amazon. I kind of like what I saw here from Amazon on Friday. We had a nice resistance level at 260 that we just broke above. Um, and that break seems to be with with conviction. And if you guys take a look at my screen right now, you’ll see this 260 level. You have this double top resistance on Wednesday and Thursday. You have another double top resistance here earlier in the month of September. And you have another double top resistance right there in early September. And then you have the gap fill, okay, from the last trading day of August. So, a lot of structure right there around 260. And on Friday, we broke above that level and closed above it with a nice extension through. So what we are going to do now is we are going to look for this zone to now become support. And any pullback into the low 260s, 260 to 261, we are going to look for that area to become support. And we are going to look for Amazon to continue to push to the upside. Okay? So we’re look for Amazon to do something that looks like this. The target on this is going to be resistance to 266. Okay? 266 resistance. You guys can see that is right there. Okay. So, we’re looking for a long around 261ish, a stop loss, I would say probably at 259 and a target of 266. That is going to be Amazon. We’re going to start that one off front and center, kind of center screen. I like that one going into this week. Then, we’re going to take a peek on over here at Salesforce. Um, I kind of think that Salesforce has potential to give your pop and make a run back to the high 230s. Uh, and the reason for that is because a previous level that was massive support for Salesforce is now re-engaged and is now reconfirming and reestablishing support. So you can see on Thursday, Wednesday, Tuesday, low of the day, support at in the low 220s. September 28th, support there in the low 220s. But now look what happens as I zoom all the way out. Okay, look at what happens here as I zoom all the way out. What you notice is this level used to be a huge level of support for Salesforce. Okay? This used to be a massive level of support for Salesforce in 2024. In 2025, in January of 2026, you broke underneath it. Stock sold off. You had the huge gap up on earnings in the end of August. Shot all the way up above that level. You’ve pulled back in and now you are double bottoming back at that level as it is reestablishing it as support. What I am looking for now, you also have this dark blue line. This dark blue line is the 50-day moving average. Okay. This is the 50-day moving average. Okay.

    And I just feel like as long as you’re above this level, we have to look for Salesforce to climb up to climb back and get off of this support zone. I like the resistance level. You have a nice little pivot zone here at 240. Okay, you have a nice little pivot zone here at 240. I like the long here. Your stop loss is down there in the low 220s. If you don’t want to give it all the way down to the low 220s, I understand. And I would probably say you could probably have a stop loss maybe around somewhere between 225 and 227 depending on where we actually get into the position. I have to see what the stock looks like tomorrow morning. If it’s gapping up tomorrow morning, I like the aggressive long. If it’s gapping down, be more patient. Make sure that 50-day moving average is support. Watch for a red to green move, then take the long. I would not instantly take the long on a gap down. But if if we get a nice gap up tomorrow, let’s say we open up at 230, I like the aggressive entry for the long. Okay, that is Salesforce, ticker symbol CRM.

    Continuing on on stocks that have just been unbelievably strong, Madna. Oh my goodness. Um Madna has given us two of our biggest trades. Um, as of late, we’ve been in two swing trade. Over this the last two months, we’ve been in two swing trades on Madna. Both of them were monster wins. You’re talking 500% gain on the call options. Huge trades. Um, and it still looks amazing. I’m not in it anymore, but it still looks amazing. And we broke through resistance here at around 210. We had this double top resistance at 210. really strong massive break breakout candle there on Friday. We’re going to look for that 210 area to be support. Any pullback that takes you back into the low teens, the low teens, we look for this zone in here to be support for an entry with a stop loss around 208. And just see if we continue to ride the momentum there. That is Madna. Keeping with this same theme, the breakout through resistance and the and the entry long on the retest. Keeping with that theme, we’re going to move on over to Snowflake. Snowflake, huge resistance level here at 348 to 350. We broke through that level here on Friday. An unbelievable, massively strong candle. Now, I’m going to give you this as a trade idea, but this is not a trade that’s probably going to happen this week. It’s certainly not a trade that’s going to happen on Monday. And it’s just I just want to bring this to your attention because that 350 break was really significant. At some point, if you see Snowflake back into that level, I do believe it’s a safe place to take a long, but this stock exploded through that level up 8% on Friday. Stocks all the way up at 369, far away from your 350, 348 zone. So, I don’t know if you’re going to really get, you know, I don’t think you’re going to get an entry back to 350 tomorrow. You know, maybe it happens in a couple of weeks, but just draw this line across your screen. It was a really big level um there for Snowflake and you finally broke through it on Friday with a really strong breakout candle. Big surge in volume, big strong breakout, engulfing candle. I mean, this is just as good as it gets. So, just use that level as an entry maybe on a on a pullback back out into that level. Hey, I caught that snow that snow trade live with Mike on Friday. He called it out of 350. Yes, we certainly did call it there. Missile Anglewood. I’d love to see it. Love to see it. So, that snowflake. All right. Now let’s go on over to some of the short side of things. We are looking at a couple of shorts. CBRS Cerebras or Cabras. You have a very big support level here in the low60s on CBRS. If this level breaks, I think the stock is going to be in a little bit of trouble. Um, so here’s you guys can see the support level on CBRS

    and you’re finally getting a pullback on semiconductors after the report, the OpenAI report. So on Thursday, there was a report with OpenAI that their revenue was expected to come in at 68 billion, but only came in at 50. And ever since that report, semiconductors have taken a hit. Nvidia’s been down for the last two days. AMD’s been down for the last two days. You can see Nvidia’s down the last two days. AMD is down the last two days, right? Micron’s down the last two days. Uh ARM ARM is down the last two days. So, you’ve seen some weakness come into the semiconductor space on the back of that report. CBRS is in the semiconductor space. So, if that sector is going to weaken out a little bit, you’re going to get some profit taking in the space. This is a weak stock within a very strong sector. If you look at the SMH, okay, semiconductor ETF, you can see what the stock has done over the course of just this year alone. But then take a look at what CBRS has done since its IPO. Absolutely night and day. Incredible relative weakness for CBRS in the semiconductor space. So if you get a continued pullback in semiconductors on the back of that report with OpenAI, you see weakness on Nvidia, see weakness on AMD, you have to watch CBRS for a break underneath 162. If you break underneath 162, 160 and CBRS with heavy volume, I would short the bounce back to 160. Now, the only thing that I’m going to tell you is that because this is such a big support level, I would make sure that this level actually breaks. Um, I would not necessarily take the trade short into the level. Okay, the bottom of the level is 161. I would want to see this thing probably at 158 159 with heavy volume. Then I would say, okay, on a bounce to 159 160, I’m going short with a stop loss at 162. And I’m going to look for the stock to just continue to fade down into the 150s if we are to get continued weakness on the semiconductor space. Okay. So again, I wouldn’t short into the level like I’m not going to short 161. I’d rather wait, let the level break, let it drop to 158. See that increase in volume to confirm it and then let it bounce 159, 159 and a half, 160, take the short, stop loss 162, let it roll into the 150s. Okay, that’s CBRS. And then sticking with the semic space, we’re going to go back and we’re going to look at AMD. And the reason why we’re going to look at AMD because AMD has two very big levels that I want you to focus on. The biggest of the levels is is 580. The second level is 600. Okay. Now, if you take a look, we’ll do the 600 level first. Low of the day. Low of the day. Low of the day. Low of the day. Low of the day. Okay. Lot of structure there at 600. But then underneath that you have low today on this big gap up and that also lines at 580 and then also lines up with your prior all-time high. Okay? And all these previous all-time highs are in the 570s. So here’s my thought with AMD. If you get continued weakness in semiconductors on the back of the opening eye report and you get continued strength in software because software had a monster week last week. Data Dog, new all-time high. Snowflake, okay, breaking above that that really strong level. Palunteer, new all-time high. Software was absolutely just on fire to kind of finish out the week. Uh, and and semiconductors were selling off. And there’s there’s there’s that inverse correlation between the two. That’s we’ve seen now for the last several months. But if you take a look here at AMD, if you get continued weakness, if AMD breaks 600, your next support is 580. That’s a that’s $20. There’s a lot of money to be made there. Okay. Now, similar with CBRS, I would not go short AMD 605 603 because 600’s a pretty big level and AMD is an incredibly strong stock macro speaking. It’s been weak for two days. It’s been strong for two years, okay? So, let’s not mistake a two-day little pullback with, oh my god, stocks topped out. This thing’s going to roll over now. I’m not saying that at all. I’m just saying if you get continued profit taking on these names from that opening hour report, you could easily see AMD back into the 580s and then find its footing against the previous all-time high and then find support and bounce back. But there’s money to be made there from 600 to 580 if that’s the case. So watch that $600 level like a hawk. If that level breaks, we’re going to look to similar situation to CBRS. If that level breaks, let the bounce back, take the short roll down. So, I’ll look for the break of 600, go down to 590s, bounce back to 596, 97, 98, take the short, stop loss 602, let it roll down to 580. Okay, so to recap, we’re looking at longs on Amazon, Salesforce, Madna, Snowflake, Madna Snowflake, you might not get the entries, right? Those are more levels we need to focus on. Just keep those levels in mind. um AMD, Cerebrris are the stocks we’re looking at for we if there’s weakness, those are names we’re going to look at for the possible short. Okay. And then we’re going to trade the index obviously with all the catalyst that we have coming up this week. But like I said, we’re probably going to wait for um bank earnings to start on Tuesday and we’re going to wait for CPI data. I think CPI data is Tuesday is is Tuesday as well. I believe it’s either Tuesday or Wednesday CPI data. But let’s let those catalysts come out. Then I think the market gives us some directional momentum. We’ll trade the indexes. Then mid midweek and end of the week, we’ll trade the index. Um to start off tomorrow, we’re going to be focused on individual stocks. And obviously for the whole week, we focus on individual stocks for the whole week as well. But I’m saying index midweek to end a week is when we’re going to trade the index. Okay. And that’s it. So there you have it. Now you guys have a better game plan coming into the week. That’s my focus. That’s how I’m going to start things off. I hope you guys enjoyed the stream. If you’re not yet a member, like I said, you guys are more than welcome to come trade with us for 90 days. Try out our trial. You can use some of our systems, use some of our tools. Um, try them out, make money with them, see if they improve your trading. I’m confident they will. That’s why we invest in the money to because we lose money on you when you guys do the trial, but then we make money when you sign up to become a full full-time annual member and use all the tools. Okay? And it’s just a business. It’s good businesses on our part because we believe strongly in the the systems that we have and I feel confident that once you use them, you’re going to want to stay with them. So again, trueing.com/990. Join the trial for 90 days. If you have any questions, do not hesitate. Text the number that’s at the bottom of the screen, 18886212127. For the rest of you, um, good luck this week, okay? If you guys are going to continue to go out this um if you’re going to go at it by yourself, you’re going to go at it alone. I wish you guys the best of luck. If you want to come join a community of 11,000 members that are led by myself and seven other professional traders that trade in front of you live every single day, share their screens, answer questions, provide market commentary, and use the greatest tools and trading software systems that this industry has to offer. That is not a superlative. That is not as an an exaggeration. That is straight fact. Okay, I have been doing this for almost 20 years. I have seen every single tool, gimmick, you know, system that’s out there. Nothing compares to what it is that is on this platform. The results that our members see with this these things speak for themselves. These are real people making real money. I’m confident you can do the same. Try it out for 90 days. Tell me I’m wrong. All right, that’s true.com990. Have a wonderful rest of your night. Subscribe to the channel if you guys are new. Smash the like button. Show some love. I’ll see you guys all tomorrow. Take care, folks.

  • 10/10/2026 – ProductsPilot Customer Training

    Just going to wait just a second and let everybody get checked in here.

    Make sure you have a pen, a piece of paper. Make sure you get some caffeine. I got my my tea right here, ready to rock.

    My bulletproof tea. All right, guys. Well, welcome everyone. My name is Chan. So excited you guys are here. Um, now I know that you heard something about like the Costco method. Well, we’re going to talk all about it right now. So, let me go ahead and share my screen. Give me just a second to pull it up. All right. I hope you guys are fired up. We have a lot to cover today. All right. Can you see my screen? All right. Awesome. Let’s dive in. So, let’s talk about the Costco method. It’s a way that complete beginners are quietly earning 3,000 or more per week from home while AI does 95% of the heavy lifting without creating products, getting on the phone, or showing your face to a single person. Now, I know that’s a big claim. So, before I say another word, let me just show you something. This is a brand new business I started from absolute zero in September. 5 months later, over $200,000. Now, you can see the money being paid out here into my bank account. 5,554 deposited into my checking and then another 12K payment. And this this is a picture of me climbing in Patagonia with my best friend while money is coming into my bank account. I was completely off the grid. No laptop, no phone calls. The business grew while I was up there. And yes, I did almost fall off the cliff. My buddy still has the video. I’ve asked him to delete it and he has not. Uh but that’s a story for a different time. But here’s why this matters. I’m not the only one. Okay, this is Nathan. 6 months ago, he was a manager in Greensville, South Carolina, worried sick about being replaced by AI, and he decided to own the AI instead. He collected his first payment of $750 in 7 days. And today, he collects $28,000 a month with this same method. And it keeps going. Here’s Josh, Teresa, Crystal, Roxanna, and many more. Crushing it with this system. Now, I’m not showing you these results to impress you. I’m showing you because this is the exact system I’m walking you through today. how to simply plug AI into a proven business model and make your first sale in as little as seven days with minimal out-of- pocket costs, no phone calls, and no clients. But stay until the very end because that’s where I’m going to open up the Costco formula. It’s the H2 AI dashboard live on screen and build a complete campaign from scratch in under 10 minutes so that you can see exactly what your first day looks like. If you leave early, you miss the part that actually makes this whole thing work. And as a thank you for staying, I’m giving everyone who’s here at the end a free copy of our H2 AI quick start guide. And this normally sells separately, but it walks you through step by step through making your first sale in under 72 hours. And it shows you how to earn reoccurring income from sales you didn’t even make yourself. That’s where the real money is. Okay? So stick around and it’s yours straight into your inbox. So drop a let’s go in the chat if you’re committed to staying till the end. Let’s see it. Let’s go. Let’s go. Let’s go. All right. The energy is here. Let’s dive in. Now, let me be crystal clear about what this is and what this is not. Okay, this is not another start an agency presentation, cold calling strangers, trying to land clients. This is not your typical affiliate promoting Amazon links, collecting $20 commissions because Amazon only pays you 3%. What I’m going to show you today involves high ticket digital products. We’re talking $500, $1,000, even $2,000 plus on commissions on a single sale and using a system where AI does the work. You don’t create anything. You don’t sell anything on the phone. And you don’t need to understand a single line of code. And here’s the thing, you don’t have to show your face. You don’t have to get on camera. You don’t have to tell a single person you know what you’re doing. If privacy matters to you, and I know for a lot of you it does, this works completely faceless. I’ll show you exactly how later on. Now, this is something genuinely new, and I don’t say that lightly. I’ll show you the exact tools that made this possible. Tools that literally didn’t even exist 6 months ago. But before I go any further, I want you to do something for me. Type in the chat right now. If you hit your income goal in the next month, what is the very first thing you’re going to buy or pay off? Don’t overthink it. Just type it in right now. Pay off your mortgage, pay off debt, bills, travel, retire your mom, vacation, like whatever it is. I love it. Keep them coming in. Keep them coming in. Now, here’s why I asked. Because everything you guys just typed requires one thing, more money coming in. And the question isn’t whether opportunities to make that money exist. They always do. The question is whether you recognize them in time. Because every few years a window opens and it stays open for about 12 to 18 months. And the people who step through it build wealth that lasts the rest of their lives. In 2015, it was Amazon FBA. Regular people with no warehouses, no business degrees were pulling in 30 to 50k a month, selling simple products that they didn’t even manufacture. And today, that space is a bloodbath. The window closed. In 2020, it was Shopify and drop shipping. People build stores from their kitchen table during co and hit six figures in under a year while everyone else was binge watching Netflix waiting for things to go back to normal. But today ad costs tripled, margins collapse, and the window closed. Right now, and I mean right now, AI has opened the next window. And I’m not talking about the AI window most people think they see, the one where you start an agency and cold call and email strangers. I’m talking about a completely different window that almost nobody is looking at. But here’s the problem. Nobody’s talking about it. Most people chasing AI money right now are plugging it into the wrong business model. They’re using the most powerful technology in human history to sell a $20 calorie counter app. Or they’re cold calling, trying to land $5,000 a month agency clients, competing against thousands doing the exact same thing. It’s like strapping a rocket engine to a bicycle. It doesn’t matter how powerful the engine is if the vehicle underneath can’t handle it. What changed everything for me and what I’m handing you today is this. The business model matters more than the technology. And when you plug AI into a proven high ticket model where someone else does the selling and you collect $500 to $1,000 plus in commissions, that’s when you stop trading time for money and start waking up to commission notifications from sales you didn’t make. Now, grab a pen and paper and seriously hold it up. Here’s what I want you to write down. Three words. Costco method formula. And underneath that, I want you to write this. Other people’s products. AI does the work. High ticket commissions. That’s the entire model in one line. Costco didn’t invent a single product on it shelves. It built a system that moves other people’s products at scale. And that is exactly why you’re about to learn how to do this with high ticket digital products that pay you $500 to $2,000 from your laptop with AI doing the heavy lifting. So today I’m going to walk you through three things. First, the Costco blueprint. Exactly how this model works. How you use $150 hot dog products to collect $500 to $2,000 per sale. And why this is fundamentally different from anything else in the online space. Second, I’m going to show you the 95% engine, the all-in-one AI dashboard that does all the leg work for you. And third, the plug-in partnership. How to skip the learning curve. how to plug in a done for you system with AI tools, a sales team, a community already in place, so you never build from scratch. You’ll be ready to move. Now, let me tell you why today is different from anything you’ve seen before. The results behind this model are not new. We and thousands of other people have been generating serious income this way for over 4 years. That’s a real proven track record. Here’s some of our folks crushing it right now, hitting 100K streak from Google search to 20K per month. And here’s some more. And it just keeps on going. But what is new is for the first time ever, we can automate 95% of the process. 6 months ago, the AI tools I’m going to show you today either didn’t exist or weren’t good enough to rely on. That changed and that’s what cracked this wide open for beginners. You’re not starting from scratch like I did. You’re plugging into a 4-year-old system with AI handling the parts that used to take months to learn. And that’s why I know there are people on this call right now who are going to look back at today as the day it all shifted. I don’t know which of you it is yet, but I know that you’re here. So, let me show you why it doesn’t matter where you’re starting from. It doesn’t matter if you’re a complete beginner with zero experience. It doesn’t matter if you’re on a tight budget. All you need is less than an hour a day. And I’ll show you how to find that hour. And if you’ve tried other things before, courses that didn’t work, businesses that fizzled out, stuff that felt way harder than the ad made it look, I want you to hear me on this. It wasn’t you. It was the model. The wrong model fails no matter how hard you work. And the right model works even when you’re still figuring it out. The only reason I can make a claim like that is because we’ve seen it. Hundreds of verified people who have made money with this exact system. And many of them were earning within their first seven days. And this is all kinds of people. People like Jed and Nancy here. There are couple with six kids running a farm. Talk about having no time. And yet now they’re collecting over $12,000 per month with this method. Four to five sales a month. That’s it. That’s what high ticket does for you. Then there’s Norine. She was working as a cashier at Whole Foods, making barely above minimum wage. She followed the steps and had her best month ever. $15,000 from just 20 high ticket sales. Think about that. To make $15,000 selling a $15 ebook, you need to sell a,000 of them. Nor made 20 sales. That’s the difference between the right model and the wrong model. And the story doesn’t end there. Her brother Naveiv watched what she was doing, followed the same process, and in his best month collected $27,000. Now, Naveiv went hard and the timing was right. So, his numbers are on the higher end. But even at half that, even at a quarter of that, we’re talking about life-changing money for most people. All right, let’s get into it. Guys, it sounds nuts to say it out loud, but today the process from this H2H method you’ll soon learn about has now helped me do over 20 million in sales. I was invited on TV shortly after I crossed that milestone. I’ve been invited to speak on big stages with hundreds of people. I’ve been featured on Time Square. I’ve been interviewed by celebrity entrepreneurs like Gary Vee and Grant, others like Dan Mortell. And I’ve taught this model to thousands of people, but none of that compares with this. Last year, I sat down next to my mom and I told her, “I need you to really hear what I’m about to say.” She gave me that look that she always gives me, a little bit worried, bracing herself like something bad was coming. She just turned 60, still grinding out like 12-hour shifts, still driving an hour to work, an hour back. Sometimes she’d come home so wiped out, she would fall asleep in her work clothes because she didn’t have the energy to change. And here’s the thing, my mom did everything right. She did everything herself her entire life. That’s what she was taught. Well, we were all taught. Work hard, do it yourself, study, get good grades, get the degree, get the job, put your head down, don’t ask for help, don’t take shortcuts, figure it out on your own, and someday, someday, it’ll all pay off. I call that the do-it-yourself trap. And if you grew up hearing that same message, do it yourself, work harder, grind longer, type relatable in the chat. I’m seeing them come in right now. Relatable, relatable, relatable. Yeah, every single one of us. My mom followed the DIY trap perfectly for 40 years. Did everything herself. Never asked for help. Never looked for a shortcut. And the reward was falling asleep in her uniform because she was too exhausted to change. That’s what the DI trap gets you. Not freedom, not security. Exhaustion with a paycheck. I grabbed her hands and I said, “It’s over. No more shifts. No more alarm clocks at 5:00 a.m. No more coming home so exhausted you pass out on the couch. I’ve got it from here. All of it.” She just looked at me and didn’t say anything. I said, “Mom, I want you at every soccer game, every birthday party, every random Tuesday when the kids just want to make cookies with grandma. You’ve missed enough already. I don’t want you to miss anything else.” Her chin started shaking. “You spent your whole life working so I can have a future,” I told her. “But now it’s my turn to give you the rest of yours.” And she just broke. Like, not polite little tears. The kind that comes from somewhere deep, the kind that says, “I didn’t think I’d ever see this date.” My kids were standing there totally confused, asking, “Why was grandma crying? Why is she so sad? She wasn’t sad. For the first time in her life, she was allowed to stop. That’s what this business gave me. Not the trophy, not the interviews, but that moment. Being able to look at my mom who sacrificed everything for me and tell her she never has to work another day in her life. Now, if that story moves you, if you have someone in your life you’d love to have that moment with, type their name in the chat right now. Here’s their first name. Mom, dad, wife, husband. Just type it. Yeah, we all feel like I see those names. That’s your why. Hold on to that because that’s what this is all about. So, if you’re watching this and you’re thinking, Chance, this all sounds awesome, but is it really as good as you say it is? Why are you sharing it? Why don’t you just keep this stuff to yourself and make a whole bunch of money with it? Why you got to tell everyone? That’s the real answer. I want more people to have that moment I had with my mom. whatever your vision looks like. Your parents, your spouse, your kids, yourself. That moment when you realize you are free. But let me be straight with you about something else because I believe you deserve the full picture. I’m not up here just out of the goodness of my heart. I am a decent guy, but nobody does anything for no reason. So, here’s what’s in it for me. I’m building a network of partners, people I can hand the system to, run deals with, and build something bigger with. People who go out and win so that we all eat. That’s the game I’m playing here. So, type fair in the chat if you think that’s a fair arrangement. Fair, fair, fair. Come on, let’s see them. I appreciate that. See, transparency matters to me. And here’s what I already know is going to happen. Most of you watching this, I’d say 99 out of 100 probably, you’re going to take everything I show you today and go build it yourself. And I’m good with that. Like, seriously, I’m about to give you the whole playbook, nothing held back. And if you take this and run with it, never give me a dime, and completely change your life, that’s a win. I want to see that happen. Like, I truly mean that. But there’s going to be maybe one in a hundred of you watching this and think, I don’t want to figure this out alone. I don’t want to spend months piecing it together. I just want the shortcut. I want Chance’s team building this for me while I collect all the income. And if that’s you, stay until the end. And once I’ve shown you exactly how everything works, I’ll walk you through what it looks like to partner with us directly where my team at AI handled the heavy lifting and you focus on just collecting the income. So, what we’re going to talk about today is first the biggest, most wide openen online income opportunity no one is talking about. This is completely overlooked and how to do it with zero experience or doing any of the selling yourself or even creating a digital product yourself. We’re going to talk about the three keys to building automated income with other people’s online products that anyone can start with as little as a few hundred bucks. And then I’m going to show you how to automate 95% with an easy to use AI and you don’t have to know a thing about tech because it’s so simple to use as you’ll soon see. And I’m not just going to tell you about it. At each of these three keys, I’m going to share my screen and show you the AI working live in real time. You’ll see it find proven offers. You’ll see it build your landing pages and website from scratch. You’ll see it create viral content for you. Three separate live demos, not slides, not mockups. The actual tool running live in front of your eyes. And here’s the through line in all this. You’re not building anything from scratch. At every step, you’re plugging into something that’s already proven, already working, already generating results. And that’s the opposite of the DIY trap. You don’t build it. You don’t plug it in. All right. Now, let’s be 100% clear on just a few things because it’s important you don’t misunderstand me. Now, while this is highly automated, as I said, it is not do nothing, make money, guys. That doesn’t exist. All right? Consistent effort goes a long way. While this can work fast, it’s not this will make you a million with one click. Those are two different things. And while this completely changed my life, my results are not typical results. And while this has worked for tons of regular everyday people, that is not a guarantee to work for you, okay? So, your results will vary depending on what you do with it. And I just want to make sure we’re on the same page there. So, type agree in the chat if you understand results take effort. Come on, guys. Don’t be shy. I want to see it. I agree. I agree. I agree. All right. Keep them coming. Good. All right. We’re all adults here. Now, with that said, this is the only thing online that I recommended to my friends and family. This here is Asrav and he copied this process. You can see he made over 225,000 which is over 250K USD. Don’t worry guys, I’m going to bring him on live here later so he can share it as well. Then we showed our good friend Jason how to do this. Jason never thought in a million years he’d be making this kind of money from the internet like this. So this allowed him to have hope, see a way out of the grind, and it’s been completely life-changing. So let’s first establish the facts that digital products are the best place for everyday people to make money online. It’s just a fact. The e-learning industry alone is over 400 billion. And that is absurd. More than $1 billion a day is being paid out online. That is more money flowing to everyday people selling digital products than every Fortune 500 CEO. These aren’t tech billionaires. These aren’t Wall Street guys. That money is going to regular people who figured out how to position themselves in front of this wave. So trying to make money online without digital products, I like to say, is like using a banana as a hammer. It just doesn’t make sense. It’s silly. Like what are you doing with your life? And I know this because I lived it. This was me. Let me tell you exactly what happened. See, I thought going online meant I’d escaped from the trap. But I hadn’t. I just traded one version of it for another. Instead of doing everything myself at a job, I was doing everything myself in a business. Sourcing products, building funnels, running ads, handling customer service at 2 in the morning. More hours, more effort. Built everything yourself. That’s what real entrepreneurs do, right? That’s the DIY trap. It just followed me from my career into my business. Same lie, different building. I was doing everything the gurus told me to do. I was sourcing products, building funnels, running ads, handling customer service, dealing with suppliers in China at 2 in the morning, managing shipping delays, the whole thing. Working 10, 12-hour days. And I’m not exaggerating when I say my best month, I basically broke even once I subtracted the ad costs, the returns, the software, and the product costs. I remember sitting at my desk one night. I’d been staring at Shopify Analytics for 3 hours, and it just hit me. I’m building everything from scratch. Every single piece of this business I’m personally responsible for. And every time something breaks, I’m the one fixing it. I didn’t have a business. I had a job that I built for myself and a bad one at that. And then something happened that changed everything. A buddy of mine, he was in a completely different space promoting other people’s digital courses online. He casually mentioned what he had made that month. And that number made me sick. Not because he was making so much, because he was barely working compared to me. He didn’t create the product, somebody else did. He didn’t build a salesunnel. It was already built. He didn’t handle customer service. The product creator did. He didn’t close sales. There was a team for that. All he did was get people to look at the offer. That’s it. Get eyeballs on something that was already proven to sell. And I remember thinking, “This is completely upside down. I’m over here building every single thing myself, grinding 12 hours a day, and barely breaking even.” He plugged into someone else’s system that was already working and made more in a month than I made in three. So, I tested it. I found a digital product in a space I cared about. Promoted it with some simple content. And within the first week, I kid you not, I made more in commissions than my entire best month of drop shipping. And I didn’t build anything. I didn’t create anything. I didn’t fix anything. That was the moment the light bulb went off. I’d been lied to. The old way of believing I needed to do everything myself. Work harder, grind longer, build from scratch. But the smartest people in this space weren’t doing any of that. They were plugging into systems that already worked. And that realization, you don’t need to build a business. You need to plug into one that’s already built, became the foundation of everything I’ve done since. That was the moment I escaped the DIY trap for good. I stopped trying to build everything myself. I stopped believing I had to create it all from scratch. And I learned the one lesson that changed everything. You don’t build a business, you plug into one. And how is all this possible? Well, it sure as hell wasn’t physical product. So, what is the digital product? A digital product is as it sounds, a product that only exists digitally and on the internet. things like courses, playbooks, guides, software, coaching programs. And because of that, you can get started with it for practically nothing because you don’t have to buy inventory. It’s just extremely low risk. And the best part of all, in my opinion, is that it can be fully automated. Like 100% automated. I like to call this online income without the BS. Okay? There’s no buying products and spending thousands of dollars. There’s no managing inventory. There’s no shipping to worry about. There’s no client calls or customer service headaches. And you don’t even create products yourself. you use other people’s products. Lendon calls it by far the easiest and most profitable income to start with that he’s ever found and how he’s done over $100,000 in a single month. But before I go any further, I need to rewire something in your brain. Because the way most people think about making money online is completely backwards. And once you do what I’m about to show you, you’ll never look at business the same way again. Let me ask you something that’ll blow your mind. Have you ever been to Costco? Okay, type yes in the chat if you ever been to Costco. Yes. Yes. Yeah, we’ve all been to Costco, right? Most of you. Anyways, if you’ve ever been to Costco, you know about the hot dog, the legendary $150 hot dog and soda combo. It’s been a $150 since 1985, 40 years. They refused to raise the price. The founder literally told the new CEO, “If you raise the price of the hot dog, I will kill you.” Now, why would a company lose money? Yes, lose money on a hot dog. Here’s what actually happens. You drive to Costco thinking you’re going to grab a hot dog, maybe some paper towels. 2 hours later, you’re loading a 65-in TV, a lifetime supply of olive oil, and random groceries into your car. Your receipt says $1,288. The hot dog got you through the door, but the TV paid for the building. Costco prints 200 billion a year with this method. McDonald’s uses the same formula. They sell you a burger for a few bucks, but then it’s would you like fries with that and a drink and maybe a McFlurry. That $4 cheeseburger just became a $15 meal. GoDaddy does the same thing. They sell you a domain for 99 cents. Then you need monthly hosting, email, security, SSL certificates. Suddenly that dollar turned into 100. Xbox sells the console at a loss. They don’t care because the next 5 years you’re buying games, subscriptions, controllers, Xbox Live, thousands of dollars over time. These are some of the most profitable companies on the planet and they’re all making billions every year doing the exact same thing. They get you in with something small, something easy to say yes to, and then they make the real money on everything that comes after. We call this the H2H method. Hot dog to high ticket. Type H2 in the chat. If this is starting to click for you, H2. H2H. Come on, let’s keep them coming. Keep them coming. Yeah. Okay, everyone’s starting to get it. And once you see it, you can’t unsee it. It’s everywhere. It’s how the big players have always made money. And now you can, too. So, here’s why I’m telling you this. Most people trying to make money online are out there selling hot dogs. They’re grinding for $10 commissions, maybe 27 if they’re lucky. They need hundreds of sales just to pay rent. What I’m going to show you today is how to sell the $150 hot dog and get paid for the TV. How to be the person who earns 300, 500, or even $1,000 from a single customer, without creating any products yourself, without running ads, without speaking with another human being, and without showing your face if you don’t want to. And notice the pattern here. You’re not building the product. You’re not building the sales system. You’re not building the team that closes the high ticket deals. You’re plugging into all of it. That’s the core of everything I teach. Now, if you’re thinking, “But Chance, I’m not a course creator. I’m not an expert at anything.” That’s totally fine, and neither am I. There’s zero product creation involved. None at all. There’s also no technical skills required. None of the traditional things you might expect to come along with something like this because the way we do it. We sell other people’s products for them and earn massive commissions. And the creation of it, we stay out of it. It’s so simple that even people like Darren here, he immediately had no experience with online business, never sold anything online before, and still makes over $11,000 a month with this. And he’s just done this in his spare time. So, when I say truly anyone can do this, I really mean anyone. Because as a faceless digital product owner, your role is very simple. Your most important role is getting eyeballs on proven offers and then letting the sales system work their magic. Cuz we know how to turn simple social media content into reliable passive income machines that can produce huge life-changing monthly profits month after month after you set them up. And they can work in dozens of niches, thousands of different topics, again, without you knowing anything about those topics themselves. And this is what makes our method completely unique from anyone else’s is that all you need is one winning offer to make thousands to even up to $10,000 per month automated online. Like Richard here, with just one simple offer he promotes, he’s making incredible commissions every single week. That’s potentially job replacing income from promoting one offer. And of course, you can do more. That’s how guys like Farz here went from zero to over $100,000 per month with this. And he says his business model has been an absolute gamecher in his life. The freedom it gives you is just incredible and blows his mind. And guys, we’ve been doing this ourselves for years now. Here’s a screenshot from back in 2022 when I was first getting started with this. So, I’ve seen the ups and downs, everything that’s happened over the years. And I can safely say that right now, there has never been a better time to be promoting digital products online. Cuz what used to take weeks can now be done in minutes. What used to cost hundreds of dollars can now be done for practically nothing. And a lot of the work you used to have to do now can be fully automated thanks to AI. So this software completely bridges the gap and makes selling digital products realistic for absolutely anyone who wants to do it. Because again, the way we do it, all you need is one proven $50 product and then you get paid $500 to $1,000 in high ticket commissions on the back end. That’s the way our hot dog to high ticket model works. And in a few minutes, I’m going to share my screen and show you this AI building everything live step by step, key by key. You’ll see exactly what I mean. But as you can see, Omar made over $9,500 per month from being an H2H method AI owner. He says, “I can’t believe how quickly this is happening, and primarily all off of the core offers that he promotes. So, we’re actually using our own AI tools right now so we can get content made, get it posted, drive traffic, and grow our business faster than we ever have.” Right? Okay, so imagine for a second what if you were just one offer away from creating whatever life you want for yourself. One offer away from say leaving your 9 toive job. This here is Crystal. Crystal was working grueling hours at her job, feeling exhausted and overwhelmed. All she wanted was financial freedom and more time with her family. And she was easily able to replace all of her income from the core offers she promotes. And now she says being able to work from home and have this freedom is the most amazing feeling ever. And what if you’re one offer away from escaping the corporate grind? Travis was worried about being replaced by AI. But guess what? He didn’t have to keep worrying like that anymore. He discovered digital products, positioned himself to sell the hot dog product, earn high ticket commissions, and now he’s collecting 22K per month. But listen, maybe all you want out of this is just a little extra income. And it’s really not asking much. Just a,000 to $2,000 a month. Well, here’s Caleb, a regular guy, and he’s thrilled about being able to bring home an extra $40,000 a year working just a couple hours a week. And you know what? Why not? That kind of money covers most people’s mortgage, all of your groceries, car payments, everything just from doing this. It’s pretty crazy, right? So, type enough in the chat if an extra,000 to $2,000 a month would be enough to change your life right now. Let’s see it. Enough. Enough. Enough. Okay, that’s the thing, guys. You don’t need 100k months. For most people, a couple thousand extra per month is the difference between stress and freedom. Now, for me, it simply meant that I was able to take better care of my family. I remember what it was like staring at the ceiling at night wondering if I’d ever escape the grind. I remember the fear, the uncertainty. I remember talking to people who’d spent their whole lives doing everything themselves, working harder, grinding longer, trying to figure it out all alone, and they were struggling. And that’s the thing about the DIY shop. You do everything right. You do everything yourself, and you’re still lying awake at 2 a.m. wondering if you’re ever going to get ahead. And that’s what digital products have helped me escape. And that’s what it can do for you, too. So, now I’m going to show you exactly how you can start making this happen for yourself using our trademarked H2 method. Now, this is where we make $150 sale and collect $500 to $1,000 commission payout using this easy AI system. And remember the core principle driving all this. You’re not building a business from scratch. You’re plugging into a system that’s already built, already proven, already generating results, already done for you. Every single key I’m about to show you is designed around that idea. Now, the H2 method works on the idea of less is more. And the perfect example here is Andrew. Andrew was following someone else’s advice who said, “Promote a bunch of different offers. You know, the more offers you promote, the more money you make.” He spread himself thin across 20 different products, made $300 in total. Then he came to us, followed our simple H2H method, and is now making 31K per month in commissions. Okay, that’s the power of this. And I’m going to show you how exactly he did it. It was following the three keys of the H2 method. And those three keys are very simple. Find, build, and traffic. Okay? And at each key, I’m going to share my screen and show you the AI doing the work live so that you don’t just hear me talk about it. You watch it happen right in front of you. So, type three keys in the chat if you’ve got your pen and paper ready. All right, let’s see it. Three keys. Three keys. Three keys. All right, people are paying attention. Now, let’s dive in. So, let’s get into the first key of the H28 method. Find a winning offer. Now, before I show you how we find offers, I need to show you the mistake that kills more digital product promoters than anything else. Because if you don’t understand this, nothing else I show you today will matter. Here’s what most people do. And it seems smart on the surface, but they look at thousands of digital products available to promote, and then they think, I should promote a bunch of different ones. More offers mean more chances to make more money, right? Diversify. Cast a wide net. Something’s got to stick. Sounds logical. Makes total sense. It’s also dead wrong. And it’s a DIY trap disguised as strategy. Do more, work harder, figure it all out yourself across 20 different directions, and eventually something will stick. When you promote 20 different offers, you’re splitting your time, your content, your energy, your attention across 20 different directions. You can’t go deep on any single one. and you never learn what messaging actually converts for the specific audience. You don’t build authority in any niche. You don’t develop a kind of content machine that compounds over time. And you’re throwing spaghetti at 20 different walls, hoping something sticks and wondering why you’re exhausted and broke. This is the number one reason why people fail at promoting digital products. Not because the model doesn’t work. It clearly works, but because they turn a simple model into a complicated one by spreading themselves impossibly thin. And let me show you exactly what I mean. Andrew came to us after following someone else’s advice. Promoted as many offers as he can. He spread himself across 20 different products, 20 different niches, 20 different content angles, weeks and weeks of effort. Total result, 300 bucks. Not 300 bucks a day, not 300 bucks a week, just $300 total. After months of grinding, he was demoralized. Honestly, he thought the whole model was a scam. He was ready to quit everything. But then he came to us and we told him something that went against everything he’d been taught. We said, “Stop. Drop it all. 20 offers. Pick one. One winning offer. One audience. Just one message.” He thought we were out of our minds. How could doing less possibly make more money? But he followed the H2 method. He found our proven hot dog offer with a high ticket backend and he built his system around it. He focused all of his content on serving one audience with one clear message. And Andrew now makes $31,000 per month from one offer. Okay, I need you to actually sit with that. He went from $300 total across 20 offers to $31,000 per month from one. Same person, same amount of effort, completely different results. The only thing that changed was the strategy. That’s the power of key number one, and it’s deeply counterintuitive. The DIY trap tells you more is better. More hustle, more offers, more hours. Do it all yourself. Spread yourself thin. grind harder. But in this model, one winning offer beats 20 random ones every single time. Cuz when you go all in on one offer, everything compounds. Your content gets better, your messaging gets better, sharper, your audience starts to trust you. The algorithm starts favoring you because you’re consistent. One snowball rolling downhill beats 20 snowflakes blowing in the wind. So the question becomes, how do you find the one winner? This is where most people freeze. Analysis, paralysis, thousands of products out there. Which one do I pick? What if I choose wrong? What if I waste months promoting something that doesn’t sell? That uncertainty is actually more dangerous than picking one. Because at least if you pick wrong, you’re learning something. But if you freeze and pick nothing, you stay exactly where you are. And that’s the most expensive outcome of all. We eliminated that problem entirely. And I want to show you how live. All right, guys. You ready? Now, I’m about to show you the H2H software. Are you ready? I have been patiently waiting to show you this because of how slick it is. Boom. Here you go. Check this out. This is the dashboard all in one place. First thing I want you to notice is like how clean this looks. It’s nothing overwhelming. It’s very simple. You don’t need a tech degree. If you can click a mouse, you guys, you can use this. Now, look at this tab right here. These are all the high converting offers already loaded into the system. I didn’t build these. I didn’t have to negotiate with the vendors. I didn’t have to set up the affiliate links. They’re already here. They’re already connected. All in one place. They’re already proven. These already work. Now, I’ve been in the industry for many years, and I’ve done tens of millions in sales. And my team and I, we know exactly what converts. We know what pays. We know what’s going to last, right? So, you can keep running the same offer for years and years to come. We went through the entire marketplace because there are hundreds if not thousands of different ones out there. And we handpicked the best performing offers, products already proven, already generating millions of sales, already paying out massive commissions to our promoters. And guys, these aren’t theoretical like this might work products. These are documented winners with years of sales data behind them. So see this right here? This one sells for 47 bucks, 97 bucks, 27 bucks. Well, they actually have a back-end high ticket commission where this one’s going to pay a,000 plus in commissions. Some of them can be a,000 bucks. Some of them can be 1,500. Some of them can be 2,000. And they’re already connected on the back end. So, you don’t have to worry about any of that. And the best part is you don’t have to sell these yourself. Like, there’s already professional teams on the back end closing these deals for you. Like, it’s completely done for you. You just sit back and you collect the high ticket commissions. So, let me actually select one right here. Okay. So, I’m going to select this offer here.

    And this one’s going to pay out the 27 bucks on the front end and then about $1,000 worth of high ticket commissions on the back end. So, I just clicked it and that’s it. That’s my hot dog offer. It took 3 seconds. I didn’t have to spend hours finding an offer that wouldn’t sell. And I didn’t even have to create this. That’s the power of what we built. You’re not sifting through tens of thousands of random products hoping that one of them is a winner. You’re choosing from a curated menu of proven success with just one click. And you’re going to absolutely love what comes next in the build. But first, understand what we’re doing here. Remember the Costco hot dog? Lowcost entry product that leads to much bigger purchases. Every offer we promote follows this exact structure. An easy $47 offer, an easy $97 playbook, a $500 miniourse, something priced low enough that people say yes without overthinking it. And that’s your hot dog. It gets them through the door. But behind that front-end product sits a high ticket backend. A 997 advanced program, a $2,000 coaching package, a $5,000 mastermind. That’s your TV. And here’s the part that changes everything. You don’t sell the back end. A professional sales team handles that entirely. These are established million-doll companies that are paying you commissions. You just sell the hot dog and they sell the TV. and you collect commissions on all of them for bringing them the hot dog buyers. This is where the real money gets made and you’re not involved in any of the backend. When someone buys a product using your special link, your name gets stuck to that customer forever in their system. It’s like writing your name on their file and permanent marker. Now, here’s the cool part. the company that made the product, they already have a whole system set up to sell that customer bigger and more expensive stuff over time, like courses, coaching, and VIP programs that cost hundreds or even thousands of dollars. The company does all the heavy lifting, the emails, the phone calls, the selling. You don’t have to do any of it, but because your name is permanently on that customer’s file, you get paid every time they buy something bigger because you’re the one who brought that person to them in the first place. So that person who originally bought a little $47 thing, they might end up spending $2,000 later and you get paid $1,000 in passive commissions from that just because you brought them that person. You literally just get a notification on your phone one day like, “Hey, you just earned a,000 bucks from a sale you didn’t even know was happening. Guys, this is 100% done for you.” Gordon is a great example. Complete beginner, had failed at e-commerce, no relevant experience whatsoever. He came to us and we helped him find the right offer. one proven hot dog in a niche that made sense for him and now he’s generating tens of thousands of dollars per month, not because he’s special because the offer was already proven. He just needed to find the right one and commit to it. So, here’s where you are after key number one. You’re not guessing. You’re not researching for weeks. You’re not hoping you picked right. You’re not spreading yourself across 20 offers and praying something sticks. You’ve selected one proven winner from a handpicked collection. An offer that’s already generating millions in sales, already paying massive commissions, already converting through an optimized sales system with a high ticket backend already connected. You saw me do it live in 3 seconds. One click. And notice what you did not do. You didn’t build the product. You didn’t build the sales system. You didn’t negotiate the commissions. You didn’t assemble the back-end team. You plugged in. That’s the escape from the DIY trap. You stop trying to do everything yourself and you plug into what’s already working. The offer is proven. The backend is high ticket and the sales system is built. Your one winning offer is locked in. Now you need a way to get that offer in front of people. Which brings us to key number two, the build. So you’ve got your winning offer. Your hot dog is locked in. You know it sells. The proof is already there. Now let me ask you something. And I need you to be honest with yourself here. Have you ever started something online, a website, a side project, a business idea, and spent weeks, maybe even months, trying to get everything set up perfectly before you actually launched? Tweaking the design, rewriting the copy, watching tutorial after tutorial, telling yourself you’ll start promoting once everything looks just right. Type me in the chat if this sounds familiar. Yeah, me, me, me, me, too, guys. I’ve done it so many times, almost everybody on this call. If that sounds familiar, I need you to hear this. There’s a silent killer in the online business world. It doesn’t get talked about because it disguises itself as productivity. It feels like progress. It feels responsible. It looks like you’re doing the right thing. And it destroys more businesses than bad products, bad markets, or bad luck combined. I call it the build mode. And build mode is the do-it-yourself or DIY traps favorite weapon because it trained you to believe that you have to prepare everything yourself before you’re allowed to start. Study first, learn every skill, master the tech, build it all from scratch, get it perfect, then and only then you’re allowed to go live. Build mode is that belief eating your business alive and is almost certainly the reason why most people watching this don’t have an online income right now. Here’s how build mode works. You find an offer to promote. Great, step one, done. Now, you need a landing page. So, you spend a week learning landing page software. You watch 14 YouTube tutorials. You design something. It looks okay, but not great. So, you redesign it again. Now, it looks worse. You start from scratch. Two weeks gone, zero sales, zero traffic, zero dollars. Then you need sales copy for that page. You’ve never written copy before. So you Google how to write a sales page. You read six articles. You draft something. It sounds weird. You rewrite it. You ask a friend. They say it’s fine. And then you rewrite it again. Anyways, another week gone with zero sales. Then you need a website. You need ad creative. You need email sequences. Maybe SEO too, just in case. Each one is another week, another learning curve, another thing standing between you and your first dollar. Eight weeks in, you’ve worked on your business. Every single day, you’ve been busy. You’ve learned a ton, and you have made exactly 0. Now, here’s the part nobody tells you. Here’s why the build mode is actually lethal. Your belief in this model, your belief that this can work for you is directly tied to how quickly you see results. Every single day that passes without a sale is a day your brain is quietly collecting evidence that this doesn’t work. It doesn’t matter if the model is proven. It doesn’t matter that thousands of people are making money with it. Your brain doesn’t care about their results. It cares about yours. After 8 weeks of building with nothing to show for it, most people quit. Not because the model failed them, because build mode ate them alive before they ever got to the part that actually makes money. I’ve seen this hundreds of times. Smart, motivated people who absolutely would have succeeded gone. buried in tech, killed by perfectionism, disguised as preparation. So, here’s the insight I need you to really internalize. If you write down one thing from today, make it this. The single most important metric in your first 30 days, it’s not how good your landing page looks, it’s not how polished your content is, it’s not how professional your website is, it’s how fast you get your first sale. So, type speed in the chat if you know money loves speed. Speed, speed, speed. Exactly. speed to first sale changes everything because the moment that first commission notification hits your phone, even if it’s $50, even if it’s $85, your brain shifts from I think this might work to holy crap, this works. And that shift from hoping to knowing is worth more than any landing page design or copyrightiting course on the freaking planet. And that’s the moment you stop being a person who’s trying something and become a person who has a business. So here’s what we did. We looked at every single friction point. Every place where people got stuck, where they gave up, where they wasted time or lost motivation, and we eliminated them. I don’t want you to just take my word for it. Let me show you. All right, here’s the live demo number two. This is the one that makes people’s jaws drop. I’m going to share my screen and show you what killing build mode actually looks like. Now, remember the offer that we selected a few minutes ago? That product that pays you 27 bucks on the front end and pays you $1,000 on the back end? Well, it’s right here already locked in from key number one. And now watch what happens next. This is crazy. Okay, so for the business name, literally you can choose whatever you want. I’m just going to do AI Masters. I’m going to click next. Now, you can choose the theme of your website. You wanted to have a light theme or a dark theme. I’m going to choose dark. And then you choose the color palette that you want for your website. I’m going to go with neon pink. And I’m going to click next. And then right here, you actually put in your payment link so that you can collect money from the leads. So, I’m just going to put in a test link for right now, just for the sake of this demo. And I’m going to go ahead and select generate website. Now, the AI is building the entire landing page right now. The headline, the sales copy, the call to action, the email capture. It’s writing everything. And it’s not going to generate some like template garbage. This is copy specifically designed for digital product promotion based on years of testing and millions of dollars in results.

    And boom. Look at that guys. What that take like 30 40 seconds. Look at this thing. full landing page, professional copy, mobile responsive, beautifully designed checkout button, everything a customer needs to go from interested in a product to a buyer. And it was all done in under 30 seconds. You can literally send traffic to this right now and start making sales. Guys, type insane if your mind is absolutely blown right now. Like, this is insane. We didn’t need to spend hours doing research. We literally clicked a couple of buttons and boom, just like that. All right. Now, type insane in the chat. Like, let me see them. Type insane if this is nuts, right? Like, you guys are starting to get this. Is this starting to click for you? That all just happened. A complete funnel and website in under a minute. Like, I don’t know how to code. So, we didn’t need any coding. We didn’t need to pay any designers, no tech skills, no build mode. Like, we’ve been talking about this whole time. The H2H AI built every single piece of this. And you didn’t pay any designer thousands of dollars. You didn’t write a word. You didn’t design anything. You clicked buttons and the AI did the rest. So, let me ask you, how long do you think that this would take if you did all of that yourself, right? The landing page, the sales copy, the website, the checkout flow. We’re talking weeks, if not months. Some people spend 6 months trying to get to this point and then give up before they ever make a single dollar. And we just did it all in under a minute live in front of you. So, let me put this into perspective so that you feel the difference. the old way. Six to eight weeks of building before you’re ever ready for traffic. Thousands of dollars spent on tools, designers, and software. Motivation bleeding out every day you don’t see results. And most people never even make it to launch. Now with H2 AI, pick your offer. Click to deploy your landing page. Click to launch your website. Your entire system live and ready for traffic in an afternoon. You just watch it happen in under a minute. John is a great example. He deployed his system using the H2 AI back in early 2024. He set it up once, didn’t rebuild it, didn’t go back and tweak it for weeks. He deployed, started driving traffic, and months later, that same system is still generating leads and sales every single month. The machine he built in one afternoon is still paying him while he sleeps. That’s what automated income actually means. You build it once, and because we’ve already built the hard parts for you, once means minutes, not months, and it works for you indefinitely. And guys, there’s dozens of niches that we can do this in. So, let me give you a few examples so you can see the range of what’s out there. Online education and coaching programs is one of the biggest categories. Programs teaching real estate investing, e-commerce, social media marketing, all generating massive commissions. Business opportunity offers, which is a niche we’ve had enormous success with personally. Investing education and career development, trading courses, wealth building, career coaching, very passionate buyers actively seeking solutions. Got health and wellness, absolutely massive weight loss coaching, fitness programs, anti-aging. The buyers in this space are some of the most motivated you’ll ever encounter. And there’s even more. relationship coaching, personal growth, parenting, productivity, categories so broad you think they couldn’t work, but they’re generating massive commissions every single day. What I can guarantee is that there’s an offer for you. Whatever your interest, whatever resonates, there’s a proven hot dog waiting for you in that space. So, here’s where you are now. Key one, you found your winning offer. One proven hot dog with a high ticket backend already connected. You watched me select it live in 3 seconds. Key number two, you deployed your system. landing page live, website ready, copywritten, all handled in clicks, not weeks. And you watch the AI build every piece in under a minute. No build mode, no three-month death spiral. Deployed and ready. And once again, notice what you didn’t do. You didn’t design the landing page. You didn’t write the copy. You didn’t code the website. You didn’t draft the emails. You plugged into a system that was already built. Two keys in and you still haven’t built anything from scratch. The DIY trap says you have to do all this yourself, but you just watch the H2 AI do it in under a minute. So, you have the offer, you have the infrastructure, everything is in place. There’s just one piece left. You need people to see it. You need eyeballs on your offer. So, type traffic in the chat if you’re ready for key number three. Come on, guys. Let’s see it. Don’t traffic. All right. People are still in. They’re still getting fired up. This is one of my favorite parts. All right. So, let’s go. All right. And that’s key number three where we unleash what I call the traffic avalanche. And this one is going to blow your mind. And this is also where I need to address something that I know is on a lot of your minds. Something you might have been thinking this whole time, but haven’t said it out loud yet. I know that some of you are thinking, “Chance, that sounds great, but I don’t want to show my face. I don’t want to get on camera. I don’t want my co-workers or my family or my friends to see me doing this and judge me.” Type me in the chat right now if that’s a fear that you have. Me, me, me. Yeah. A lot of you like, you know, I’m the same way anymore, right? Yeah. Yeah. I feel that. I feel that. Let me kill that fear for you right now because not only do you not have to show your face, for many of our students, going faceless is actually the preferred method. You get all the income benefits with none of the social exposure. And here’s the thing. Most people who want to make money online are terrified of one thing. And it’s not the tech, it’s not the money, it’s the fear of being seen trying and failing publicly. They’re scared their co-workers will laugh. Their family will judge them. Their friends will think they got scammed. That fear keeps more people broke than any lack of skills or knowledge ever could. So, let me be crystal clear. With the H2 method, you can do this completely anonymously. No face, no voice, no real name. You can create a brand new account that has nothing to do with your personal identity. Post simple faceless content and make money while nobody in your life has any idea. That’s not a limitation, that’s a feature. Now, let me show you how this actually works. Cuz this is where I need to challenge something you probably believe about creating content online. If you’ve ever thought about posting on social media to grow a business, you’ve probably had this thought. I need to be creative. I need to come up with original ideas. I need to find my unique voice and stand out. Sounds right, doesn’t it? That’s what everyone says. Be authentic. Be original. Stand out from the crowd. That’s a DIY trap whispering in your ear again. Figure it out yourself. Be original. Work harder than everyone else. Come up with your own idea through sheer willpower and talent. But that’s not how content works. Here’s what I’ve learned from 4 years and tens of millions of dollars in this business. When you’re starting out, originality is your enemy. I know that sounds backwards, but let me explain. The algorithms on Tik Tok, Instagram, YouTube, they don’t give golden stickers for creativity. They reward one thing and one thing only, patterns that keep people watching. That’s the entire game. These platforms want eyeballs glued to screen so that they can sell ads. So, they push content that holds attention. And here’s the thing about attention holding content. It follows patterns, specific hook structures, specific pacing, specific call to action frameworks. The top 1% of videos on every platform share the same underlying patterns, even though they look completely different on the surface. So, when you sit down and try to be original, you know what you’re actually doing. You’re ignoring every pattern that millions of data points have already proven to work and hoping your untested idea somehow performs better. That’s not creative. That’s gambling. Smart marketers have known this for decades. You don’t reinvent the wheel. You find wheels that are already rolling and you build your own version. And that’s what I call the swipe and deploy system. It’s the reason complete beginners are generating traffic and sales from the very first week. And I’m not going to just explain it. I’m going to show you live demo number three. This is the last one. And honestly, this one might be the most exciting. All right, guys. This part is so sick. This is the content radar. All right. Now, I want to show you something. It’s going to make all this in real time using AI. So, check this out. I’m just going to insert income and hit get results. and it’s going to scan Tik Tok, Twitter, YouTube, Reddit ads, and it’s going to find the most trending viral videos around income. All right, now let’s just give this just a few seconds and your mind is about to be blown cuz the AI is going to scan and it’s going to find the top 1%. Okay, so let’s give it just a second for it to load.

    And these are the videos that are blowing up right now. Like, check this out. This is 3.4 4 million views. Uh 169,000 views. Uh so what we’re going to do is we’re going to grab this top one because this is the most viral one for income on Tik Tok. And I’m going to select generate my version. And then what I can do here is I can choose which model that I want. Okay. So I’m going to choose this one here. And it’s going to start generating my video. Uh, it’s going to take the transcript of the previous video we just looked at, and it’s going to create the exact same video, but with the model that I just chose, and it’s going to give us all the data around why this video went viral. Okay, this is pretty nuts, and it’s only takes a couple of seconds to load. So, we’re just going to let that load here in the background. Guys, remember, these are not random videos. These are proven viral videos. All right, so we come in here um and we look at the transcript. So, what we used to do back in the day is we would get viral transcripts and then we would record that video ourselves or we’d pay somebody to do it. But again, that takes time, that takes energy, it costs money, you got to do so much editing. Remember, we don’t want to get stuck in that DIY trap. So, what it’s going to do now is going to let us create our version. Okay? So, it’s going to take just another minute or so here. And what you’ll notice is it took the hook structure, the script, the call to action. It’s reverse engineering everything that made this video go viral so that we can repeat the same success.

    Now we’re going to go ahead and click confirm transcript.

    And now we’re going to go and click on approve and generate video.

    Now remember, I didn’t hire a content strategist. I didn’t spend hours brainstorming or doing research. I didn’t have to write a script either. All I did was click a few buttons. And AI is doing this 100% for you. And wow, look at this guys. No face required. No effort required. No skills required. Your face isn’t required. This is a completely faceless video that AI created. You didn’t have to record on your camera. Nobody sees you. Nobody knows what you’re up to. And guys, just look at how good this is. It’s only getting better every single day. Now, all I had to do is just download that video. And now I can go and edit it. I can add subtitles. I can add B-roll. I can do whatever I want to that video. I can also just add captions here, download that video, and it’s ready to post on social.

    Side hustles that actually make good money. And look at that. Now, your subtitles are already done and you can just go post this on social media. Now, I want to show you something else. I want to show you accounts that are actually making money doing this right now. See this account right here? No face, no name, no personal identity whatsoever. Just simple content with text overlays. This person makes over $8,000 a month promoting digital products. Nobody in their life knows that they even do this. Here’s another one. See these videos? It’s run by a dude that uses Content Raiders viral scripts. They post videos with this AI avatar 20 to 30 seconds long. And look at this. This video got 150,000 views. This video got 1.8 million views. This video got 3.2 million views. No real face, no real voice, no real identity, but loads of traffic. And this is one of our students, Talha. Look at this. He tried posting for years with his face barely getting views. And then he followed our process. He saw this format crushing it on the content radar and posted a video with his hands on a keyboard with a motivational quote on a screen and he got 419,000 views with another one shortly after that getting a 100,000 views. He’s done really well with tens of thousands in sales now and none of these people showed their face. None of them spent hours trying to make content. Nobody in their life has any idea they’re making money online. So, type faceless in the chat if this changes things for you. Let’s see it. Faceless. Faceless. Faceless. Yes, I love it. A lot of you just had something shift, didn’t you? So, let me recap what you just saw. The content radar finds proven viral videos. They copies their patterns. You click one button and it creates your version completely faceless if you want. Script written, format chosen, ready to post. You didn’t have to brainstorm. You didn’t have to be creative. You just copied what’s already winning and let the AI do the heavy lifting. The one-click multiplication. Now, here’s where it gets really funny. That same video, that exact same video you modeled and created works on Instagram reels. It works on YouTube shorts. It works on Facebook. Same content, same file, different platform, different audience. So instead of creating three pieces of content for three platforms, you create one piece of content and post it in three places. You just tripled your traffic for zero extra work. Let’s say your video gets 10,000 views on Tik Tok. Pretty solid. Now, you post the same video to reals, another 8,000 views. Same video to YouTube Shorts, another 12,000 views. You went from 10,000 people seeing your offer to 30,000 people seeing your offer with one video. That took you 15 minutes to make because you weren’t starting from scratch. You were modeling a proven winner. And here’s what’s wild. The audiences don’t fully overlap. Someone scrolling Tik Tok at midnight isn’t the same person browsing Instagram at lunch. So, you’re not just getting more views, you’re getting more reach into different pools of potential buyers. I call this omniresence without the overwhelm, the math. Now, let me slow down and show you exactly what this looks like in dollars and cents. Because once you see these numbers, you’ll understand why our students get so obsessed with posting content. Let’s keep this ultra conservative. One video a day, that’s it. Nothing crazy. 15 minutes of your time using the AI tools we’ve got for you. Now, let’s say that your video averages just a,000 views. Not viral, not explosive, just a thousand people seeing your content. Honestly, that’s on the low end of what our students typically see, but let’s just use that anyways. Now, let’s say you’re promoting a $100 digital training, something right in the sweet spot of our hot dog offers. Industry average conversion rates for this type of content hover around 2 to 3%. But let’s be pessimistic. Let’s say you only convert at 1%. half of industry average. Worst case scenario, 1% of 30,000 views is 300 clicks to your offer. And 10% of those convert to buyers. That’s 30 sales. So 30 sales and an average commission of $85 per sale, which is typical for these front-end offers comes out to $2,550. Almost 3K from one simple video a day at below average conversion rate. But wait, we’re not done. Remember the hot dog formula? Those 30 front-end buyers are now inside the product owner’s funnel. Remember what I told you? The moment they bought through your link, you’re tagged as their referral. Now, the product owner system takes over their email sequences, their follow-up content, their sales team, all working to upgrade those buyers to the high ticket backend. Industry data shows roughly 3 to 5% of those front-end buyers upgrade to the high ticket. So, let’s just say one or two of your 30 buyers gets on a call with a product owner sales team and decides they want the advanced program. At $1,000 commission per high ticket sale, that’s another $1 to $2,000 on top of your front-end earnings. So, your real monthly total closer to 4,500 to $5,000 from 15 minutes a day. Type money math in the chat if you’re seeing this clearly now. The math works. All right. All right. Let’s see it. Yep. Money math. Money math. Money math. You guys are starting to get it right now. We’re starting to get excited. And remember, we calculated using just one platform. So, if you’re posting that same video across Tik Tok, Instagram, YouTube, like we talked about, triple those views, triple that math. Suddenly, you’re looking at $10,000 a month from the same amount of effort. Now, everything I just showed you works with zero ad spend. You can build the entire business without paying a dime to Mark Zuckerberg or Google. This is the organic path, and that is super powerful. But I know some of you are watching this thinking, “Chance, I don’t want to wait for the snowball to build. I want results.” Now, if that’s you, there’s a $5 speed button. I’m only mentioning this for the small percentage of you who want to move faster. Everyone else, ignore this completely. The organic avalanche is the main event. Here’s how it works. You already have the video. AI helped you make it. You already have the offer. The hot dog is ready to sell. If you have $5 to spare, you can take that same video and run it as a simple ad. Think of it like a vending machine. You put $5 in and views come out. No waiting, no hoping, no praying the algorithm notices you. Just instant distribution, a targeted audience. For five bucks, the platform will show your video to roughly a,000 people who match your ideal customer profile immediately. Day 1 through three, you’re spending five bucks getting views, building data, nothing exciting yet, but you’re planting seeds. And day four or five, ding, first sale, 25 bucks. You just turned $15 into 25. Most people would celebrate, but not you. You take that 25 and you shove it right back into the ads. And day six or day 10, more views, more leads, more buyers entering into your funnel. The machine is warming up and then it happens. Someone who bought your $25 frontend enters the product owner’s ascension system and a few days later they get on a call with the product owner sales team and they upgrade to the $997 program. You just made a $1,000 commission from a sale you had nothing to do with from a customer who cost you $5 to find. It’s a vending machine. Dollar in, $5 out. You stand there all day feeding it cores. That’s a solid return on investment. Uzi uses the $5 method strategically. He went from 0 to $27,000 per month in just 50 days. But let me be clear, you don’t have to do this. The organic path works. Thousands of people are building real income without spending a scent on ad. If you’re on a tight budget or you’re patient, just stick with organic. It compounds. The paid option is just there. If you want to pour gasoline on the fire, why this changes everything? What I just described, one piece of content modeled from a proven winner, distributed everywhere, the algorithm doing all the heavy lifting, optional paid acceleration if you want it, completely faceless if you prefer. This was not even possible 5 years ago. It wasn’t even practical 2 years ago. The AI dashboard to create content this fast didn’t exist. The short form platforms weren’t this dominant. And the crossosting wasn’t this seamless. The algorithms weren’t this hungry for new creators. But right now, all of these forces have converged at the exact same moment. The barrier to getting traffic has never been lower. The tools to create content has never been faster. And the platforms have never been more desperate to find new creators to push. And most people are still stuck in the DIY trap, thinking they need to create everything from scratch, build an audience slowly, pay their dues, figure it all out on their own. And that’s not how this works anymore. You don’t need luck. You don’t need a following. You don’t need a viral moment. You don’t need to show your face. You just need system. And once again, notice what you didn’t do in key3. You didn’t invent the content format. You didn’t brainstorm viral ideas from scratch. You didn’t spend weeks creating a content calendar. You plugged into patterns that were already proven to work and the AI helped you deploy your version in minutes. You watched the content radar do it live. Three keys in three times you plugged into something that already existed instead of billing from zero. That’s not a coincidence. That’s an entire philosophy. Find a winning offer. You watch me select one in 3 seconds. Deploy your system with AI. You watch it build a landing page and website in under a minute. Unleash the traffic avalanche. You watch the content radar create faceless viral content at the click of a button. That’s the H2 method. Three keys, three live demos, no complexity, no waiting, no more following the DIY trap. Type I’m in in the chat if this is starting to feel like something that could actually work for you. I’m in. I’m in. I’m in. Hold on to that feeling. Come on, guys. I see it. I’m in. Who’s in? Are you guys Are you guys with me? All right, let’s go. So, guys, let me take a breath for a second. Sorry, I get really excited. I get really fired up

    because I want to make sure something actually lands for you before we go any further. Over the last hour, I’ve shown you three things that if you really understand them, they put you in a completely different position than 99% of people trying to make money online right now. And they all point to the same truth I told you at the very beginning. You don’t need to build a business from scratch. You need to plug into one that’s already built. People like Andrea, she didn’t think it was possible. never made an online income, but she simply just gave it a shot and now making over $6,300 per month by making this single shift. And now she never has to worry about money again. How nice would it be if you never had to worry about money again? Pretty nice, right? Type never again in the chat if you’re ready to stop worrying about money. Never again. Never again. Never again. Never again. All right, I hear you guys. Now, I’ve shown you the $300 billion per year digital products industry that’s shockingly untapped, and now you can get started with it from scratch using the H2 method, selling the $150 hot dog, but getting paid for the TV. I’ve shown you how to find proven offers with high ticket backends that convert with certainty. You watch me select one live in just a couple of seconds. I’ve also shown you how the H2H AI deploys your entire system in clicks. You watch to build a landing page and websites in under a minute. And I’ve also shown you the traffic avalanche method using the content radar to create content modeled from proven viral winners completely faceless if you want. Every single step, three live demos, three times you’ve watched someone plug in instead of building it from scratch. And the best part is you’ve only seen a tiny fraction of the success happening right now. The A2 program lives inside something called the AI owners community. And here’s the thing. Instead of being afraid of AI, instead of worrying about getting jobs replaced by it, our tribe of like-minded folks have decided to flip the script. We own the AI. We make money from it. There are hundreds of them making reoccurring income from digital products every single month. This is not your typical online business. And these are just a few of the people from our community and it just keeps going. So now the question is, how do you get access to all this? How do you get the H2 AI, the traffic avalanche system, the proven offers, and a step-by-step guidance to actually make this work? So guys, this is far and away the biggest and best thing we’ve created. And today, we’re opening up 50 spots inside the H2H community. We have to limit it to 50 because of the hands-on coaching and support our team provide. Every person who joins gets access to live coaching calls, offer approval, and direct support from our team. And if we let too many people in at once, we can’t deliver the level of attention that actually gets you results. So we cap it at 50 to make sure that everyone who joins gets the support that they need to succeed. So we can only take 50 people at this stage. So if you’re seeing this right now, that means we still have availability. When you join, you get full access to the H2 AI software, the same tool I showed you live three separate times today. The tool that finds proven offers, builds your landing pages and websites in clicks, and uses the content radar to create viral content by modeling what’s already working, including completely faceless content. You get the complete training program to go along with it and unlimited support for every step of the way. So, here’s what you get. First, our brand new H2 Academy program, which is laid out in simple step-by-step training videos structured around the three keys I showed you today. Find, build, and traffic to get you your first sale in 7 days. All you do is come in and follow the videos. So, Uzi here, follow the videos, and he says if you just put 50% effort into the program, you’ll create an asset that pays you for life. This month, I did over 27,000. The value and guidance here is incredible. So that’s what other people are saying about the course and you get lifetime access to it forever. All right, but today what you get today is a whole lot more than just a course. You also get unlimited access to weekly group coaching calls. So this is where you can connect directly with our highly trained coaches up to 4 days a week. This is going to help you get past any obstacles, whether it’s selecting your first winning hot dog offer, setting up your systems, or unleashing the traffic avalanche and get your offers converting as quickly as possible. Now, this is normally an extra $195 a month add-on, but today we’re including it for free. And that’s because we want to make this program the most successful one we’ve ever had. So, for our members, we’re not giving you any reason not to succeed. So, we’re just going to include all the support and coaching you could ever want. How does that sound, guys? Type in the chat, yes, if that sounds good. Let’s see it. Come on. The more I see it, the more bonuses we’re going to be releasing here. All right. Yes. Yes. Yes. There we go. There’s some more. All right. So, next you also get access to our private H2H AI owners community. This is the main hub where you’ll hang out with other members. When you have a community where you’re surrounded by like-minded individuals and coaches that are supporting you every step of the way, your probability of success goes up 10fold. This is why all the software CEOs are in Silicon Valley. All the top actors are in Hollywood. All the top bankers are in New York. The community is also a great source of daily inspiration as well as help from other members like Lyndon here. He’s posting some motivational tips, some things that helped him scale to over 100K a month using the H2H method. Next thing you’re also going to get is what we call our offer approval system. This is actually super important. Remember key number one, finding a winning offer. This is where our team of professional coaches will review your hot dog offer selection, hold your hand, and approve it before you start promoting. We make sure it has the right price point, the right high ticket backend, and the right commission structure. And this is how we really make sure you’re doing it right so that you can be confident and maximize your commissions and ultimately to make you your first campaign a success. And then last but not least, you also get access to our brand new H2 AI. That’s 6 month unlimited access to our tool that’s going to help you automate 95% of the process. The same tool I demonstrated live for you three times today. The one that finds proven offers, builds your landing pages and websites in seconds, and uses the content radar to find viral winners and model them for your own content, faceless or otherwise. And this is why we’re forced to limit the amount of people we let in today to 50. I wish I could take on everyone, but we just can’t do it right now. So, to recap everything you’re getting today, the H2 Academy course with the complete three key systems, 4 days a week group coaching, the private community, our offer approval system, and the H2H AI access. Now, before I tell you the price, I want to put something into perspective because I think once you see this, you’ll realize how crazy the value actually is. If you were to assemble what’s inside this program piece by piece on your own, forget about the years of testing and the community, just the raw tools, services, here’s what you’re looking at. If you hired a copywriter to write your landing pages, your emails, and your ad creatives, and I’m not talking about a great one, just a decent freelancer, you’re looking at $3,000 to $5,000. If you hired a web developer to build your site, that’s another $2,000 minimum. Have you bought the AI tools we’ve built separately? Content radar, landing page builder, offerinder, you’re easily at $200 a month. So that’s $2,000 a year for offerinder AI, then another $2,000 a year for site builder AI, and then another $2,000 for Content Radar and hiring a business coach for weekly sessions. And ours are available 4 days a week. A decent coach charges $500 a month minimum. That’s another six grand a year. And to add it all up, you’re easily north of $18,000. So let that number sit for a moment. over $18,000 to assemble what you’re getting today. But we don’t charge $18,000 for this. And if we did and all it did was give you an extra $1,000 a month in additional income every month, wouldn’t that still be worth it, guys? And I’m not even going to charge you half that amount. Well, the previous version of the program, we were selling it for $5,000. The one that everyone’s been through was $5,000. You can see that that’s the price. People have been paying this for a long time. But now with everything that we’re adding to the H2H Academy, the live coaching, the traffic avalanche method, the newest up-to-date H2H AI access software, once we sell out of these 50 spots, enrollment into the program will be 6,000. But for these 50 spots that we have available today, you can get in at a fraction of the price. For the first 50 spots, you can get in for just $1,997 one time, or you can spend $997 down today, and then two more installments totaling $3,000. Now, here’s the thing. I know some of you just heard 1,997 and started doubting yourself. I get it. I want to address that headon because I refuse to let price be the thing that keeps you stuck on the DIY trap for another year. So, let me break this down so it actually makes sense. 1997 sounds like a big number, but let’s look at what it actually is. 1997 divided by 365 days is $547 per day. $547. That’s less than the price of gas that you pay to go to a job you hate. So, type gas in the chat. If you spend $5 a day on something that keeps you trapped, let’s see it. Gas. Gas. That could be riding the bus, taking an Uber, right? Renting one of those Lime scooters to get to work, right? Yeah, we all do. So, the question isn’t, can I afford 2,000? The question is, can I redirect $547 a day from things that keep me where I am into something that could change where I’m going? And here’s what makes this different from every other investment you’ve ever made. A college degree costs $100,000 and takes four years with zero guarantee of income. This costs less than a single university class and can start generating income in the coming days. The math isn’t even close. But I know that for some of you, even 1997 isn’t available right now, and I don’t want that to stop you, cuz you are exactly the person that this is designed for. If you had plenty of money, you wouldn’t need this. So, here’s what I’ve done to make sure nobody gets left behind. Okay, guys. Guys, I’m going to share my screen one more time, and this is important cuz I don’t want a single person to miss out because they got confused by the checkout process or ran into a technical hiccup. I’m going to walk you through every option step by step so you know exactly what to do. So, what you want to do first is make sure you enter in your full name, your phone number, and your email and double check to make sure this information is correct because this is how you’re actually going to get access to your account and ensure it’s set up correctly. So, I’m just going to put in some test info here so that you guys can see how this work

    and go ahead and go on to step two.

    And now, let’s talk about option number one. So, this is obviously the best value. It’s a onetime payment of 1997. You pay once, you never pay again. And if you got it, I definitely recommend doing that. This is definitely the move because you’re going to save over $1,000 compared to the installment plan. So, what you want to do is enter in your email again here. You’re going to put in your card information here, your billing address, and then you’re going to hit complete purchase. Okay? So, again, make sure you double check this. Make sure all this information is correct, and you’ll move on to uh the second step. Now, for those of you that do not have the 1 1997 in hand currently, then what you can do is the three easy installments of 997. Now, if you have issues and your card is declining, no worries. All you need to do is flip over your card on the back, call your bank, and let them know that you’re trying to put through um this transaction. Now, that’s not a mistake on your end. It’s just your bank doing their job. This is a new merchant that they haven’t seen before. So, go ahead and approve the transaction, and then you can rerun it and you’ll be all good. Now, please understand that AI and digital products specifically right now is the hottest opportunity on the market. And we’re the first ones to crack it with the age to age method. Remember what I said earlier. Most people chasing AI right now are still following the DIY trap. They’re plugging AI into the same old playbook. We’re doing something completely different. So, I’m telling you, these spots are going to go fast. So, if you want one of these 50 spots, what I need you to do is click the button on your screen. Each one of these spots is covered by our 100% money back guarantee, which I’ll tell you about right now. Here’s our money back guarantee, which means if you don’t absolutely love it, you don’t pay. We don’t want your money. All right. So, this allows you to test drive the program for up to 6 months and you can still say, “Nah, not for me. Can I please have my money back?” And the answer is yes, we absolutely will. Here’s how to qualify for it. While others have long, complicated, confusing stipulation and hoops to jump through, we just ask one small thing. You try the system, and that’s just to launch one campaign and promote one hot dog offer. That’s it. That’s what the purpose of the program is and you’re going to do it anyway. That’s key number one, key number two, and key number three in action. And at that point, if you aren’t 100% satisfied with results or anything, you can get every penny of your investment back. Guys, type risk-free in the chat if that changes the equation for you. Risk free. Risk free. Risk free. Come on, guys. We’re making this an absolute no-brainer because it is. And we are legally obligated to follow through with this. Once you join, you have paperwork that says, “Here’s everything we’re going to deliver to you,” as well as the six-month money back guarantee anytime. You can just send us an email and we will issue you a full refund. So, knowing that you get to try before you buy it, and no matter what happens, you’re backed by a 6month 100% money back guarantee. Does that change things for you? Because it should. It should change everything. Now, let’s get into the ridiculous bonuses we have for you. And let’s start the timer. The first 50 people who join today will be getting eight additional bonuses. You heard that right? Eight additional bonuses completely for free or until the timer runs out. There’s no extra charge, nothing on top of everything you’re already getting. Let’s talk about bonus number one, the $500 cash back. All you need to do is get your first high ticket sale with our proven hot dog to high ticket system and we will send you $500 action taker rebate. We’re literally paying you to take action. And remember the math I showed you, even at conservative conversion rates, you’re looking at 30 sales in your first month. Getting to five sales is just the beginning. Jason here got his $500 cash back and says this program pays for itself pretty quick. And by the way, when you factor in the $500 cash back, effective investment drops to $1,497 on the financing plan. That makes your monthly payment even lower. We’ve really tried to remove every possible barrier. So type no excuses in the chat if the barriers are disappearing. Let’s see in the chat. No excuses. No excuses. No excuses. Exactly. I love it. Now, bonus number two is a resort vacation for up to seven nights. I wasn’t sure if I should include this because honestly, it sounds too good to be real. And I don’t want you to think I’m making things up, but it is real. And when I tell you what it is, you’re going to understand why I saved it for the bonus stack. Remember, at the very beginning of this presentation, I showed you that picture of me climbing in Patagonia, completely off-rid, no laptop, no phone calls. business still growing while I was gone. That image, that feeling is the whole point of what we’re building here. Not just income, but actual freedom. The ability to actually go somewhere and live your life while the system runs. So, here’s what we did. We partnered with a resort network that has properties in over 1,800 locations across 37 countries. These are real resorts, beachfront properties, mountain lodges, city hotels. And here’s how it works. When a resort has empty rooms, they don’t make a dime. They had inventory. So, they came to us and said, “If you can send us guests who’ll fill those rooms, we’ll comp the stay.” Because even if you never spend a dollar at the bar or the spa, a filled room is better for them than an empty one. And if you do grab a poolside drink or massage, that’s great. Everybody wins. So, as part of joining the H2H Academy today, you’re getting a free resort stay up to seven nights. Your room is completely free. Now, let me pay this for you so it’s not so abstract. You could take a long weekend in Vegas. You could spend a week on a beach in Thailand. You could fly your mom somewhere she’s never been and hand her the room key. You could go to Hawaii. You could go to London or Sydney or the mountains of Canada. There are 1,800 locations in 37 countries. And you’ll see the full list the moment you get inside. Now, are there sometimes small taxes or local search charges depending on the city? Yeah, sometimes. But the room itself is 100% free, comped, and covered. And here’s why I love this one. Every other bonus helps you build your income. This one helps you enjoy it. Three months from now, commissions rolling in, laptop open at a resort overlooking the ocean, a $1,000 notification hits. You close the laptop and walk to the pool. That’s what this model produces. This bonus makes sure you actually go live it. It’s yours with the enrollment, but only for the first 50 spots. Once we close it, it’s gone. So, type yes in the chat if you already know where you want to go. All right, now let’s talk about bonus number three. Top 10 proven hot dog offers list. The exact offers that have generated the most commissions across our entire community. We hand selected them and this bonus literally does key number one for you. Bonus number four, done for you templates. Battle tested funnel templates, email sequences, ad copy frameworks, content scripts, the same frameworks Uzi and our most successful students use to generate over $20,000 per month. Bonus number five, zero budget traffic avalanche Kickstarter. It’s a complete guide on how to make your first sale without spending a dime on ads, including a full section on faceless content creation, how to make videos that convert without ever showing your face or using your real name. Richard here says it is by far the fastest and easiest income to start with that he found on the internet. He generated over 18,000 in month one from organic traffic alone. Completely faceless. Bonus number six, one-year access to the H2 AI software. Not just six months, but a full 12-month of access to the same tool I demonstrated live three times for you today. Bonus number seven, priority access to offers with the lead back-end sales teams. We’ve identified and partnered with the offers that have the highest converting, most aggressive back-end sales teams in the industry. These are the product owners whose closers are proven to send the most buyers from hot dog to high ticket, which means more high ticket commissions flowing to you without ever getting on a sales call ever. And we only share this curated list with H2H Academy members. And bonus number eight, this is an extra membership, the two for one. And this is huge. It’s an additional H2H Academy membership included for free. Do this with anyone you want. Your spouse, your friend, your sibling. When you split the investment, it literally cuts the price in half. These are all the bonuses that you get for free when you join today. And guys, this is limited to the first 50 only. So if you’re thinking, “If only this was half the price.” Well, now it is. Split it with someone, redeem your $500 cash back, and the out-ofpocket per person is less than getting your car repaired. Plus, you can spread that out using financing. We’re talking potentially $30 to $40 a month per person. That cost of a pizza delivery to build an automated income stream. So, type no-brainer in the chat if this is starting to feel like an obvious decision. Nobrainer. Nobrainer. Nobrainer. Let’s go. And guys, we’re not even done yet. All right. Now, let’s jump into some Q&A. These are the most common questions people have. And this is a question I get all the time. How much time do I need to do this? Guys, this used to be five hours a day. But now, thanks to AI, it’s less than an hour a day. 15 minutes to launch your first H2H campaign. As you just saw in the demo, our AI takes away 95% of the work. Remember, Jed and Nancy have six kids. They’re running a farm. They make $12,000 a month. The average person spends 2.5 hours a day scrolling on social media. What if you redirected 30 minutes of that into building an income stream? A lot of people also ask, “How soon can I get into profit?” Now, first, right off the bat, I can’t make any guarantees, and I don’t even make guarantees about you will make money. That’s really up to you. However, what I can say and promise and guarantee is that the program is structured to get you profitable as fast as humanly possible using the three keys: find, build, traffic. And that’s why we implement things like coaching five days a week to help you move forward as quickly as you can. So, as long as you just follow the course, you’ll actually have your first campaign launched in seven days or less. Remember the math I showed you? One video a day, 1,000 views each, 30 days, and you’re looking at real income even at below average conversion rate. Another question I get a lot of the times is, do I have to show my faith? And the answer is no. I showed you live in the key number three demo. Faceless content is not only possible, it’s one of the most popular approaches right now. Some of our most successful students have never shown their face or used their real name. Nobody in their life knows they do this. And you can create a completely anonymous brand. Post faceless videos with text overlays and stock footage and make real money while maintaining complete privacy. What if I get stuck and need help? Well, we give you 5 days a week of coaching calls. You have a private community. You have a support widget in your dashboard. You’re never alone. So again guys, you get five days a week coaching calls, private community, support widget inside your dashboard, and you’re never alone. Tall was ready to quit in week two, got on one coaching call. One 20-minute conversation changed his hook structure. His next video got 14,000 views, and his first two sales came in the next day. He also got another video to get 400,000 views just a week later. What kind of experience or special skills do I need? And this is the best part, guys. None. The H2H AI handles the heavy lifting. You saw in all three live demos, I click buttons. That’s it. The one thing you have to bring is just the willingness to stick with something. Another question I get is, “I’m a tech dinosaur. How techy is this really?” Well, you watch the live demos. I click the button. They built everything. If you can use a smartphone, you can use this. If everyone does this, won’t it get saturated? Guys, the digital products market is a $300 billion industry. Saturating it is like trying to empty the ocean with a teasp. How do I know this is legit? Well, guys, don’t hear from me. Just look at all of the reviews we’ve gotten. You can’t fake hundreds of testimonials, hundreds of reviews from paying customers. Forbes featured me. I’ve spoken on stages. I’ve been interviewed on TV, been on Entrepreneur, and been on Time Square. All thanks to what we’ve been able to do here. And here’s even more, guys. And I could keep going on and on and on. Another question that I always get is, “Money is too tight for me. What should I do?” I walked you through this during the checkout walkthrough, but let me say it again because this is very important. We have the payment plan. You can split this with a friend. Uh I also get this a lot. Now is not a good time. Can I join later? Absolutely you can join later, but just so you know, it’ll be $6,000 and there’ll be no bonuses and no H2 AI access. And when is it ever the perfect time? If you really think about it, like I talked about early on in this training, like we’re not getting more time, we’re not being less stressed. we have to make it the right time to change literally our experience and here’s the vehicle to do it. Robert told me the same thing. It wasn’t the right time and 4 months later he had $4,000 a month coming in outside his job and he didn’t care about the crazy at work anymore. The timing was never going to be perfect. He just started. All right, guys. Now, let’s get one of our students in here. Give me just a second while I pull them up. All right, cool. All right, here we go. All right, everybody. As I’ve promised, Mitra Adra is on the call live with us today. How you doing, my man? It’s good to see you. Doing great, man. Thanks for having me here. Yeah, right on. Well, can you just tell the audience a little bit about your background? Yeah, 100%. Um, come from normal normal family, normal upbringing. You know, my dad was a taxi driver. Mom just used to close from home. Uh, I’m from a small town in in the UK called Manchester. A lot of people are familiar with it through the football team, Manchester United. I tried everything at that time. um you know coming leading up to this I did try like you know drop shipping uh I remember doing FBA private label Amazon FBA private label stuff uh bit you know trading um tried quite a bit of that stuff actually lost a lot of money um network marketing did it all but then I ended up here and you know what this was like the the breakthrough and the most sustainable thing I did the most sustainable most was essentially what changed my life incredible man thank you so much for sharing and can you tell us like what kind of results you’ve seen with this model. I know you crashed and burned in some other models. I did as well. That’s why I love this so much. Can you just kind of let people know like what you did two years back then what you do this last year and what do you think you’re on track to do this year? 2024 we did 250k. At 2025 we did $550,000. And this year we’re on track. It’s going to be a lot more than 550k. I think we’re on track to do a million dollars. Like that’s my goal I’m aiming for. But I think still even if we get to those 750, I’m going to be happy to come in 250 go to 550 and on track for that million dollar year. That’s epic, dude. I’m so proud of you, man. That’s that’s insane. And it’s got to feel good. Especially you’re a young dad, you know, you’re bringing a young one into the world. I mean, it’s got to allow you to be a lot more present with your family knowing like you got your stuff taken care of. Like you’re bringing home that bread, baby. Guaranteed. 100%. It’s a It’s generally a good feeling. It’s almost like I hate to use the word almost like passive, you know? It’s kind of like it’s kind of like passive income because you create the products once and they’re up there now. And so at least what it’s done for me cuz I’ve been in all these other models, you know, like selling services and stuff like that. And what they didn’t give me were like that freedom, but this model it gives you freedom. So that’s the thing I I need that you know with my son being a first time dad it’s wonderful you know having that time having that freedom. I love it man. And so, you know, what do you think made this model different than what you had done before online? Cuz you still had some success. Can you speak, you know, you’re talking about building out products, you know, having to supply the service, having to build a sales team, like what what makes this actually different? Well, you know, one of the key things that I learned from you was um the importance of like having a high ticket, you know, selling premium offers. And the good thing about what we have like what you’ve got here is that here sell the high ticket without actually having to do the selling yourself. So this is something I always struggled with like selling premium offers cuz I was like like what do I create? How do I sell it? I don’t like taking phone calls and stuff. I like to be the guy in the background what you want your freedom you know you don’t want to be on the phone calls all the time. Um and so that was the best thing about this being able to sell premium offers without actually having to sell it myself. And that’s literally if you ask me like what changed is that’s what changed because one thing I’ve learned in business now is like who like whoever can spend the most to acquire a customer always wins and the only way you can spend the most acquire a customer is having a high lifetime value is your customer being worth more money to you than your competitors and the only way you can do that by having a premium offer by selling high ticket. But if you’re anything anyone anything like me you don’t want to get on sales calls you don’t want to create a $5,000 offer. take the responsibility of dealing with those clients yourself. And so then when you give someone like me a system like this that is all hands off done for you, that’s obviously going to be life-changing, you know. Absolutely, man. That’s so powerful. And for some of the people that are on this call right now live with us that are a bit on the fence and are thinking, oh, like this is kind of starting to make sense. Like I want to do it. I’ve been burned in the past. I want to make this online thing work. Like what would you say to someone that’s like kind of on the fence right now? H I guess um one of the reasons a lot of people stay on the fence is because there’s so many options on the internet, you know. I would just say take it from me. I tried it all. Like I whatever you think looks good right now like drop shipping and the Shopify. And when I say I tried it, I didn’t just like dabble with it, you know. I gave everything six to 12 months at time spent a whole lot of money and this right here like this like first year doing this life started to change. And that’s number one thing. Number two thing is this though the time we are in right now the growth in AI the opportunity we have access to today the speed you can create products the speed you can get traffic the speed you can build an audience it’s unbelievable second to none and the thing is is the opportunity is still growing people are still learning about it people are still not fully tapped into it um I just feel like the opportunity is so ripe right now and I just feel like if you were to miss out on it um like you know you would you would regret it and I think that’s the biggest playing this life have a regret. You don’t want to let this time pass you by. A lot of millionaires are going to in this you know coming years and you know you either stand on the right side or on on you know the side of regret. Yeah absolutely. You want to be on the right side of history when now we have AI to like really go and power this thing. We talked about earlier in the call like guys this is the opportunity of a freaking lifetime. Like do not sleep on this. Like we’re not going to see anything like this ever again in our life. It’s going to be nuts. 100%. Well hey brother I know you got a lot going on. And I know it’s late in your side of the world, so I I appreciate you hopping on and and chatting with us. Um, you know, I know the people Do you guys love this, by the way? Like, let me know in the chat. Do you guys love hearing from this guy? Yeah, we’re seeing it, man. Like, thank you so much. Um, really appreciate you being here and, uh, we’ll see you inside of the community. I appreciate it. Until soon. All right. Cheers. All right, guys. I’m going to wrap this up. I’ve shown you the numbers. I’ve shown you the method. I’ve shown you the AI building everything live, not once, but three separate times at each key. You watch the offer finder select a proven winner in 3 seconds. You watch the AI build a landing page and website in under a minute. And you watch the content radar create faceless viral content at the click of a button. I’ve shown you the proof, not two or three people, but hundreds. I’ve answered every question I could think of. I’ve removed the risk with a full six-month guarantee. But none of this matters if you don’t see yourself in this. So, I want to take you back to the very beginning. I asked you to type what you do if you hit your income goal. Some of you said pay off your mortgage. Some of you said travel. Some of you said retire their parent. Some just said get out of debt. I want you to picture that thing one more time. Not a fantasy, not as someday, but picture it as something that’s actually happening. Because the distance between where you are right now and that thing you typed in the chat is not as far away as you think. Remember that picture I showed you at the beginning? me in Patagonia completely off the grid climbing with my best friend while my business grew without me. That’s not a fantasy. That was just a Tuesday. And remember what I told you at the very beginning. The biggest lie in online business is that you need to build everything yourself. You don’t. You never did. The DIY trap told you that you had to build everything yourself. The product, the funnel, the content, the sales teams, all of it. But today, I showed you three times live that you don’t. You just plug in everything. I’ve shown you today was designed to make one thing clear. The most successful people in this space don’t do it themselves. They plug into systems that are already winning. And that’s exactly what’s waiting for you. The offers are proven. The H2 AI is built. You watch it work three times. The sales team is standing by. The community is active. The coaching is live 5 days a week. You can do it all completely facelift. Everything is already in place. The only thing missing is you. Every person you saw today was sitting exactly where you’re sitting, watching something like this, wondering if it was real, and they made the decision. Nathan made a decision and now he collects $28,000 a month. Tonyie made a decision and now she works from home with her family. And Jed Nancy made the decision and now they earn $12,000 a month while raising six kids on a farm. I made a decision and because of that decision, I sat next to my mother, held her hand and told her she’d never have to work another day in her life. The method is proven. The AI tools are built. The offers are ready. The support is there. The guarantee removes every ounce of risk. The only thing left in this entire equation is you. I will stay on for a few more minutes to get any last minute questions answered, but the spots are going and I can see them filling up in real time. So, type I’m joining in the chat if you’re heading to the page right now. Let’s see it, guys. Come on now. I’m joining. I’m joining. There we go. There we go. I’m joining. Let’s build this thing together because a year from now, you’re going to look back at this exact moment and you’re either going to thank yourself for finally taking action or you’re going to wish that you had. So, make today the day that you choose yourself. My name is Chance and on behalf of our entire H2H AI owners team, thank you for spending this time with me today. We don’t take it for granted. Your free gift that I promise you will be in your inbox within the next hour or so, so keep an eye out for it. I really look forward to seeing you guys on the other side. So, go ahead, get in there and let’s rock and roll. Let’s go. Let’s go. Let’s go. All right, guys. Take care.

  • 10/10/2026 – Every Hermes Agent Concept Explained for Normal People

    Hermes might be the closest thing to an autonomous AI employee that a non-coder, non-technical person can actually use. You can give it tools, message it on Telegram, and have it do tasks [clears throat] while you sleep. But, if you want to truly unlock the power of Hermes, you need to know what Hermes can see, what it can remember, and what you’re allowing it to do. So, that means understanding the models, context windows, sol.md files, memory, skills, hooks, gateways, sub-agents, and [music] everything else. So, in this video, I’ll break down every essential Hermes concept in plain English, starting with the basics, [music] and then working up to how the whole system fits together. And by the end, you’ll understand what all of these terms mean, and how they work together inside of Hermes to do actual work for your business. Okay, so let’s get into it. There’s a lot of different concepts that I’m going to break down in this video, but the first one is going to be the Hermes agent versus the underlying model. So, this is the difference between a harness and the model that’s actually the brain and the intelligence. Now, I covered this in my previous video, but the summary is this, that think of it like a car, right? The car has an engine, which can be thought of as the model, right? That’s powering the locomotion. Now, obviously, to move the car, you need the wheels, you need the frame, you need the chassis, you need the brakes, you need the electronics, right? That’s the harness. So, the model is the engine, everything else that makes the car move efficiently and effectively is the harness. So, we’re looking at the tools, the rules, the sessions, the memory. As you can see here, we’ve got a few of these diagrams to walk you through, and I’m also going to show you some stuff in Hermes where I think it’s going to be relevant. So, that’s the first thing that you need to understand. So, when you send a request into Hermes, it’s going to gather the instructions, the context, maybe it’s going to load some tools, and then it’s going to pass those to the model; and the model is then going to decide what to respond with, what to say, what actions to take. Now, because those two layers are separate, the harness and the model, you can actually change out the model for whatever specific task that you want to do. And because Hermes is open source and completely free, and you can download it here hermes-agent.newsresearch, it’s completely free. You can install it in your terminal with with this one-line command, or you can grab the desktop app as well. So, because those two layers are separate, you could change the model, you can use different models, you can hook up open router and use some of the open source models like Kimiko 3, which I’ll explain how I’m doing that in a moment. And you can also work on the harness, you can delete tools, you can add your own rules, you can add hooks and things like this. So, it’s fully customizable, unlike Codex or Claude Code, where the system prompt and some of the wiring underneath the hood is proprietary, and you just can’t change that. So, this gives you a bit more flexibility with what you can actually do, and you can customize the harness to your own use case. You can remove stuff that is not useful, because Hermes comes preloaded with a bunch of different tools. And for me, I had to remove a whole lot of them, because I’m not going to use them. They’re not useful for my use case. So, if we head over to Hermes, which I’ve got in the terminal here, and I do {forward slash} model, I can see all of the models that I’ve got access to here. So, I’ve got OpenAI Codex, so I’ve enabled my OpenAI ChatGPT subscription, so I can access the Codex models. I’ve hooked up OpenRouter with the API key. I’ve also got my Anthropic subscription plugged in here as well. So, if you want to set these up, you can do it in the config. So, the way that you would do that is you’d open up a fresh terminal window, and I would do Hermes setup, and then you can customize your whole setup here. So, you could select whatever model you want, and you can add your API key and your authentication. Over in the desktop app, it’s a little bit different. So, this is a desktop app, you can see I’ve got sessions, my chats from Telegram, cron jobs, Discord. We’re going to get into all of this in this video. Don’t worry, but if you just come to your settings tab, and you can find all your configurations here as well. Everything that you would find in the terminal when I put that command in for the setup, you can find here. And if you head over to providers, this is where you’re going to be able to connect other providers in here as well. So, that’s the difference between the harness and the model, and I’m just showing you how you can change your model, whether it’s Claude code, whether it’s Codex, whether you want to use one of the open-source models. And so, the cool thing with Hermes is that you can route different tasks to different models. So, this is the benefit I see of Hermes over Claude code. So, in Hermes, when I’m creating my content, I’ll plan that content with GPT 5.6 Saul, right? Which is a powerful model. It will create the plan, and then I’m going to write that plan with Kimiko 3 using open router. And so, I’ve set that up in my agents.md file to make that happen automatically. And so, the reason why I do that is cuz in my opinion and from some of the creators that have in my inner circle, we use Kimiko 3 for copywriting. It seems to be a bit better than Opus 5 and Fable 5, which honest, for me, have got worse when it comes to writing content. So, this is the kind of the new approach I’m trying out. Anyway, let’s move on to number three. The different interfaces that we can use to connect and talk with our Hermes agents. So, an interface is simply the place where you send your prompts and your work to Hermes and where you’re going to receive the answer. As I showed you earlier, the terminal is kind of a standard way to do it, but if you’re non-technical and you’re not used to working in the terminal, the desktop app is another way you can set this up. Now, I also have Hermes set up on Telegram. So, when I’m out and about, I can just message it through Telegram on my phone. Now, I’ve also mentioned the desktop app, which can show you a live preview, like an artifact of what you’ve actually built. So, that’s not something that you’re going to see in the terminal, and that’s one of the bigger features of Claude code on the desktop and Claude Co-Work. You can maybe build a landing page and you can see the artifact. Or maybe you create a presentation and you can actually see the artifact in the window. Now, one of the other features in the desktop app here is the voice conversation. So, I can have a backwards and forwards conversation with Hermes. So, I could speak to it and it can speak back to me. I don’t have to set up 11 Labs or anything like that. So, it’s going right now. I’m going to click stop, but if you could just reply to me with a few words just to confirm this is working. Pony Tail mode active for Pony Tail mode active. Which is something that I’m just installed. So, you can see it’s it’s talking back to me. Now, there is one other way that we can have Hermes have a conversation with us. And this is something I helped one of my clients set up at last week is in Discord. So, you can’t have the desktop app on your mobile phone. At least not yet. They are building that. So, you can see in my Discord I have my Hermes bot inside of here and I can add my Hermes to my voice channel. So, if I do {forward slash} voice, and you can see there’s some options. If I click here, I can go mode. We can do channel, join your voice channel. So, the way this works I need to go over to my voice channel I’ve joined and then I I need to put in the command voice mode join channel. Boom. My Hermes bot is in the channel. I can unmute it. Hey, can you just drop me a response um just to check that you’re listening in this channel. So, Hermes should speak back to me anytime now. You can see it’s transcribed my Mhm. Think yep, I’m here. Tom, could you loud and clear. Okay, so it’s talking back to us. Let’s move on. These are all the different interfaces you can use. We’ve also got Telegram like I mentioned. Uh you can use the API. There’s an SDK as well, but it’s getting a bit more advanced. Let’s move on to the next thing. So, let’s get into the fourth thing that I want to cover today and that’s prompts. You saw the MD file, your project rules. As you can see here, this all amounts to context. Now, context is the one thing that’s going to make your agent actually useful, right? Without any of this context, it’s just going to be a chatbot. It’s going to start from scratch every time. It’s not going to be particularly useful. So, the prompt is the request that you’re giving Hermes right now. And for me, I like to use WhisperFlow and just dictate what I want to happen. Maybe I’ll explain a project, give it a little bit of additional background context, maybe tell it where to look for specific files that I’ve already got created on my computer. Now, the soul that MD file is really the agent’s character, working style, voice, tone, communication. It tells Hermes what role to play and how direct it should be and how to make decisions. Now, your project instructions apply to a particular folder or workspace, and they hold the rules that Hermes should follow whenever it works inside of that folder. So, this is going to be your agents.md file. There are different files you can add in here pending on your own specific project. I often have a context.md file, and maybe if it’s a content folder, maybe a voice.md file. But, these can all be created by having a conversation with Hermes and asking, “What kind of context should we create so that you remember the project and you can create the best work possible?” Now, each layer has a different job, and the prompts covers the request, your project’s instructions, your agents.md file covers the workspace, and the soul that MD file is your agent’s general behavior. Now, before the model starts thinking, it’s going to grab all of these files. It’s also going to look for additional files and context that it thinks are relevant to the prompt that you’ve just submitted. Now, if Hermes keeps making the same mistake for you, you need to save this correction. You need to tell it what’s going wrong and how to fix it. Now, these fixes can live in a corrections.md file. You could add it to your agents.md file, totally up to you on how you want to structure this. But, if you want to see how I structure something called a second brain, which is a way that you can take all of your files, your documents, transcripts, all of that stuff, and distill down the key insights that your agent can then tap into. I’ve done a full video on that and how to set it up, all of that stuff. It’s on my YouTube channel. Um you should be able to find it. It’s called second brain and Hermes. So, if you want to set that up, you can go over there after you finish watching this video. And one thing I do want to mention before we carry on with this video is that if you want to run Hermes 24/7, you’re probably going to need to host it where a machine is running 24/7. Cuz as soon as you close your laptop, you’re not going to be able to interface through Telegram or Discord. So, having a 24/7 setup like a VPS is probably going to be your better option. Now, if you do want to use a VPS, I use Hostinger. They are the sponsor of today’s video. And if you go over to the link in the description below, uh you’re going to head over to this page and you’ll be able to see you can install Hermes agent in one click. If I go ahead and click buy now, I’m going to give you an extra 10%off with Growth Lab 10. So, if we pop that into the checkout, just type this in here, you see you’ve got a nice 10% off there. You can select the time period that you want. Now, by no means do you have to use Hostinger. There are a bunch of different other tools and ways that you can host this. It’s just the easiest option that I found. And you can also use the desktop app and and connect to Telegram on your desktop as well. But if you do want an agent that’s running 24/7 where you can run scheduled jobs overnight that’s going to take up your usage when you’re not actually using it during the day for your work, then this is probably the the better option for you to check out. So, again, the link below is in the description if you want to grab 10%off over there. So, let’s talk about context and compression. So, there is something called a context window. And different models have different size context windows. And so, once you fill that up, and that’s going to get filled up by tool calls, responses, and your inputs and outputs. Now, when you start approaching the upper limit of your context window, so in code code, you’re typically going to have a million context window token limit. Whereas GPT 5.6 soul, if you’re using Codex and the subscription, it’s going to be like a 256,000 token context window. And for me, that fills up super fast. So, there’s a few ways that you can handle this. Now, in Hermes, you can actually set the limit where the session is going to compress and compact. What I mean by that is when you hit that limit, Hermes is going to compress and summarize and compact your whole conversation. It’s going to basically take notes on the important things that have happened. Then it’s going to insert that into the context window of a fresh session. Okay? Now, that’s one way of doing it. Now, what I would often do is create a handoff document when the context window gets about 50 60%full when I’m using GPT 5.6. And if I was using an Anthropic model, I would compact around 40%of the context window. Because once you fill that context window up till it’s nearly full, it’s going to have problems referencing all of the context and everything that you’ve worked on in that session. It’s not going to reference everything accurately. So, so when you do hit 40 50 60%of your context window, you’re going to want to create a handoff document, clear the session, or create a new session, and then load in that handoff document and continue your conversation. So, you could see here in Hermes in the terminal, we do have this bar at the bottom, and this is showing us how full the context window is, how many tokens we’ve used in this context window, and what the total size is. Okay, so I’m going to correct myself. 272,000 tokens typically in a GPT Codex model context window. Okay, so next, let’s talk about the agent loop. This is how all of your prompts and requests are going to work. You put in your prompt or or your request, Hermes adds that to the context window, and then it’s going to think about what needs to happen next. Do we need to run some tool calls? Do we need to do a web search? Do we need to tap into an MCP? Do we need to check some files in your folder that we’re working in? It’s going to take all of those actions, and then it’s going to start giving you the response. Now, what happens when we’re building something, we want to go through a few different phases. We want to go through the planning phase, which is going to involve searching of files, doing a bunch of research, and then coming up with the plan, and then we’re going to go into the build phase. So, at this point, Hermes will want to ask you a bunch of questions about the build, so you can finalize the plan that will then get pushed into the build stage. Once you’re building, Hermes can then run an autonomous loop and keep checking the work until it hits the goal of your plan, right? So, that’s one of the really cool things about having an agent build things for you. You don’t have to keep prompting it once you’ve created a plan and a goal of what that end state should look like. Okay, so let’s talk about tools for a second because this is what makes Hermes incredibly powerful, and also any of the other harnesses that you use, because most likely you’re going to have MCPs and skills that are all built into your workflows and the way that you use your agent. And if you don’t, those are probably going to be some of the first things that you install. Now, Hermes does come with a bunch of pre-built tools, which I’m going to show you in a second. But essentially, a tool gives Hermes an action that it can take outside the model. So, that could be searching the web, it could be running a command, it could be calling a specific service. So, let me give you an example. Now, I write my newsletter inside of Hermes, right? I’ve got a few different skills that I pull from, and it’s got additional tools, right? So, it can search the web, it can go over to my YouTube channel, it can tap into my Instagram and pull posts and links that I can put in my newsletter. And so, once all of that has been completed, I can then push that to Beehiiv, which is where I’m sending my newsletter from. I don’t actually need to copy and paste anything over to Bee hive because there’s an MCP, right? And that MCP gives the harness a set of tools. And so, you can think of an MCP like an API call, right? API has a bunch of different end points and the MCP creates a tool for each of the different end points, right? So, you’ve got a toolbox and it’s like, okay, am I going to use a wrench? Am I going to use a spanner? Am I going to use the screwdriver? And each one has a different function for whatever it is that you’re trying to do. Now, if we come into Hermes in the desktop app, we can go over to our settings and we can have a look down here, tools and keys. So, we could see there’s a bunch of different tools here that have come either built in or ones that I’ve installed. And these need API keys to function. Now, if we click on one of these, we can see what this actually does. We can we can get a key by clicking on the link, go over to the website and decide if this is a tool that we want to use. Now, what I will say is there is a lot of stuff in here that you’re probably not going to use. So, for me, when I set up Hermes and I was monitoring my context window, for me it was filling up really fast. It would go to like 15, 20%immediately. So, I had to do a analysis, run a audit to ask Hermes, what are you loading when I’m sending the first prompt? Is are you loading up a bunch of tools or skills? Is there any hooks involved? Because there might be a bunch of stuff that’s getting loaded that I’m never going to use. And so, it’s just taking up context. It’s taking up tokens that I can then free up because I’m not going to use that tool. So, there is another thing called plugins and these are similar to tools. Now, a plugin is something you can grab from GitHub. Now, you can see here I’ve installed a few things like ponytail which you saw that it was referenced earlier in the chat. Now, a plugin is typically a collection of skills that maybe links up to an API key through an MCP. And these plugins are put together so that the skills can work synergistically with each other. Each skill will have a specific role. So in the superpowers plugin for example, which I’ve spoken about a lot on this channel, it does have like 11 different skills. So the plugin allows you to install those with just one click. And you can see here, MCP servers, hooks, and slash commands, skills, and bundles, plugins bundle all of those together. Okay, let’s move on to number eight, memory and skills. So memory stores useful information that Hermes may need in a future conversation such as your preferences, previous decisions, facts about your business and your work. A skill stores a repeatable method for doing a specific job. So it tells Hermes which steps, rules, or resources to use when that type of work comes up. So memory answers the question, what should Hermes remember? So when you start up a session, it’s going to check your memory.md file, and then it’s going to carry that information into your context window to use alongside of your prompt if it thinks that that’s relevant. And a skill answers the question, how should Hermes do this thing? So it gives the agent a process that it can follow over and over again. So neither one of these changes the underlying model. Hermes loads the relevant memory or skill into the working context window when it’s needed. Now you don’t have to write every skill yourself. Hermes can install skills that other people have shared. You can even create your own by doing {forward slash} learn, and Hermes will basically create the skill of a process that you’ve just gone through in the chat. The other cool thing about Hermes is that it will automatically create skills for you based on whatever it is that you’re working on. Now I don’t have a demo for that, but you’ll see in Hermes when you’re working, you can see it’s applying this principle of self-learning, and it will create a skill. It will show you a dialog box saying self-learning skill created, something like this. Now I have done a full video on memory versus skills. It is on my channel. Should be able to find it. It’s quite recent. Uh so if you want to do a deep dive on those two things, in my opinion, the most important things inside of Hermes are skills and memory. Now, now memory isn’t just a memory.md file. That can only contain a a small amount of information. That’s why I’ve created a a search brain. That’s why I also search system that vectorizes all my files and makes them searchable. So whenever I want to recall some information, all of my files are in that mini vector database. And that information can be pulled when there’s a relevant prompt or request put into my agent. So number nine, let’s talk about hooks. Maybe you’ve never heard of these before. They’re kind of a bit under the radar, but in my opinion, they can be extremely powerful if you apply them in the right place and you know what they actually do. So a hook is an action that runs by itself automatically when something specific happens inside of Hermes. So it’s up to you to pick when that moment happens. It could be before tool usage, after a job finishes, when a new session starts, when you write a file to your system. When that moment comes around, the hook fires automatically every time. And it does that in a shell. It’s not a prompt that gets injected into the system. It’s, let’s say, a terminal command that happens in code. Now the difference between a hook and a skill is that a skill is invoked typically when you’re wanting to run a specific process. Now your agent can invoke the skill when it thinks that you need it, but the hook is going to happen automatically. Now as you can see on screen, this is how a hook works. So the moment that the hook is called, that could be writing to a specific folder or file, the hook checks your rules, right? So you can create rules of whether when it’s going to fire and when it’s not. And if the rules are broken, it’s going to get blocked. If it passes, that hook is going to run. Now you don’t need to be a programmer to set these up. You can just talk to Hermes and say, “Hey, can we create this hook so this process runs every time automatically without taking up any of the context. Remember this thing, this project, this information about me. A skill is when you want something done in a specific way, a process, and a hook is basically something that always happens when something else happens. So, when X happens, do Y automatically without me approving it or anything like that. Okay, let’s move on to number 10, profiles. So, you can think of these like individual agents. A profile is a a set Hermes setup built for a particular role, person, or type of work. So, each profile can have its own agents.md file, soul.md file, memory, skills, configuration, and conversation history. It can have its own models, its own tools, everything. So, that means, for example, as you can see on screen, you can have a research profile that can behave differently from, let’s say, an operations profile without mixing the instructions together. So, you can specialize an agent in a specific thing so that when you come to do that thing, so I could have a content creation agent that does that specific thing really, really well. It’s got access to all the context, all the previous content that I’ve created. It’s It’s got access to MCPs that are going to pull specific posts that are performing the best on X or on LinkedIn or on YouTube, for example. Whereas, if I had everything in a general agent, but if I had to do research, operations, content creation all in the main agent, listen, it’s possible, but better to have a specialist agent. And these can come in really handy when we get into agent orchestration and the Kanban, which I’m going to get onto a little bit later in this video. So, each profile is essentially an entire Hermes instance, and you can have all of your sessions underneath each individual profile. Now, these are different to sub agents. A sub agent is a temporary helper that’s created when you’re working on a project. Now, you’ll be able to see inside of the dialogue window when it decides to spin up a sub agent. So, for example, you could be working on something and say,”Hey, can you read 10 different blog posts and summarize the findings of each of those?”It can spin up 10 different sub agents, read 10 different blog posts, summarize those, and bring the findings back. That’s what sub agents are used for. Profiles are useful for separating roles and context, but they’re not a security boundary by themselves. Those kind of boundaries come from tools, permissions, and where Hermes is running. So, let me show you an example. If I come over to Hermes Desktop, and I can see at the bottom, you see I’ve got a bunch of different profiles. So, if we click on SEO Writer, for example, you could see these are all the sessions associated with this particular agent. You could see the cron jobs that I’ve set up for this agent, and this all ties together inside of my Kanban board, where I have my AI Search, I have SEO Editor, SEO Orchestrator, SEO Strategist, SEO Writer, and all of these agents are working together. They pass tasks between each other, which is orchestrated by the orchestration agent inside a Kanban board. Now, you can click manage profiles here, and this is where you can add additional profiles, and each one of these, as you can see, comes with a soldier.md file. Now, we can add additional context files in here where necessary, and you can add your own profiles just by clicking here. You can name it, you can clone it from a different profile as well, and then you can fill out your soldier.md file, which I would highly recommend for each of your agents. You can also add in context.md files, agents.md file inside of each of these profiles. It’s just not listed here in the interface, but it’s We’ll just know this is something that you can do when you’re setting these up, and it’s not complicated. You just have a conversation here with Hermes, and it will go ahead and set all of this up for you. Okay, so number 11, let’s talk briefly about the messaging gateways. Now, I have already covered these earlier in the video, so I’m not going to go into these in too much depth, but there are different platforms where you can access your Hermes agent. You can have it live inside of Slack, inside Discord, like I showed you, and inside of Telegram. So, you can see I’ve got my agent here inside of Telegram. This is something I can access on my phone. This is connected through the VPS, and then the VPS is then connected to my computer via Tailscale. And this is running cron jobs, is pulling in research every day to give me ideas for X posts. For example, so as you can see, these messaging gateways connect into Hermes. You can have different gateways for different agents. You can switch the agent profile inside of the messaging gateway. So, it’s totally up to you how you configure this. Some people like to have Hermes in Slack. Some people use Discord, Telegram, or you can just use the desktop app. They are bringing out a mobile app pretty soon. And then we’ve also got the classic terminal interface as well. Now, if you want to know how to set these up, you can literally just ask Hermes,”Hey, how do I set up Hermes inside of Slack?”And typically what this is going to look like is you’ll need to set up a Slack application. It’s then going to give you the authentication and the keys that you need to integrate Hermes into your Slack, and it’s going to create a bot, and that bot is then going to be active in whatever channels you want to add it to. So, yeah, you can see here we need to create an application, give it the permissions, and we can then go into the setup gateway setup, Hermes gateway setup in your terminal, and you can add in the configuration keys and get all of that set up. But this video isn’t designed to give you the complete setup tutorial, but you can definitely go through and set that up yourself if that’s something you want to do. So, you might be watching this video thinking,”Well, this all sounds great, Tom, but I don’t have the time, I don’t have the experience and the expertise to set this up properly.”You might be thinking,”I’m probably just going to spend a ton of time trying to figure this out, when in fact I could have somebody help me build this for me.”So, if you do want me to help you build this for you, and build out all of the different agents for the processes in your business, the first step is to book your free 30-minute AI audit call. On that call, I’ll figure out what your business problems are and which is the highest ROI automation opportunity to build an agent for in your business. And then we can look at the options of how you want to proceed and get that done, whether you want me to build it for you, whether we consult together, or I show you and teach you over a period of 90 days to be able to do it for yourself and implement it in your company, whether that’s yourself or somebody on your team. There is going to be a link below in the description if you want to do you want to book that call in. It is completely free. You’re going to speak directly to me for half an hour. I’m going to schedule that out in my calendar, so it’s important that if you are serious about this, that you show up to the call. And usually for my one-on-one consulting clients, I charge a thousand bucks an hour. So, you’re basically getting $500 of value for 30 minutes of my time. So, anyway, I’d love to speak to you if this is something that you are interested in. Anyway, back to the video. So, the 12th thing that I want to talk about is the different ways Hermes can run. Now, I have mentioned this briefly again in this video, but we’ll just dive into this a little bit deeper because you do have local methods, you’ve got VPS, you’ve got cloud. So, let’s just dig into these real quick. Now, you can run Hermes with Telegram or Discord or Slack, but you can connect that up in different ways. You can connect it to your local device, your laptop, what I’m recording on right now. You can connect it up there. You can also connect it up to a VPS. So, like I’ve been running on my Telegram, it connects to Hermes on a VPS. The VPS then connects to my computer using Tailscale. But it is important, in my opinion, to know the difference and the capabilities of each because if you run a team and you want to have multiple employees tapping into Hermes, build their own agents for their own process and roles, then you might want to set up that includes a VPS or some kind of way where all of your files and contacts are stored in the cloud. There’s a really cool tool called HQ for work. And that’s where you’re going to have a platform that contains all of your contacts, all of your tools, all of your MCPs, your API keys, and all of that. And your team can literally just plug in and access those through their device using the cloud. So, there are different ways of doing this. You’ve just got to think about your own use case and who’s going to be using Hermes inside of your business, and where do you want those files? Do you want your team members to have their own files on their own computer? There’s certainly some benefits to that, but also the drawbacks is there’s no shared knowledge base. And I think if you’re working in a company with multiple employees in a big team, like one of my clients, Kyle, which there’s a case study on this video. He has a company of over 150 employees. So, in that case, it’d be pretty smart to have a second brain perhaps for each department that’s shared across their team. So, everybody when they’re building and using Hermes in the business, they can access all of the same context. If you have Hermes installed in the cloud with all your context and your API keys and your tools and your MCPs, everybody on the team is going to have access to that. If everything is running locally on somebody’s computer, then John who’s in operations is not going to access Steve in accounts. They’re both not going to have access to the same MCP or API key. They’re both going to have to set that up independently on their own devices. So, number 13, let’s talk about scheduled tasks and automated workflows. This is where agents like Hermes can be incredibly powerful. Now, this is not native to Hermes by any means. You can do this in Cloud Code and Code X, but a scheduled task lets Hermes begin work at a specific time without waiting for you to send a message. So, that schedule, as you can see on the screen, can run in a loop, right? It can run once. It can repeat at specific times of day on different days. And that interval is totally up to you. So, that scheduled job runs without you, which means the job needs enough context and instructions to stand on its own. So, an effective scheduled job might run a specific skill which contains all of the instructions and the context and maybe hooks up to different MCPs where it can pull additional information and research to actually complete the job. A great example of this is pulling your reports. So, let’s say you have data in Facebook Ads, your Google Search Console, maybe your email analytics. You can have MCPs pull all of that data and this skill can pull all that data, put it into a report, send that via email to whoever needs to see that report for Monday morning’s meeting, for example. Now, running a scheduled task like this we we also call it a cron job. That’s just one way to work. Hermes can also run a fixed script or respond to outside triggers when you connect. So, this is called also called a webhook, which you might have heard about. Now, if if a tools pings a webhook, you can ping that webhook to Hermes to trigger a specific skill or task or whatever it is that you want Hermes to complete. So, let’s say for example, you have a funnel and somebody hits the thank you page. You can create a webhook to ping when someone hits that thank you page and ping, let’s say, a message through to Slack or maybe into WhatsApp to notify you that somebody has hit the thank you page and you’ve got a new application coming. Now, typically the difference between running a script and running a scheduled job, I mean, you can have a scheduled job run a script. Let’s say it’s running a skill, that skill is going to be dynamic and it’s going to be able to do what you would typically do in a session if you run that skill. Whereas a script is more deterministic. It’s going to run a piece of code, it’s going to do a specific thing and that’s it. So, that could be good, for example, with accounting where you’re just moving numbers around, you’re making reports and spreadsheets and so on. So, let me give you an example. You could see here on my Hermes desktop app, I can see my cron jobs down at the bottom here. See I’ve got my daily AI insights clip library. And so, if we click on here, so we can see all of the different runs that have happened and if we want to change, we can go into manage. We could change the settings here. We do have a prompt and if we take a look at a prompt, we could see what’s actually running. So, I’m not going to go through everything here, but you can see it’s defined the workspace, the maximum run time, and it’s got the forced skills. This is what’s actually going to be doing the heavy lifting, the long-form video clipping pipeline. So, what’s happening with this skill and this schedule job is I put out posts on X at 9:00 a.m. Eastern every day. This skill is then going to run like you can see it run at 9:02 a.m. And so, it’s going to grab my X post, it’s then going to search on YouTube for relevant podcasts and interviews with X experts on the same topic. It’s then going to grab clips from those interviews, and it’s then going to send me those clips over on Telegram, and it’s going to add them into a folder on my computer. So, you can see here I’ve got this folder AI Insights clips, so you can see these are all of the clips that it’s pulled. I’ve got a clip library down here, and you can see, you know, I’ve got different clips from different podcasts, and I can include those in my next post. Let’s say I want to retweet the post that I put out the previous day, I can then add this video to see if that gets any more engagement and more reach, because video right now on X is performing really well. Now, if you do want to test your schedule job, you can literally just trigger it right now if you want to run it manually, but that’s how you set all of this up. I didn’t write this prompt at all, I got Hermes to write this after I went through the entire workflow in one of my conversations. I said,”Okay, let’s now schedule this as a cron job, scheduled task, and let’s create skills that you can use to run this process efficiently.”Number 14, sub-agents versus Kanban and agent agent coordination or multi-agent orchestration. Now, I already gave you a definition of sub-agents. These get spun up temporarily inside a main agent chat in a session. It spins up the sub-agents, they do something, they pull the information back, and they feed it to the main agent. Now, the Kanban is very different. It’s like a Trello board, and I’m going to show you it in just a second. It’s going to move tasks along the pipeline, and at each stage there’s going to be a different agent involved. It’s going to assign that agent to a specific task that it’s been designed to help you with. So, let me show you how this works. So, what you’re seeing on screen right now is a custom gateway, very similar to the desktop app, and I’ve set this up on my local device. Now, there are a lot of different options in here. You’ve got the chat, which is This is what appears in the chat window. You’ve got your sessions. You can tap into previous sessions in here. Files, models, logs, cron, schedule jobs, skills, MCPs, all of that stuff. But, the thing that I wanted to show you that I was talking about, remember the Kanban? If you click into here, you can see I’ve got a couple of different boards. Now, a Kanban works where it’s passing tasks through different stages of a pipeline. So, here, my SEO article pipeline has something ready for me to review. You could see it needs an assignee, and this is for me to take a look and manually review this post. You could see we’ve got a description. We’ve got a list of all the files that it’s used and created. So, I can come in here, and I can check out one of these files, for example, and I can download it. Obviously, it is already on my device. So, I can basically just search for this file in my folders. I can add comments. I can say,”Approved. Move to next step.” And so, this is going to get picked up outside of a session. So, I don’t need any sessions running to run these All these agents are running independently of the main Hermeus chat, the sessions, and the agents that I have set up. These are all going to work in the background and pass work between each other to complete this pipeline that I’ve defined already. So, you can see here, this is everything that’s happened in this particular pipeline. I’ve also got one set up for my AI insights clip. You can see nothing’s running right now because it runs once a day. You could see all of the previous tasks here. So, this is a bit more of an advanced concept, but for me, this is how I visualize multi-agent orchestration. There are tasks that get passed through different stages of a pipeline that different agents are involved in that I don’t have to interact with unless there is an approval step for me to get involved with. Okay, let’s move on to number 15, the security layers. So, we’re talking permissions, approvals, and sandboxing. So, Hermes has several security controls because no single setting can cover every different type of risk. User authorization controls who can send requests to the agents. The tool set controls which actions the agent is able to request. An approval can add a checkpoint, so Hermes can pause before a risky action can be taken and waits for you to either allow or reject that. A hook, like we spoke about earlier, can actually guard the same moment automatically. So, an approval waits for your answer while a hook applies a rule that you set in advance and can block that action on its own. So, for example, if you have a hook set up that prevents your AI agent from reading your .env file in the conversation, then that’s going to happen automatically. And that’s that is a security layer that you can set up, and it’s what I have set up so that my agents don’t put API keys in the chat. Now, it can run bash commands and terminal commands to pull that information into API calls, but it’s not going to put that information inside of the chat, if that makes sense. So, in my opinion, the safest setup is to give each of your agents or your profiles inside of Hermes specific permissions and specific tools and files that they can access, and then keep everything else outside of its reach. Now, like in Claude Code, you can have different approval settings where you either manually accept all of the edits and changes that the agent wants to make, or you can put it into auto mode, or have your own separate rules according to the different types of tasks and tools that it calls, whether it’s going to ask you for permission or not. So, listen, I have gone through a lot there, and there is a whole bunch more information on the Hermes documentation site, including stories and case studies and a bunch of good stuff. But, I wanted to pull out the key concepts to explain in this video. I know it’s been a long one, and if you’ve got to this point in the video, drop me a comment below cuz I’d love to see who’s actually stuck with me on this. This is all important information to know and understand and internalize if you’re going to be building with Hermes or indeed any agent because these principles can apply across the different harnesses like Codex code code for example. So now you understand how the main parts of Hermes work together, but the next step is using them to solve a real problem in your business.

  • 10/08/2026 – OpenCV Live

    live. It is Thursday morning. It is 9:00 am Pacific time here on the best coast. I am coming to you today. What’s that? The hot coast. Yeah, it’s definitely a lot better today than it’s been. It’s it was over well over a 100 degrees the last couple of days in in Tijana here um south of the border down Mexico way where I fell in love and uh I know it’s not been it’s not been much cooler north of the border either but I’m here in beautiful sunny Tana Mexico and our stalart host Dr. Satia Malik is joining us from from San Diego, California. Indeed. And our guest, where are you coming from today, Natala? All right. Right on. But I like San Diego. When when I walked with Qualcomm, San Diego was greatest city to walk in. Yeah. Yeah. Except for when it’s 100 degrees. It’s It’s not Yeah. It’s not bothering me as much. I I’ve been, you know, going to the beach in the evening and it’s it’s really nice. That sounds awesome. Yeah. Yeah. Okay, let’s see here. Let me pull up our chat. Yeah, we got everybody in the chat. Looks like Zoom’s popping off. Howdy, everybody over on on Zoom. We’ve got Mthagor from Nevada Tahas. Please let us know where you’re joining us from in the chat, wherever you’re joining us from. We love to see the global OpenCV community chiming in here. Before we get started proper on the show, we got Kevin from Bazing Stoke. We’ve got uh Ataliba from uh Lwanda, Angola. We’ve got Stefan Sarnov from Vancouver, Canada. We’ve got Cad Pereira from the other Vancouver. I assume probably Washington. Uh we’ve got Hari from Helsinki, Finland. Um, Zachary Crane says, “Iowa is the new Tijuana.” Am I right? I don’t know about that. There’s not that much corn out here, surprisingly. Um, we’ve got Andy from Escandido. Pretty close as well. Got Andre from the Moscow region. Peter Wong from Sacramento, California. Carlos Nava from Baja, California. Got Bruce Wright from Calgary, Alberta, Canada. as the great Lance Storm would say, says he was in Anaheim last week. Um, when it was hot, it seems much cooler in Calgary. I’d imagine Calgary is usually cooler than Anaheim, but that’s that’s just my my ad hoc guess. Got Kashall from India. I’ve got Stefan De Wolf, excellent last name there, from Belgium. Um, pardon my French. We’ve got a whole bunch of AI assistants. JJ Laarea from New York City and a bunch of other folks. Let’s check over on LinkedIn. Hey there everybody. YouTubetubes and all of that good stuff. We’re live on Twitch, LinkedIn Live, YouTube, Patreon, and Zoom. And we are pleased as punch to talk with you all today. It’s going to be another one of those episodes that I think u I feel like we’ve had a string of episodes recently about stuff that I personally do not know a ton about. And so it’s really exciting for me and I hope it’s exciting for you all out there. We’re going to learn about the Nvidia Isaac sim. I know a little bit about robotic simulation from like I’ve I’ve played around with like the gazebo sim from Ross and stuff, but I’m not definitely not an expert and my understanding is definitely a bit out of date because of how quickly everything moves here. So, we’re very excited to have our guest here to put us under the learning tree for a little bit. I’ve got Arno chiming in from agitated France. We’ve got uh Mizraad from Iran. We’ve got Ankit from India. Love to see it. Thanks so much for joining us today everybody. I think uh now is a good time to get started. Satia, you want to say hi to everybody here? Let’s get started. Hello everybody. Welcome to OpenCV live. NVIDIA Isak SIM is an open-source reference framework for robotic simulation, testing, and synthetic data generation in physically based virtual environments. It’s a powerful system which can ingest data from multiple sources such as computer AED design, unified robot description format or URDF or real world captures. In today’s talk, we welcome Yoshi Cohen to take us along the path from OpenCV to Isaac, showing how OpenCV, CUDA, Gstreamer, and Deepstream fit into a modern physical AI pipeline, and focusing especially on how Isaac is used for robotic simulation, training, and validation. Welcome, Isaac. I’m going to welcome Isaac. Welcome Yoshi. Sorry about that. Yosi, but Isaac could be my second name. Yosi. Okay, it’s your second name after. It could be. It could be the last. All right, that’s that’s good to know. Okay, so first of But first, Satia. But I I am messing up today. Big deal. So, are we just going to cut it and start from scratch now? Go ahead. Right. But as always with me is Phil Nelson who is the director of content and creative. Uh Phil produces the show and if anything goes wrong it is usually Phil’s we’re adding a Yeah, we’re adding a caveat this I I I just messed up a lot but it’s okay. I will I will take responsibility for that one. You’ll you’ll just have to owe me one cuz it’s me. It’s me. It’s phi p. I am your co-host with the co-host the second banana who’s second to none. I’m also your plus one and only. You know it’s Mr. Nelson if you’re nasty. But you, my dear friends, can call me Phil. And I’m here to remind you of a few things we do on every single episode of this year program which you’re currently watching or possibly listening to sometime in the distant future. One of the things we do on this show is a special giveaway to you out there in the audience. Later on in the show, I will be asking a trivia question based on today’s presentation. and the very first person to answer that trivia question correctly will win the OpenCV University course of their choosing. So stay tuned for that in about 40 45 minutes from now. We’re also taking questions from you out there in the audience. Ask those questions wherever you’re watching. We’re live on Twitch, LinkedIn Live, YouTube, Patreon, and of course over on Zoom. Ask those questions. I’ll be monitoring those chats and we’ll bring up the best ones up on screen here later on in the episode. So stay tuned for that. Um it’s going to be a interesting episode today about robotic simulations. Something we have talked about in uh previous episodes, but it’s been quite a while since we did. I think the last one was about gazebo sim from Ross. And so really excited to learn from an expert in the field of the the state-of-the-art for robotic simulation. Uh Yasi. Um, but before we get started with the presentation today, I need to remind you all of one very important fact that Open CV is an open-source software library produced by a nonprofit organization. And as such, we depend on the support of our members and partners here. I’m going to take a moment to thank all of those members and partners at the top of the show. We would like to give our thanks to ARM, Futureway Technologies, Google Summer of Code, Qualcomm, Roofflow, Orbit, the British Machine Vision Association, Devpost, Jet Brains, The Edge AI and Vision Alliance, Open MV, Tang Graham Vision, Amped Software, Intuitivo, Weerun.io, IO, Intrinsic, BuyersDev, and Big Vision because every company needs a big vision. If you want to be as cool as these companies are, you can support OpenCV by going to the QR code I just put on the top of the screen there. Scan that code, check out what OpenCV sponsorship can mean for your organization, give back to software you depend on, and get a bunch of great perks as well, including bringing your stuff in front of the OpenCV audience here on OpenCV Live. We excuse me. Uh, one more bit of business here before we get started is I want to remind everybody about a new offering from OpenCV. An important thing we’re doing as part of our efforts to kind of futureproof OpenCV, make it so uh you can uh we can sustain OpenCV in the future regardless of how quickly everything’s going. Sati, you want to tell people a little bit about OpenCV enterprise? Yeah. So, OpenCV enterprise is OpenCV’s uh support system for enterprises, right? So, for example, if you are a large company uh and you have a system built on top of OpenCV, but it is not the latest one, right? Let’s say it’s not based on OpenCV 5, you are using uh OpenCV 4, OpenCV 3 and even OpenCV 2. In that case, uh you’re exposing yourself to a lot of security risks, right? So there are these security patches that come to us and now it’s increasing because of all the you know AI is not able not just able to recognize that these are threats but there are also uh threats that have been exposed because we are you know security holes are exposed because of uh AI and people are using those holes to do nefarious things right so we want to make sure that we are supporting our existing user base and of course OpenCV remains free OpenCV 5 Four, all of these versions remain free. Five is also we test for security uh problems and we fix them uh regularly. However, from for previous versions of OpenCV 3, 4, 2, etc., it is simply impossible for us to supported without funding. So, this is our way of supporting uh the older versions of OpenCV. So if you have built you or your company have built uh your software around OpenCV uh and you want to support OpenCV this is a great uh mechanism. So with OpenCV enterprise we have three uh tiers and it starts at 150,000 which is you know basic support for one version of OpenCV on one device and then it goes uh further up and the higher tier is basically we will do custom work for you and we will support you know we’ll add multiple things on our uh continuous integration system if uh your device needs to be added and tested for every new release as well as old releases. So that’s basically OpenCV Enterprise and if you uh are you know from a company please talk to your managers uh and if you’re a decision maker please please talk to us. You can email us at uh hellocv.org and we’ll be able to uh move forward from there. Yeah. Or you can scan that QR code that’s up on the screen, fill out that little quick little form and talk directly with the team. We are await your emails and we’re looking forward to chatting with you about how OpenCV Enterprise can help your enterprise. So, we have a Oh, let me hide this here. All right. Welcome, Yassi. Uh, happy to have you here on the show. Um, I think you’re muted here. Let’s unmute you. Yeah, there you are. Why don’t you say hi to the folks? uh let them let them know who you are and and we’ll get started with the presentation. So um I’m Yosi. I’m doing robotics uh tele operation. We started with tele operation before that computer vision and uh currently uh we are doing uh a lot of simulation work. Uh the presentation today uh is about simulation and robotics but also check the evolution of uh the computer vision or the optimization over the years meaning it connects it sees the optimization library such as IP and TSP, MATLI and other libraries over the years as they evolved into the Isaac cross and the Isaac sim. So we are not just concentrating on the Isaac SIM but also seeing it as a lay platform uh which include connection to lower layers meaning that Isaac Sim connects or relates to the ROS but it also relates to the deep stream and the deep stream could relates to the open CV and we see all the evaluation over the years and then connect it to the stack of tools which Nvidia currently uh provides which not include just the Isaac cross or the Isakim h it also include other many tools like world models like cosmos reinforced learning gym or lab and other tools I’ll talk about um one of the nice tools tools that was recently um exposed was Nvidia Grail. Uh one of the one of the uses of Nvidia Grail is how to use regular human motion when training robot because we have a lot of human motion captured but we don’t have a lot of uh robotic motion. Also the human motion is much more natural and it’s easier to learn from human motion than from robotic motion. But the question is how do I turn my motion my arm which could be in different length relating to a robot and to a robotic motion and in video grails closes this gap. I’ll show an example of Nvidia Grail. Also, we will discuss um how we train it. We could train it in a batch, fine-tune it or fully train a model which requires a much more sample and a different process for training uh the reinforced learning uh process in which the model talks to the simulation and we’ll see how to do that. Um, any questions or any questions or something that the audience would like to see in this demonstration? I think we’re just ready to go. They’re just excited to hear what you got for them. Okay, just bring up your screen share. Yeah, go for it. Just turned you on. We got a nice drasta effect here. Love to see it. Do you see it now? I do. So, can you is there anybody can see that full screen? Oh, yes. Can you see that? Perfect. Looks great. Okay. So, uh as I said, I’m not just talking about uh about the Isaac or the Nvidia tools, but also on the entire uh evolution of those tools. So, I’ll talk about low-level optimization. what we started with uh starting from 95 at least for me at that time I was at Intel and uh we created the Intel created the MMX and that was the first time I was aware of SIM command of optimization and how to uh optimize matrix multiplexion and later video into processing on a CPU. At that time you have to had a hardware cards to compress or decompress video and that was uh very innovative. Uh afterwards we’ll talk about crossplatform computer vision optimization. What are the different tools for crossplatform computer optimization and the standards? uh will start with OpenCV and then OpenCV over CUDA over ARM. Uh at Qualcomm I I talked to companies and did some dev relations for the first CV. It was 13 or 14 years ago. Yeah. So at that time there was no optimized GPU like and hexagon which is Snapdragon DSP optimized computer vision libraries and that was very innovative and it was used in several projects. Um we’ll talk about uh current video and sensor processing. Can I can I interrupt just uh so uh fast CV uh we actually support it as a backend now so people can write code in uh fast CV uh sorry uh people can write code in open CV and have it accelerated using fast CV we did a project yeah didn’t know that actually Qualcomm invested a lot of effort so it wouldn’t be exactly like open CV so there would not be any IP issues. Yeah. Yeah. But uh that also leads to problem that people have to learn a new thing now and fast. Yes. There was a lot of a lot of porting that people were required if you had an OpenCV code and then to port it to Fest TV. On the other end, it was it was working on iPhones and on Androids and it was great. Yeah. Um afterwards we’ll talk about video and sensor processing pipelines. What are the pipelines we have today to do processing? uh pipelines could be open CV as is a sort of a pipeline but uh it’s more like deep stream and draws which are more deepstream is certainly a pipeline and draws could be viewed as a pipeline but sometimes more of publish subscribe a publish subscribe network although that in many times in many cases the network is connected like a processing pipe and then we talk about robotic simulation. What are the simulation tools we have today? You you mentioned Gazibu which was the first tool I I learned robotic simulation with and got stuck in that first exercise when the arm doesn’t work because of a bug and then to fix it. if anybody tried that. Beside Gazibu, there are other tools that could have GPU uh acceleration that has real time uh rendering uh rate tracing rendering which looks much more um much more realistic. Uh so beside Gazibu we could talk about Mujuku which is older and physical. H we’ll talk about Isaac Sim and about Newton which is kind of like the the the merging of both Mjuku and Isaac SIM and then we’ll talk about how we train robot with reinforced learning and the importance of fault injection and recovery. We’ll talk a little bit about the different models, the VAS, the VLMs and the world models and how we merge models like VLA and VLM into single model like the group. So I’ll keep it short and if you have question don’t wait till the end just ask me. That’s right. So we we’ll start with the evolution. Um I’ll I’ll start with the mid 1990s. We have the uh seemed vectorization and optimization on MMX. This that’s for me was the starting point. erh libraries like the Intel IP. Intel IP beside optimization included a crossplatform and the crossplatform didn’t mean that it worked also on AMD uh but that uh it it could be ported between different uh Intel processors like you don’t have to write your code if you use the IP FFT you don’t have to rewrite it uh from the generation of the MME mix to the generation of the S SE or S SSE2 or three or four. H it was already you just uh replace the library it auto detected the processor and then uh your code stayed the same and you added the acceleration the same library could work on different processors. Yeah. In fact uh OpenCV back then uh when OpenCV was released the C API it directly uh worked uh exposed the IPL image right so IP is Intel’s performance primitives and then uh um OpenCV we used this format called IPL image right that was the standard image format uh and u you know that that was the first image format format until we moved to uh C++ where we use started using the Mac format initially it was the uh IPL image. Yeah. Mhm. Uh in the mid 2000 there were other uh optimization for other processors like the shark DSP. The most common one which was at that time TI was the same as Nvidia today at least for matrix multiplexction processing and video processing light computer vision and audio processing on the DSP mostly the TI64 processor and the V and later the Dainci processors. So uh they have a matt library optimized and also some computer vision uh primitives inside that and that was optimized for a specific hardware. In the 2010s, erh the there there was a movement towards erh both mobile platforms and GPU platforms and then we had the Open CV over ARM over CUDA and over Fest CV. Um if someone remember and if you look today on on Jetson platform they are still named L40 Linux for Tagra and the first Tagra was actually a mobile processor by Nvidia. M so let’s say that the the forefathers of the Jetson were actually mobile processors and at the time there were only three companies there were about three companies in the in the mobile processor TI Qualcomm and and Nvidia and I think that in 2014 there was only Qualcomm they were pretty much out afterwards were uh in 2015 and later Nvidia issued the um uh the Jetson family. H the Jetson T2 and in 2020 I think there was a Jetson Nano Nixavia family and later the Orin and to family and soon there would be the TX 2000 and 3000 which adds new smaller members like the NX Energy to the to family uh for those uh those uh processors are sockbased processor which has many acceleration units like DA for neural network acceleration video acceleration computer vision acceleration

    like the open vx uh standard which they are not actually open standard. They were in the past. Um and there is a need when you uh optimize for them and when you write code for them to address all those um all those units and to use them correctly and uh the platform to do it is deepream. Deepstream is tied to OpenCV and you could uh use Deepstream and Open CV directly without uh any memory copy and hardly any buffer conversion. Um so those are I’ll talk a little bit about the deepstream and how to use it as the pipeline and then uh the robotic simulation um in the 2020 the Isaac Isaac is basically an enhanced ro by Nvidia which relies on deepstream. You could you could embed deepream inside of Isaac. Isaac Sim is basically a robotic simulation layer which knows the ROSS and run over uh Cosmos uh Nvidia simulation engine, the Isaac lab or the Isaac gym today uh which enables running the simulation in reinforced learning environment and the Newton as I said. So those are uh the um the different uh erh technologies or SDKs I uh previously reviewed. Um it’s not very exact but I could say that OpenCV is a in in the intersection of low-level optimization of libraries if you know the NASA or the IP or the TI MLY because they are all basic optimization uh of matrix multiplexion mainly. Yeah, the OpenCV that’s that’s what it does. Okay, so it it could be assigned to low-level optimization. It could be assigned also to uh crossplatform computer vision or crossplatform optimization with OpenCV over ARM over CUDA uh standard like the open VX partially the Open CL which could also reside in low-level optimization or par parallelization and the FET CV open CV could also be considered as part of the pipeline processing. which include pipeline processing like zeros which as I said is is more a published subscribe architecture just that it’s usually for video and computer vision organized like a pipe the deep stream which is certainly organized as a pipe and the isacross which is let’s say a ros with enhanced plugins by Nvidia Just like the deep stream is a Gstreamer with enhanced plugins by Nvidia. So that’s the relations that I wanted to show and see how everything is connected. Well, you already know what OpenCV is. Basically a matrix uh manipulation, image processing. Um it does have uh some uh option to run neural network with ONX uh with ONX architecture using the DNN. It runs on x86 ARM and GPUs like the CUDA and it’s a pluggable architecture. And if there’s something missing, not that there are anything that could be missing in in such a a perfect library, but if you want to customize something, but if you want to customize something, you could write your own plug-in for that. That’s very good in case you you want to connect something and you want to keep the architecture the same. We discussed that already. Um that’s basically the first part about the evolution. Any questions about that? No. the relation between Deepstream and Gstream or Isaac Ross and Ross and what are the enhancement between Isaac Ross and Ross. Okay, so we we we talked about optimization or or a process of optimization and now we have to think how we create a processing. Usually when we think about processing uh we have a source on on one end and then a result on the other. The result could be a movement of a robot. It could be a a box detector coordinates of the car I would like to follow. or the amount of people traversing an entrance or a line I would like to see in a security camera. Okay. So, so those are the processing and processing in computer vision is usually a camera or a camera source with RTSP compressed camera over RTP RTSP and then I have to uh process it is processing could be an ISP processing

    debiring or decompressing the stream and and uh running some computer vision on it. In the past, the computer vision could have been uh some kind of uh filtering like Viola Jones filtering to detect faces and later we started using a neural network for that uh or anal network for car detection. Uh we could do that in OpenCV and we could do that with Deepstream. Uh Deepstream will work only on Jetson. It’s highly optimized to Jetson. Uh however, uh Gstreamer with plugs would work on any processors. uh in the past I use uh my own deepstream architecture when uh creating um uh a processing pipe for Raspberry Pi and that’s I’ll I’ll get into deep stream because that’s important and most of the processing computer vision platform today are Jetson based so I think it’s important important to learn the deep stream although that recently Nvidia issued the deepstream 7 for the tour and the deepstream 7.2 two for the NX and AGX orin and those libraries have skills that enables a non deepstream user to create deepstream pipe using agents which learn

    so now you don’t have to learn let’s say a week or two or more uh to be proficient with deepstream you get into your cursor or clude h You open the DeepStream 7 Plus and you could create you could easily create a Deepstream pipe. The same goes for Isaac Cross by the way, but it’s very recent only in the last months. So, try it. At least I I tried for the deep stream and well it works and uh you are welcome to try. So Deepstream Ross as we said is a robotic communication library. It’s not an operating system. It’s not a robotic operating system. I don’t know why call it that way. It’s basically a robotic communication system. Erh, one of the things, one of the one of the advantages of using Ross, sometimes Ross does not have all the drivers to all the cameras and uh the control we have using Greamer and Deepstream over uh all all sorts of plugins and hardware is usually better than that of the ROSS. So you you could uh create a ROS pipeline connecting a camera to some uh uh processing neural network or computer vision. H but it’s better and uh there would be less bugs for different hardware and situation if you’ll use deepstream but how could I use deepream inside of Ross? I can’t. What Isaacross enables is using the deep stream as a ROS plug-in inside the Isaac cross. So h all the processing of the camera could be done in the deep stream. The deep stream pipe would issue some kind of a ros message. we could create a ROSS broker as the sync of the deep stream pipe and then uh connect it to the to the output of the ROSS pipeline. So we uh integrate a deepstream pipeline inside the ROS pipeline and that’s very comfortable when processing

    uh deepstream. What we usually do is cameras RTSP row input. Um sometimes we use the Argus ISP which is a hardware ISP processors. If the camera does not have uh an ISP or you would like to save all the ISP or share ISP between cameras. Hardware decoder and the hardware processing and acceleration hardware. The streams is a very interesting uh plug-in. Um I had to create it from scratch when I used the open veno on Intel tablets. uh because it enables us to share the same model between different pipes between different cameras. Erh, we could use the same detector between different cameras, but we can’t use the same tracker because the cameras, let’s say I have four cameras, I can’t connect four cameras to the same tracker. Nvidia developed a special um component that multiplexes the camera and de multiplexes them between the tracker and so I could use a single uh model and then separated as part of my pipeline seamlessly and that’s that was very nice and when I had to create when I wanted to do the same for for Intel I couldn’t and I had to write something like the stream books on my Uh so that’s a very nice uh uh plug-in. Um also uh Nvidia is uh inference. Nvidia deepstream could run inference on the CPU on the GPU and on a hardware acceleration unit inside the Jetson which is called the DA deep learning acceleration. uh it is compatible with other architecture or separate uh hardware acceleration for neural network uh if you remember the Google corral or the Helio and I’m sure there are other hardware accelerators by other companies could you mention some

    okay never Right. So, uh Ross uh Ross architecture um if we’ll if we’ll talk about different processing architecture uh in direct show on Windows uh we have h filters and pins. Uh filter is a processing and pin is a input and output. Um, in in Gstreamer we have peds and I think the name for the filters are plugins. Uh, in Ross the processing is done on nodes and it outputs uh messages in topics. So anyone could uh subscribe to a topic. I could subscribe to the row input of the camera. The communication uh there is a DDS communication which enables me also to share a single architecture between different computers. Uh that’s very nice architecturally yet uh it’s not something I use for real time. There are some ROS architectures like the H Zeno or the low latency but there are still it’s not the best way to uh connect different computers over low bit rate networks or latency sensitive network. uh will we have the sensor and actuator messages like the sensors could be a camera, it could be an IMU or a robotic actuator. Um that’s it. And now we’ll get to the interesting part uh which is the Isaac cross. We talked about deepstream. Dipstream is basically the Linux Greamer and Nvidia added some uh some plugins that will uh enable better processing on its specific hardware like the streams, like the uh decoder hardware encoder or decoder or um a specialized or or even the NVDCF tracker or the general tracker architecture that it provides and also the message broker if I want to take that pipe into uh the cloud into Kafka. Okay, so that was deepream as a layer of additional plugins over the Gstreamer. Why I discussed it when I’m talking about is cross because is cross is the same we have the basic Ross nodes and is cross uh provides additional additional nodes and capabilities to that architecture example slam or cu slam which is the accelerated slam and um leader segmentation which is a very processing consuming node and it’s better to do it on a GPU so they add it um and the use of all their accelerator and SDKs as part of the ROS. So is cross is basically ROS+. Okay. Yeah. So the this object detection etc these are u uh userdefined or they out of the box they come with some object detection and pose estimation capabilities. Okay. Um I’ll I’ll explain that. Um there is a an NV infer plugin. Mhm. The NV infair plugin is basically an empty gstreamer plugin which says which said the network I’m using is on this path and the way I want to use it and connect it is according to this configuration file which is in there. So by reading the configuration file I know which network that sorry the Jetson knows automatically which network to use and how to connect it and how to how to even scale the video. Let’s say I’m uh inserting 1080p uh video and my detector is 640 by 640 yolo. They are not connected. the deep stream automatically scales the video but then I have to tell him how to scale the video. Should I do it linear, billinear or other methods depending on the quality and the processing tradeoff. So um when when I wanted to do it uh uh in a in a server I I had a server in the past before deepream. I created a Gstreamer plug-in and plugged my specific uh detector inside it. Uh but I did a fixed plug-in with a single network just for me, right? Nvidia does a much more flexible solution and enable enable you by editing the config file to uh uh to use any sort of network with a lot of pre-processing post-processing uh that is required by the network right there were a lot of problem when using and even bugs till two years ago even less when using YOLO in the NV infer and we really didn’t know why and was a lot of problem between Nvidia and clients and us in the middle and in the end they found the bug and fix it if someone really wants today he could use directly the ultralytic sporting to to Owen and and Nvidia there is now uh porting from Ultralytics and not just from Nvidia, right? Quick quick uh note guys. Um I have a hard stop here in about 20 25 minutes. So if we could uh accelerate, you know, speed it up a little bit, that’d be fantastic. Yes, accelerate it. Perfect. Yeah. Okay. Okay. I I I like to accelerate stuff. Um so we’ll we’ll okay we we finished with the Isaac cross and let’s talk about simulation. Um okay simulation um we discussed the Gazibu you know it it’s a Ross oriented simulation zujuku uh it’s a physical simulation engine by Google it’s very good but the rendering of the images could be better so if we would like high fidelity visual simulation we’ll go to Isaac is good enough with its physics engine for simulating stuff physical. So, I’ll get the pressure when I’m pressuring an object. Yet, yet uh it’s good for simple grippers and hard objects. For deformable objects and tactile robotic hands, uh, Nvidia um recommends the Newton which has better h solvers for softer deformable object and for tactile hands. So the as I said there are four uh used uh simulation general simulation yet many robotic companies like Phanuk or ABB h have their own simulation studio something they created over the years. So when using their robots uh usually you’ll not use any of those uh simulators uh you’ll use the company simulators. Uh some of those companies are already porting to Isaac Sim. Uh the advantages of Isaac SIM um besides the highfidelity visual simulation and real time rate tracing is the connection to reinforced learning tools and also the connection to other uh simulators using a bridge for example real and I seen this week I think even today uh that a very very required bridge like the Unity to Isaac sim to to the Unity to Cosmos or Unity to Isaac sim was released this week. So it’s great news because it was something that uh was missing. Many simulation were done on uh on Unity and you couldn’t easily port them to the Isax. Um, one important uh, it’s actually not not a full bridge. It’s more mostly it’s more of a uh, URDF you are porting the assets.

    Okay. Uh, in Isaac SIM uh, when we build the simulation environment, we have to take the assets. The assets are are the objects we are using and the environment, the desk, the factory environment, the different things I have to uh to take in the environment if it’s usually a pick and place scenario. There are a lot of problems when dealing with objects. Sometimes the entire simulation would get stuck just because the collider layer collider is the layer which wraps the object to provide the pressure because the object has let’s say some kind of a mesh but that mesh doesn’t create its behavior. You have to define also the collider around the object and around the gripper and there’s always problems in that. Beside defining the the different assets, you have to sometimes define the forces and the engines as part of the asset. For example, if the robot is an engine, you have to define its strength and its torque. All those that’s a long tedious process. uh also taking the entire digital uh twin environment and sampling it is a tedious environment and Nvidia recently provided tools that doesn’t fully automate this process but really assist in accelerating.

    Um, OpenUSD is a standard for simulators and it was developed by Pixar. Very interesting. And now the Cosmos and Isaac when they are defining objects they are defining it using the Open USD.

    I’ll skip that. Okay. So we could create a simulation of a robot doing a pick and place of an object. That’s the the most common task and the task that robots are great usually great in. And that would be used to fine-tune a model. Meaning that if we take an existing trained model, for example, small VLA, PI0 or Cosmos Edge Droid by Nvidia and just tune it a little bit. We could tune it without reinforced learning. Just showing the video with the robotics metadata many times and train it like we train a detector. That would work. So the simulation could run as a batch output a few hundred actions or episodes. It’s called episodes because we don’t train on an image. we train on the entire video on the episode and then insert those as a batch to the trainer. However, when we train the model from scratch or when we want to train it beside beside a a very specific task, we have to train it, not to tune it. And for training we are required to have uh the the robotic model connected directly to the simulation because the camera because when the robot moves the simulation have to show him the camera how it moves and then the robot learns what to do. It does something it got some reinforcement it’s bad it’s good and then he knows what to do at the end of the action. So that’s the way it learns. It’s basically a software in the loop simulation. H it’s much more complex and it takes a lot more resources and time to train a model this way. Usually the recommendation is to rely on existing uh models. Um as I said the models are uh VA’s VLM and world models and in many cases we use a VA which creates the action output. The VA is a vision language. We know LLM large language models. Yeah we know VLMs video language models and VLA are basically video language action. So it outputs the tokens of the actions the robot needs to do. Yeah. So I I like to say that uh people who get confused that don’t worry about VLS they are basically VLMs which are being uh you know uh you just the action part is basically more structured but essentially they are VLMs right um more or less we could say that um the action part is more structur the output is more structured uh but uh if you uh if you let go of that part right uh the output is more structured because it’s saying that okay you have to take this action instead of uh general free form text sure if you understand one you you broadly understand the other yeah yes is that fair to say yeah mhm one of the models as I said it’s pi zero and small va a model issued by nvidia the latest is groot groot is a model is basically a va model uh but with reasoning uh if you if we are using a PI zero or small VA small VA has hardly any it has a very small video encoder and it doesn’t have good reasoning it doesn’t know what it does it could hardly detect when there was a fail uh and it doesn’t understand things very well right so if we want to use it better uh we would use it with a VLM for reasoning. The reasoning model would tell him what to do and if there is any error. However, the reasoning model, let’s say a Quen or even a Cosmos is much more heavier than the small VLA. The the advantages of small VA is that it could run on a Jetson NX. We can’t run a large quen on NX or run them together. So we can’t do that. Pi zero has better h video encoder but usually we would like to run it with the Quen as Quen is kind of a a master to it. detects the errors, tell him how to do the recovery.

    And uh the Groot is something like a a shared video encoder between the VA and the VLM. So that’s the Groot 17, the latest Groot model by Nvidia issu issued recently. And you could tune it, train it. It’s harder. um world models work differently. They don’t output a specific action. They we could use world models for any use. We could use them as detectors, as segmentors, as um as imageto image transformer and uh we could use them also for action. Uh, one of those models is a specific Cosmos model called Cosmos Edge Droid. Cosmos Edge meaning it could run on AGX or because the Cosmos Nano requires RTX 6000 that the nano version of Cosmos. So, Edge is much much smaller and would run on the AGX and Erh. So you could uh use the the Cosmos uh droid edge to run a robot actually a full humanoid also an arm but that would be a waste using such a large model just to operate a robotic arm. So we discussed that uh the Newton uh Newton uses it’s kind of like merging the physics of the Mjuku solver with the ray tracing erh speed and capabilities of the Nvidia is sim. Uh it’s relatively new in the market. I haven’t noticed many companies using it, but I’m sure that it could really contribute to um to humanoid simulation mostly humanoid and tactile hands.

    How are we with the times? Got about uh 10 minutes. Okay, that’s it. We’ll have some time for questions. So, that’s basically it. I’ll I’ll cut it. Accelerate. Newton uh is developed by Nvidia, Deep Mind and um they all got together to uh build Newton, right? Is that correct? Yes. Yes. That’s very nice of them. Yeah. And Disney research also I think. Yeah. I just Yeah. And Disney research was also involved in Yes. Yes. Disney has a lot of robots. If you notice, there were a lot of release in GTC Taiwan of the Disney little robot walking back like that duck robot they issued. They have right. The duck robot is from Hugging Face. Was Disney also involved? I think it was Disney. No. No. No. I saw I saw a robot that could go in the water and also Oh, that’s fly climb climb walls also by Disney. And I know Yeah, that was a D Disney research project. Different from the uh small robot from Hugging Face. Yeah. Yeah. Micro duck. Okay. Yeah, that’s micro duck. That’s a different one. Yeah. Okay. Too many dots. Mhm. And um so we talked about uh how to train a robot. Basically, take a pre-trained robot model. Yes, the pre-trained robot model would not know how to do a specific task. If I want to move this object from one side to another or to put it in a box, uh, a non tuned model for that specific task would not work well. So I have to tune it to show it how to do it something like 100 times. Baby would learn faster, but that’s a robotic mind and we not there yet. So I have to train it. If you saw for example the robot hand when we we use it in hackathons here we are taking the one hand that I could control takes the object move it to the side do it a 100 times or let the student do it 100 times and then they hate you but afterwards they train an agx with a pi zero and then the robot lands and everybody ate a very happy and they don’t hate you anymore. So that’s you take the pre-trained model, you record the episodes of the training. Recording is done in the robot format which is now robot hugging face and video the same and then you train that model usually by zero. Um uh that’s how you train it. If you want to train using reinforced learning, I strongly recommend otherwise it’s it’s become very complex to collect all the data and send it to the model and get the model output and create all this software in this software in the loop glue to glue the model and the simulation and to make everything work. That’s a lot of work and the ISA club environment saved that from us. Um and I brought an example we did actually we did it on the on the first day that Nvidia issued the grail. uh we wanted to play with it and we wanted to see if uh it is it change if I’ll change for example the human being or its clothes or the color of the clothes does it affect the robot and the answer is of course no instead of just entering a video we created a prompt which changes the human to be sure that different people the the model would react the name and then we see the model the 3D uh skeleton in the body of the human and then the G1 skeleton it actually the work between this stage and this stage was done by us and what uh the the grail does it takes the 3D skeleton not the 3D human but the 3D 3D skeleton of that human and pass it to the G1. Okay, very nice. You see that we change we change the colors of the of the of the clothes and it still worked. And that was the grail. I think that that covers a very short um I’ll I’ll skip that uh since we don’t have time. So uh what we discussed we discussed runtime optimization uh perception perception pipelines action how we do action and robotic models and simulation and then the training we have only an hour so so I hope I I tried we didn’t dive deep into anything but I tried to cover a thin large layer of of the different tools we have this is very very useful because definitely I mean you covered enough and uh you know there are pointers that people can go and look at right for uh you know digging deep into it. So from an overview view perspective I think it was really uh very very helpful. Thanks. Yeah, I agree. Um I I definitely learned something here and we’ve got some next steps for for learning for folks out there in the audience. Um some some good comments about folks uh saying the same thing. So happy to hear that. Um, we’ll take questions here in just a sec. I’m going to do our trivia giveaway. Now, folks out there in the audience, if you need a reminder, one of the things we do on this show is give away something to you out there in the audience. I am about to ask a trivia question based on today’s presentation. And the very first person to answer that question correctly will win the OpenCV University course of their choosing. You can see what courses are on offer by going to opencv.org/university.

    If you have won in the last couple of months, don’t answer and let somebody else get a chance to win and you can put those answers wherever you’re watching in the chat and I’ll pick the very first one. So, get ready to answer. On today’s program, we talked a little bit about the history of uh simulation and and mobile chipsets and a lot of interesting stuff, including an important release. Way back in the 1990s, Intel released IP. What does IP stand for? Answer, viewers in the chat. What does IP stand for? I’ll give you a hint. The first one is not Intel. The I is not Intel.

    Answer in the chat. H. We got some folks answering, but they are not correct yet. There’s still a chance to win here. No, it is not informative path planning, but uh good guess there, Alberto. And I think we have Yes, we have a wiener here over on Yes, over on YouTube. The uh answer we were looking for there is Intel IP stands for say it with me now. integrated performance primitives because I for the longest I in fact learned about it today because I have been calling it Intel Intel performance primitives. Yeah. See I thought I I had to double check myself and and search because I was like wait a minute because it said Intel IDP and I was like wait would it be Intel Intel performance primitives. All right. So, our winner today was uh Lowry Time on uh integrated performance pros over on the YouTubes. Uh congratulations to our winner, Lowry Time. Please send one email to me. That’s Philopencv.org with the name of the course you would like and we’ll make sure you get that unlocked in your dashboard. That’s philopencv.org.

    Um, we’ve got about five minutes left here, I think, for a little less than that for questions. Let me do a quick sweep of our questions here. Um, so, uh, Gassi, um, I have actually have a question myself, which is, so, uh, you said you released you created this demo the day of the drop, right? Um, have you seen anything um have you seen anything come out since the drop that has really like kind of blown your mind that you’re you’re like, “Oh, I didn’t even think of people doing that yet with with this new tech from Nvidia with in the in the last months LinkedIn was full of posts of people using the Astra model uh to program all sorts of very very nice robotic h solutions. So even people that has hardly any experience or no experience with robotics could do great things with the robotics and robotic skill that were when using the Astra model the Astro 6 model. So um looked at LinkedIn at least for me I see three four every days there are many great things for example porting between one day or less uh programming of doing a porting between a proprietary ABB simulator and Isaac that’s something that could take you a year in the past and people are just doing it like that yeah the speed at which things are operating here is is very uh it it can make your head spin as they say. Um another question here from uh the chat. So you uh again about that that demo. People are interested in it. Um about how long did it take the team to put together that that demo on day one. Actually I didn’t do it. One of my engineers did it and it took him something like half a day or less. Wow. That’s that’s wild. Totally wild. It uses several models because it’s not just the the the grill does only the 3D skeleton and he uses a prompt which created the video which changes the clothes and then a 3D modeling of the human and then 3D skeleton extraction and then from the 3D skeleton mapping of that 3D skeleton using real only to the G1. So at the time only G1 robot was supported. Now there are other robots supported. I think also the H2 Nvidia uh discussed a cooperation they had in in the last GPC Taipei uh with unitry. So the uh Groot model is oriented towards the H2 and the Grail model at the past was uh for G1. The past was two three months ago. Okay. Yeah. Uh again the speed is uh is pretty staggering. Um I think we we got all the questions. I think your presentation was was walked a fine line of uh being just in-depth enough to answer some of the obvious questions. Maybe folks will have some after the show, after they think about it, let it stew for a little bit. And if you do, you can send those questions to us. Newsletter opencv.org. We’ll pass them along to Yasi here. Send it to me. Yeah, send it to send it to our our guest here. How can folks uh reach out to you if they want to follow you on online or send you an email, Yasi? Uh LinkedIn. Okay. My LinkedIn page at Gangelia. You search for it. I think there’s just only one Yosi in Gangelia. Okay. Okay. So far. So far. So far. Um, that’s why I put my stake in the ground for Phil at OpenCV. Who knows how many fills there may be in the future. Um, all right. I think that’s all the time we have for today. Satia, you want to send us home? Yeah. Thank you so much, Yoshi. Uh, and, uh, it was it was an excellent presentation. I learned a lot myself. I actually took some screenshots also so that I can follow up. Obviously, we have the whole video that people will be able to follow up on. Uh and thank you Phil for organizing this show. Uh everything that you could do and perfectly. Still time for me to screw up, right? And thanks thanks our audience for uh being with us every Thursday. Uh we are really grateful for that. Thanks. Thanks guys. Yes, that’s absolutely true. Thanks so much everybody for joining us on this beautiful Thursday. We hope you have a great one out there. Take care of yourselves. Take care of somebody else if you can and have a great day wherever you may be. We’ll catch you next time. Same bat time, same bat channel, 9:00 am Pacific, Thursday. Adios. Thank you.

  • 10/08/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Retirement Strategy

    everything around us is going to continue to increase and there’s nothing we can do about it and so the cost of goods increase. Here’s another way to think about this. If you have $100,000 in the future, let’s say in 20 years from now, if we saw an average 4% inflation, that $100,000 would be able to replace would be able to purchase only $44,000 of goods.

    If it’s a 2% inflation rate, that same 100,000 that we’re able to spend today is only going to allow us to spend $66,000 in 20 years from now. So, we need to take into account inflation when we’re projecting spending. You know, we might be spending 10,000 today, but in 15 in 10, 20 years, we need to be spending more to keep up with the same type of spending. Now, you might hear this say, “Oh, well, we’re going to invest in stocks, but because stocks keep up with inflation.” Well, yes and no. This chart is showing you that the dot is the inflation for the year and what the S&P 500 returned in that year. So, if you look at 22, we saw almost 9% inflation, but the market declined almost 18%. So there are years when the market keeps up with inflation, but then there’s also years where inflation the market does not keep up with inflation. So it’s making sure you’re properly allocating your assets to hey, how do we keep up with inflation but also minimizing some of the risk that you take within your portfolio. Let’s talk about taxes. You know, even in retirement, you’re going to be paying taxes. And what are all the various types of taxes? Well, this chart is showing the historical income tax rates. So, right now the top marginal tax rate is 4 40.8%. That’s 37 plus the additional 3.8% for the um Medicare search charge. But going back to the 40s and 50s, the top marginal tax rate was almost 90%. So over time taxes actually have come down to the top marginal tax rates. Now if you look at the last 40 50 years with all these different tax codes that we’ve seen over time sometimes we get standard deductions sometimes we’re able to deduct certain things but the average effective tax rate if you’ve been in the top marginal tax rate has been about 22%. So the biggest thing to kind of again kind of understand is that we are still going to pay taxes in retirement. There was this thought that taxes were going to go up in 26, but the big beautiful bill was signed last year that basically kind of kept the same tax code in place going forward. Now this is a per this was a permanent this was permanently put in place. All that means is there’s no expiration date. Congress could come in and still make changes to the tax code, but so we’ll see what happens and you know, we’ll see what happens in the midterms. We’ll see what happens in 28, 32, and so on, what taxes are going to look like going forward. But right now, they they came in and kept the same tax code as what we saw in 2017. They also increased the same deduction um for joint and single filers and they also came in and provided a bonus deduction for seniors over 65. So what this is is you get an additional 6,000 standard deduction if you’re a single person and your modified adjusted gross income is below 75,000. If you’re a joint filer, you need to be below $150,000 to receive that $6,000 additional standard deduction. Now, this bonus deduction that you’re getting is temporary. This does expire in 2028. So, you know, again, permanent verse temporary. This is a temporary deduction that will expire. Social Security is still subject to taxes. You’re looking at something that’s over 40 years old. That’s never changed. Now, when it comes to how social security is taxed, they look at provisional income, which is your adjusted gross income plus half of your social security benefit and any tax exempt interest. Whatever that adds up to determines how much of your social security is added to your adjusted gross income. So, if you’re a married couple and your modified your provisional income is over $44,000, good chance is 85% 85% of your social security is going to be included in your adjusted gross income. Now, it’s not a 50% tax or 85% tax. It just means that portion of your social security is subject to tax and depending on what your other adjusted gross income is determines how much your tax liability you pay on your social security. But social security is still subject to tax. They did come in and kind of add this boner deduction to help people reduce taxes on social security. But at the end of the day, social security is still subject to tax. Now, something also that you need to be aware of is that if you’re a married couple, there’s some kind of widows penalty. And what that means is if one spouse passes away like while you’re married you get to file marriage filing jointly but when one spouse passes away the other spouse at that time be is filing at a single rate. So upon the first death of uh upon the first sorry upon the death of the first spouse you know one social security stops there’s a reduction in retirement income you go from a joint to a single filer you lose one standard deduction um and your Medicare premium is now based on a single filer also. So you can see how going from married finally jointly and then one spouse passes away, chances are your tax liability could increase at that time. Here’s another way to look at this. This is uh some of the this is a plan that we’ve done for a client and it just lays out the tax liability. Every line represents a different tax bracket for them. So, while they’re married filing jointly, you we know that they’re in a 12%. When RMDs kick in, they’re going to be in a 22. But when one spouse passes away, the surviving spouse is going to be in a 24% tax tax liability. And we call that the widow’s penalty. Now, a lot of planning around tax planning has been going on regarding talking about Roth conversions. Roth conversions are a way to help you reduce your future tax liability. So that’s when you’re coming in and saying, “Hey, I want to pay in the taxes on money that I have in my IRA, convert it to a Roth IRA that’s going to allow that money to grow taxfree.” So going going back to that example, you say, “Hey, like I still have like $20,000 in a in my 12% bracket. That’s what I can convert pay 12% on and it’s going to help my reduce future tax liability down the road. So this chart kind of lays out, hey, should you or should you not do Roth conversions? First, do you think taxes are going to be higher or lower in the future? If you think taxes are going to be lower, maybe you shouldn’t do Roth conversions. But if you think your taxes are going to be much higher, then maybe considering Roth conversions. Depending on the time horizon you’re going to need to use this money will kind of determine if you do Roth conversions or not, too. Because if you’re going to use that money in the next year, like well then take it out, pay the taxes, and put it in savings because there’s no point in doing a Roth conversion and then next year just taking the money out of the Roth. You want to convert. Let the money sit there and continue to grow all taxfree for a long period of time. Availability of funds paying the taxes again Roth conversion is when you’re taking money out of IRA. You’re convert you’re moving it over to a Roth. Whatever you move is becomes taxable in that year. So you have to kind of figure out like what is my tax liability? If I do this, how much additional taxes do I will I owe and how do I pay the taxes? If you have money in savings, use the money in savings to pay the taxes.

    Also, it’s a great way to for estate planning. If you know your kids are in a much higher tax bracket than you, maybe it makes sense to say, “Hey, I’m going to pay the taxes on this. That way, when you inherit my money, it’s going to be all taxree for you and you don’t have to worry about t paying the tax liability.” So there there are various reasons why someone might do Roth conversions to help reduce taxes. But again, it does not make sense for everyone to go out and do Roth conversions. All right, let’s talk about social security. When it comes to retirement, social security is a decision that you’re going to have to make. If you have not retired yet and you’re kind of looking at social security, maybe this will give you some general information on like, hey, when should I take it? Now, this is looking at social security in kind of a a vacuum. So, we know depending on the year you’re born determines how much of your benefit, like at what age you have to be to receive 100% of your benefit. So, if you were born prior to 1954, your full retirement age is 66. That’s when you’re receiving 100% of your benefit. If you’re born after 1960, your full retirement age is 67. Between 54 and 60, it’s 66 and some months. So, if you are born in 1957, your full retirement age is 66 and 6 months. That’s when you’re eligible to receive 100% of whatever that stated benefit is. Now, you could take your benefit as early as 62, but if you take it as 62 and depending on what age you’re what year you’re born, it’s going to be a reduction. So, if you were born in 1965, you can take your benefit as early 62, but you’re only going to receive 70% of that benefit. That’s a 30% reduction in your benefit. And you’re not going to it’s there’s you’re not that 30% is a permanent reduction. It’s not like, hey, I’ll make it up some some time down the road. No, it’s a permanent reduction. Now, on the flip side, if you decide, hey, I’m going to wait until age 70, every year you wait, you’re going to get an 8% increase. So again, for anybody born after 1960, if you wait till age 70, you’re going to receive 124% of whatever your benefit is. So you can take it early, it’s going to be a discounted. You can take it late later and they’re going to give you more. So question is that we get is what’s my break even point? meaning how long do I have to live to make or what’s my break even point? Let’s start start there. What’s my break even point? So, this is looking at someone that has the same social security benefit and they’re trying to decide, do I take it at 62 or do I take it at my full retirement age, 67? So, if you claim at 62, you’re going to get about $2,900. If you wait till full retirement age, you’re going to get $4,200. the break even analysis which the cumulative benefits you know if you add those two scenarios up is age 77 meaning that hey if you live beyond 77 you should probably wait till your full retirement age to collect your benefit. If you don’t see yourself living to age 77 yeah maybe take it at 62. Now we can look at the same scenario when it comes to 67 verse 70 and the break even analysis is 81. So, if you live beyond age 81, it says, “Hey, maybe you should wait till age 70 to take your benefit, but you also not only have to kind of think about yourself. If you’re married, you have to think about the surviving spouse, too.” Because maybe you have a short life expectancy, but you know, your wife is going to live to age 100. And if you have the highest benefit, maybe it makes sense then for you to delay your benefit till 70. So that way when one spouse passes away, she gets the key to the greatest benefit. And when you look at this and say, okay, at age 81, if you’re a married couple, there’s a 85% probability that one of you will reach that age. So it’s not sometimes you need to do a little bit more analysis when it comes to when is the best time to take social security. This chart kind of shows that and this is some of the planning that Kim and I do also. We can come in and build a plan specifically for your situation. This this happened to be a single single client and she retired at 67. She said, “Hey, or sorry, she retired at 66.” She said to him, “I’m debating to take my social security or wait till age 70. She’s not married, has no kids. And I said, “Okay, well, let’s run a scenario with you taking it at 66, and we’ll run another scenario where you taking it at 70 and overlap it on each other.” And so the blue, the dark blue represents her waiting till 70. So you can see that she has to spend her own money to get to age 70. The gray represents her just taking her benefit. Now her break even when we run those two scenarios is 93 based on her situation her pension social security assets you name it what she wanted to spend was 93 meaning that hey if you live beyond age 93 yeah waiting till 70 makes sense she was like no I’m not doing that so again when it comes to social security it is a personal choice. We can show you whatever math you want or we can run the scenar any scenario you want but at the end of the day it’s a personal choice. If you want to delay till 70 then do it. If you want to take it early then do it. But you know maybe at times it does make sense to say hey let’s do a little bit more analysis and kind of figure out what’s the best for your situation. All right, let’s talk about health care costs. While you’re working, you’re getting health care benefits, but when you retire, and depending on what age you retire depends on what the cost is. So, if you decide to work, if you decide to retire before 65, then that means that if you don’t have any like retire health care benefits, you have to go out to the exchange and find health care. Well, depending on what your income is depends if you get credits to your healthcare or not. So, this is someone single person age 60 um using an average and they have $50,000 of income. Well, the premium for a silver plan is $1,300 a month. $1,326 a month for the self silver coverage health plan. But because your income was $50,000, they are giving you $900 credit to help against that premium, your out-ofpocket cost is $415 to have private health insurance. Now, this is all going to change probably come January. This is what we know right now. Come January, this is probably all going to completely change. But the biggest thing to kind of take away from this slide is that hey, if you retire before 65, you’re going to need to get private health insurance. And it could range anywhere from $1,000 to $1,500 a month depending on the type of coverage you want. And you need to make sure you’re planning for that expense. Once you hit 65, you’re able to sign up for Medicare. You can sign up for part A, part B, and then you pick up a supplement. And there’s a couple different options when it comes to Medicare. You can choose option one, which is original Medicare. You pick up part A, part B, part D is in dental, or sorry, yeah, D is in dental, which is your prescription drug plan. And then you pick up a metagap plan. Medigap plan basically covers everything that Medicare doesn’t pick up. Or the second option is you get a Medicare Advantage plan. Medicare Advantage plan is kind of a combination of all of that. Metagap Part D, vision, dental, and hearing. So, there’s a couple different directions you can go when it comes to Medicare. So, again, when you retire and as long as you’re 65, you’re able to sign up for Medicare. And then you go through kind of couple different options of which direction you want to go. I would say talk to someone that specializes in Medicare and let them walk you through what are the option, what makes the most sense for your plan. Sometimes people come in and choose a Medicare a Medicare supplement plan based on the doctors they’re currently seeing. But when it comes to health care costs, even when you’re on Medicare, if you look at, hey, there’s a there’s a supplement, you have out-ofpocket expenses, you have part B D premiums, and maybe some uncertainties, you’re looking at almost $600 a month. And if you include a 6% inflation to that, in 20 years, that could be almost $1,700. We do use a higher inflation for healthcare because we we’ve consistently seen health care costs go up much higher than normal inflation. And also don’t forget that your part B premium is based on a certain amount of income. So the more income you make in retirement, the more your part B is. So this is called Irma and Irma states that hey if you’re a married filing jointly person and your income is between say say your income is $300,000 modified adjusted gross income is $300,000 that means that your monthly premium is $405 and then which is almost a $200 increase to the normal part B. So, it’s something to be aware of when it comes to one looking at Roth conversions. Watch out for these brackets because if you’re going to do Roth conversions and you convert and add that money to your other taxable income, it could push you into a higher income bracket which causes your part B premium to increase.

    If you’re still working and if you have access to an HSA, make sure you’re contributing to that health sav. a health savings account. And the reason I say that is that the money you put into the HSA goes in pre-tax, corros tax deferred, and when that money comes out, you can use it all tax-free for healthcare expenses. So, it’s something to look at to if you have access to it, I would highly encourage you to contribute to them. Now, also the other big cost of healthcare when it comes to retirement is long-term care planning. Now, I’m not going to go into the statistics of it, but what in essence what long-term care is, and we take this for granted on a daily basis, long-term care planning is when you can’t do two of the six ADLs, activities of daily living. And if you think about it, you do this every day. You don’t even think about it. You know, you get out of bed by yourself. You take a shower by yourself safely. You use the bathroom by yourself safely. You dress yourself and you by yourself. You feed yourself safely. And you’re making decisions for yourself. If you can’t do two six of those activities at daily living, then you may need some type of long-term care. and that could erode that could be this additional cost that you didn’t weren’t planning for. Now, when it comes to long-term care planning, there are multiple ways for you to pay for it. One, you could rely on family and friends to help support you during that time. But, you know, times it becomes stressful stressful, you could use your savings and spend your assets to pay for that type of care. You can go out and get a a long-term care policy. There’s a traditional or hybrid. Traditional is kind of like car insurance. You pay into it, pay into it. Has great benefits, but if you never use it, the insurance company kept your money. The hybrid policy is it’s a permanent policy. You pay into it. It’s you have benefits for you to use if you need it, but if you never use it, there’s a tax-free death benefit to beneficiaries. There’s these life plan communities where you buy into a community. Maybe you’re independent living and over time if you need more help with certain things they move you up to different levels. It’s this whole community base. Lastly is you could just use your your equity the equity that you have in your home. Your home is completely paid for and if it comes to like, hey, if I need long-term care, I’m just going to sell my house. use those proceeds to pay for that type of care. But when it comes to any government assistance, Medicaid, you have to have less than 2,000 in assets for them to come in and help with those types of uh benefits. So again, long-term care, if you think that Medicare is going to cover it, it’s not. Medicaid will help pay for long-term care, but that you need that means that you have less than $2,000 of assets.

    All right, let’s talk about time to your advantage. Oh, so retirement income management is critical. And when I say this, you know, the priorities of I want to spend with confidence and I want flexibility and some key questions to consider. How much income should I receive? How long will my money last? How much risk should I take? And will I have access to my money? These are all questions to kind of think about when it comes to creating income in retirement. And also, you have to kind of think about, well, hey, what kind of investor may be I what what’s my goal when it comes to what I’ve accumulated? Do I want to increase my wealth and pass on as much as possible to the kids? Do I I I just want to be conservative and protect every other thing I have and just live off the interest that my portfolio will generate or do I want to come in and I kind of die broke meaning I want to spend everything I have and if I die with a dollar in my bank account hey that’s what I want. So, it’s coming in and saying what kind of person or what what’s your end goal when it comes to this money you’ve accumulated and looking at what is the best strategy for that. So, you know, if you’re a person that says, “Hey, I kind of want to preserve my principal.” You could come in and say, “Hey, let’s use some type of bucket strategy where we come in and say, hey, let’s have a lowrisk bucket, you know, 1 to 5 years.” You have a moderate risk bucket where it’s money that you’re going to use 6 to 10 years or you have a high and you have a high risk bucket that’s 11 years plus. So it it’s a way to kind of manage some of the unknowns. So market risk, sequence of returns, investor behavior, investor behavior risk. So, it’s just a way to manage some of the money because at the end of the day, like if you have this bucket that will create income for you over the next 5 years and there’s a downturn in the m in the market, you can wait that the downturn out.

    And when you look at these different types of goals, short-term, medium, or long-term, like statistics have shown like the longer you wait invested within the markets, like you get a better return. So like if you look at a one-year period within the markets, like historically going back over the last 74 years, the best the market’s done is almost 52%. And the worst it’s done is 37%. where if you look over a, you know, 10 year rolling period, the worst the market’s done is down one or up 20. So, you know, if you’re coming in and saying, “Hey, I’m going to buy a car in the next year,” you may not want to put your all your money in the market because yeah, if the market did 52%, great, you won. But on the flip side, if the market goes down 37%, you have 37% less money for you to use to buy a car. So again, kind of attaching specific goals to your money and when you’re going to use it. There’s a study that was done that where asked different ages of people, you know, what their risk tolerance was. And that’s what this chart is. You know, when they asked a lot of 30-year-olds, you can assume like, hey, majority of them, a good portion of them said they’re aggressive and moderate aggressive. they have time on their side to invest in the market and and deal with the ups and downs within the market. But the older you get, you start to be a little bit more conservative. Now, at times with questions like, well, how much I should have how much should I have in the market or how much I should have in conservative? A lot of times it’s just a matter of your risk tolerance. We’ve worked with people that have had a they’re in their 60s and they have a 100% of the money in the market because and then at the end of the day they don’t need to use that and they can let that money grow for the kids. So again, it’s going to be tied into well do you need to create income off of your assets or not? any kind of projection you do a lot of times they’ll use a straight line projection meaning that hey this green line you’re looking at this in this chart is just showing hey over the next you know 30 years we’re going to get an 8% rate of return and based on that you know we’re able to meet your goals well the market doesn’t perform that way the market’s going to go up the market’s going to go down and if you come in and say hey let’s think about a static withdrawal Let’s say you have your money in a like a 2025 fund, target date fund, and you’re withdrawing money from that. Well, when the market’s down, you’re selling shares at a lower price. Market’s up, like, yeah, you’re selling less prices. But this is what this is showing where it’s like if you do do a static withdrawal, you do have the risk of running out of money much sooner than even a straight line or a dynamic with withdrawal. Dynamic withdrawal is when you’re kind of creating two different buckets. One bucket is really conservative uh money. One bucket is aggressive. So if the market’s doing really well, yeah, maybe you take money out of that to live on. But if the market’s not doing so well, take it from your conservative bucket.

    You might have heard of sequence of returns. sequence of returns in accumulation phase doesn’t really matter what if we started with a down year or we started with a upyear and that’s what this chart is showing in the accumulation of sequence of returns. If you started with a down year and you you have a down the first three years are down and then you start to see the market recover like you have $150,000 $153,000 at the end. If you start with a up year, the first three years are up years and then at the end you have bad years. In essence, you get to the same spot. But in distribution, it’s very important to understand in distribution, it does not work that way. So when I talk about distribution, you’re using your money. You’re withdrawing money from your investments. So, if we test that same scenario, but now we’re withdrawing money, you can see client one, they started in a down year. They’re withdrawing money and at the end of that 10year period, they have $63,000 left. Now, client B, client two, client B started when the market was doing really well. They took out the same amount of money, but at the end of that 10-year period, they saw the last 3 years of being down, but you can see their value is $107,000. So, sequence of returns and withdrawing money is a little bit different than in the accumulation phase. So, again, it’s really important to kind of think about, hey, in retirement, how am I going to withdraw money? Okay, let’s talk about the plan for retirement. And think about retirement is kind of climbing the mountain. Sometimes people think about, hey, I’m going to go climb a mountain. You climb the mountain, you get to the top, and you’re like, yeah, I did it. But sometimes going down the mountain is the most dangerous. It’s not going up, it’s going down. And so if you think about this in terms of retirement, like yeah, you’ve worked and saved, worked and saved, worked and saved all your years, but now you’re in retirement and sometimes it could be the most dangerous part because there’s certain things that you’re not necessarily aware of or or just didn’t think about in retirement that you did while you were working. You didn’t think about sequence of returns. You didn’t think about health care costs. you didn’t think about, you know, if you needed to go from a two-level house to now a onele house. I mean, there’s all these different things that are different in retirement than they are in uh while you’re working. So, this is some of the planning that Kim and I do, you know. So, the Richard and Deborah came and saw us and they’re both 62. You know, Richard has some health issues. is going to work till 67, but we’re using a 85 as a life expectancy. Deborah’s going to retire at 65, but we’re using a much longer life expectancy for her. They both have money in 401ks, has money in savings, and their house is completely paid off. We know what their incomes are. We know what their social security benefits are going to look like when they retire. And then Richard has a pension also. They wanted to live on $5,000 a month. We included health care on top of the 5,000 and they were we taking account federal and state taxes for their scenario. They’re both contributing to the 401k and they’re receiving a match. So the first thing we do is put these pieces together to kind of create this cash flow. Cash flow is just basically saying based on what you want to spend and based on what’s coming in, are you able to meet your goals? So you can see that bluish color is them working. The dark blue or black is social security that’s coming in. The teal is the pension they’re going to be receiving. The yellow is withdrawing money from savings. The dark orange is required minimum distribution. And you see like a little bit of cliff in like 20 2048. That’s when Richard passes away. So, we can look at this and say, hey, based on what you’ve accumulated, based on your income, based on what you want to spend, you’re able to meet your goals and still have, you know, quite a bit left over to pass on to the beneficiaries. Let’s look at taxes. You know, yeah, while you’re both working, you’re in about a, you know, 24% tax bracket. When uh Deborah retires, you’re going to be in a 22. In retirement, there’s this window where you pay no taxes at all. RMDs kick in. You’re going to be paying a little bit more in taxes. Um, when one spouse passes away, you’re going to be in a 22% tax liability. So, it gives us kind of a projection of what taxes could look like going forward. Based on this, it does make sense for you to think about doing Roth conversions. We’re able to model that and come in and say, “Okay, if you retire, when you retire, let’s look at doing conversions for about 6 years. stay within a 12% tax bracket and see what the benefit would be. Well, the benefit of doing that, which is the yellow, represents what we can convert, pay taxes on it, and is there any benefit doing so? Well, the benefit is we’re able to save over $100,000 in taxes. Meaning, that’s the amount of money that you’re not giving to Uncle Sam. That’s what money you’re keeping in your pocket. We’re also able to increase your net worth. So doing Roth conversions makes a lot of sense when it comes to his situation. We can also look at hey what happens if Richard delays his social security till 70? Is that of any benefit? Well, we know by doing so his break even is 79. Now we know then possibly he’s going to live beyond 79, but we also think that Deborra is going to have a much longer life expectancy. So it may make sense for him to delay social security till 70. What happens if because of the health issues he says look I just want to retire earlier enjoy life travel do the things I want to do can I retire at 62 is that possible based on that yeah absolutely if you want to retire at 62 you’re able to do so and you still have money left over to pass on to the kids so you’re able to retire earlier so these are all different scenarios that were run for for members for clients to really put a plan together this is a meeting that Kim and I always hold with our members. There is no cost to do so to do this type of planning, but we’re also here to help you with also a lot of different various things. We can help you create withdrawal strategies. We can also help it look at how do you maximize your rate of return, but also reduce your risk, create uh Roth scenarios for you, you know, make sure money is passed on to the beneficiaries properly. There’s so many different things that we’re able to help you with. Also, for anybody joining that are current clients of AIS or line retirement investment services, um, if you have not done your wills, power attorney kind of basic estate plan, make sure to reach out to us. This is a service that we just recently added. So, if you are a client of you need to get that done, we’re happy to set you up at no cost to get this done for you. It is kind of a do-it-yourself program, but it’s a way to create a will, power of attorney, medical, financial, and some other estate planning documents. Okay, I know that was a lot of information and there’s probably a lot more to cover, but happy to answer any questions you have regarding retirements. We do have a question. You want to start that? Oh, oh, oh, yeah. Yeah, yeah. I wasn’t done. Calm down. Calm down. Calm down. Calm down. Um, I am going to put a poll out there. So, if you would like us to reach out to you, set up an appointment with you, please indicate that on the poll. We’ll contact you, put you on the calendar, and and start the process. Or if there’s any questions you have, just let us know. Okay. What questions do we have, Kim? We’re we’re going to call you anyway, but we’ll call you first and just say yes on the poll. Um, let’s see. Somebody’s asking, “Hi Kim, are you also a CFP?” Nope, I am not. Uh, next question. What about self-employed? I get no help. Single 54, pay 664 a month for bronze with HSA. Is it a high deductible? I don’t know what all that means, but yeah. um you’re going to have to call that specific plan that if you’re in the bronze, you’re going to have to call the marketplace or call whoever is offering that bronze and ask if that’s a high deductible plan. What is the latest age I must make an IRA withdrawal? There is no age in regards Well, so sorry, let’s RMD. So RMD Yeah. So um depends on what year you’re born. If you were born prior to 1960, it is 73. After 1960, it’s 75. Um, somebody’s asking if there’s a transcript of our webinar. No, there isn’t. How about a condensed version? No. But when we reach out to you, if there’s a specific question you want us to review, we’re happy to do that. Um, next question. I’m 65 years old. One year, one year my cash management account will be zero. I need to replenish my cash management account. 74K a year until social security starts at 70. We have 30,000 in stocks and a million in tax deferred accounts and a two and a quarter in Roth. Do I withdraw from a combination of accounts or should I start social security? So the planning that I showed you. So that’s a great example of we can answer those questions, but we need to do a little bit more planning. If we’re able to put all those pieces into our planning software, we can answer a lot of those questions for you and really come up with a game plan for you. Yeah, we don’t know until we see all your situation and your tax situation and your expenses and everything. Um, if one is retired but still has a high deductible health plan and not yet on Medicare, I’m only 61. Then I thought one need not be working to continue contributing to an HSA. So you just have to have a high deductible healthare plan to be able to contribute to an HSA. But also at the same time, like I guess there’s no I mean if you have no if you’re not working, you have no income. I mean the only benefit doing the HSA is the taxfree growth because if you have no income then no taxable income there’s nothing to deduct from. Yeah. Yeah. Um how much do you charge for this type of planning and help? Yeah. We don’t char at this at the moment we don’t charge for we don’t charge to do any type of the we don’t charge to do any of the planning. It’s just a service that we provide our members. Okay. Let’s see. Here’s a couple new ones. Let me go here. Followup clarifi clarifying question. Healthc care question was related to your analysis which only seemed to be about employed. Bronze is a high deductible plan. I was wondering how to fit into analysis with the government help. Says government helps. It does not. I’m not quite sure that makes sense to you, Malcolm.

    Yeah, I don’t I’m not sure. We’re gonna have to just hang on to your question when we reach out to you. Um Claire, we’ll we’ll work through the details. Uh next one. I’m not married. What are the rules of common law relationship? It depends on what state you live in. And I would just say Google that that information because we’re not we’re not really versed on every state when it comes to common law relationships. So, but I know like nowadays you can just Google that within the state you live in and it’ll give you a pretty good summary of common law relationship. I think I don’t know if it’s related to healthcare or social security. I’m not sure what the question relates to, but I believe with social security uh common law counts as married. Again, I don’t know if that’s the question or not, but but we’ll t we’ll we’ll answer that when we reach out to you. Let’s see. Um, I have a pre-tax retirement account and a Roth. When I start withdrawals, do I have to withdraw from both simultaneously or can I withdraw from the pre-tax and only withdraw from the Roth at a later date? That’s a good question.

    I mean again it comes down to the planning that we do to really kind of understand what makes the most sense and we’re able to model that to say hey do you do pre-tax or do you do after tax and which which one gives you the most the best kind of ending scenario. Generally there’s no requirement to withdraw from a Roth. So you definitely do not have to withdraw from both of them simultaneously. conventional wisdom. And again, to Malcolm’s point, it depends on your situation. Most people like to leave the Roth if they can, and they’re building a tax-free bucket of money that they can use down the road. Um, and it passes to your heirs tax-free. Um, so again, without knowing your situation, um, this goes back to the fact that we don’t charge since there’s no charge for this type of planning and help. How do you get paid? Just an alliance salary. regardless. Yeah, let’s talk about this a little bit. Um, we do get a as advisors with the lion, we do receive a salary, but also at the same time, we do this not only to help our members with the planning, but there’s times when the members decide to become clients of ours, but this is kind of a process on both sides. We’re kind of interviewing you to see if this this is someone that we want to work with and you’re interviewing us to see if this is someone you want to work with. I mean, so there are certain things that we might implement where there are fees associated with it where we get paid something else for doing that. But at the end of the day, like both Kim and I have been doing this for over 20 years. We hold ourselves to a fiduciary responsibility. And so, you know, um we will fully disclose if you decide, hey, what are your recommendations? We will fully disclose these are the fees associated with implementing this if you wanted to move forward. We are not the advisors that are going to come in and be like, “Hey, I’m going to put every all your money into annuities and get the most commission possible and then move on.” No, not at all. So, you know, we will tell you upfront what the cost is when it comes to managing a person’s assets or whatever recommendations we put in place for you. I don’t know if you want to add anything else, Kip. So, you know, I would say that we’re we’re doing these educational webinars to obviously help you and provide knowledge and kind of demonstrate that we know what we’re talking about. And yes, we will run a plan for you, complimentary. And certainly our goal is that through those series of meetings of the planning that you do think we know what we’re talking about and you do get a chance to know us and see if we are somebody that you could see yourselves working with and trust us with your retirement assets. But certainly that’s our goal to help you with your retirement plan and investments. And the the planning tool that Malcolm showed you, that’s not just a oneanddone to make decisions. We use that for every client we have as part of their review. We we update the plan every time. We obviously run through investments. We update taxes. I mean, that’s kind of the road map to get you through retirement. We have clients that call us and say, “Kim, Malcolm, I want to buy an RV. Should I finance it or withdraw the money?” Or, “We need to replace our car. or we want to take out money for our daughter’s wedding. We run all those life situations through your plan and help you decide on uh the right way or the best way to do it for your situation. And we use that plan for RMDs and for taxes. So, we kind of help you through not only getting you to retirement, making good decisions around pensions and social securities, but through through retirement, investing appropriately for those retirement years. I think I heard Malcolm mention earlier that might have a bucket of conservative money and some uh market money when it gives us options when it comes time for RMD. So that’s kind of the whole package and the costs come in based on if you decide to let us work with some of your retirement assets or savings assets. It depends on the the product or the solution that we put in place. And as Malcolm said, that’s when we would disclose what the cost of those different products are. And we’ll show you. We have I’ll call it a menu, but it’s not really a menu, but just kind of some products and types of products that we highlight that we have found over the years work really well for retirees. Okay. A couple more real quick. Can you use HSA funds to pay for medical premiums?

    Yes. I want to say yes. I mean, yeah. Yeah, you can. Um, somebody said, “I’m in Colorado. Do you do in-person visits?” Yeah, we do. We have an office in the tech center at I25 in Belleview and one in Lakewood up off of second in Union. So, we we’ll do that either way, in person or virtual. And I think, let me check one more time. I think that’s it. Hopefully, we got everybody. And if you come up with any other questions and when we reach out to you, we’ll be happy to walk you through it. Anything else, Malcolm?

    Don’t think so. I don’t think so. Uh, thank you for the thank you, Lisa. We appreciate that. It’s kind of hard to know what the feedback is. You know, we used to do these events in person, so you could kind of talk with people on the webinar. You’d never have any idea how it’s going. So, we we appreciate the Thank you. Okay, take care. Look forward to talking with you or seeing you on the next one. Thank you.

  • 09/28/2026 – Build Your Own AI Spokesperson, Creating Talking Videos & Monetize Your Content With AI

    In 2026, marketing has changed forever. As you might already know, let me know if you agree. AI video are now the hottest content online right now. And again, that’s not just something we’re saying. AI video generation volume surged by 840%. Right? We’re literally seeing with over 63% of video marketers now actively using AI videos. Brands, as a matter of fact, are spending 9.1 billion on AI videos this year. The AI video generation is rapidly transforming business operations with pure AI video generator market valued between 847 million 946 million and now driven with the global AI video announcement projected to reach 9.1 billion in 2026. That’s a huge jump. And that’s simply because if you look at the bigger picture, video has officially become the number one most consumed content worldwide, right? The world’s most consumed digital media format is video. And it is impossible to put out enough video all the time in the perfect lighting, perfect setting, being everywhere, speaking all the time. And that’s why AI videos and AI avatars come into play. And they’re so handy. 94.6% of entire internet traffic comes from video. So you need to put out videos. Businesses need to put out videos and they know it, but they need something that can do it for them. And if you and compare video fears, you know, static content, regular content, video dominates in reach and discovery. So even if you want to get seen more, get people to follow you more, get growth, get your, you know, offers and products in the right places, you need to dominate with video. As a matter of fact, let’s do a quick pop quiz because the answer might surprise you. What percentage of people, right, and there’s studies on this. I’m going to show you the answer in a second. What percentage of people have been convinced to buy by a video? Is it A 65%. Is it B 85% of people are convinced to buy when watching a video over anything else? Or 72% right in the middle? Let me know in the chat box what you think. A, B, or C? There you go. I see lots of B, B, B. Um, either B or C. There you go. B. It is indeed. Most of you, if not all of you, have it correct. It is B. And that alone tells you enough. That means if you want more sales, the numbers don’t lie. You need to go allin on video. 80% 85% of purchases are made through video. All right. 85% of people say they’ve been persuaded to buy a product or service after watching a video. Right here, 85% have been convinced to buy something by watching a video. Where 84% want to see more video from brands in 2026. and 80 plus% you know the numbers keep adding up and because of that AI videos are now one of the hottest and easiest services to sell to local businesses and you can see right here you can look this up as well now in the grand few research great articles stats and studies they produce the demand for corporate and promotional video content is at an all-time high absolute all-time high video has shifted from just being a marketing differentiator to an absolute baseline by necessity, right? Take note of the words they’re using. All-time high. Video is now a baseline necessity for businesses. Which means if there’s one offer you want to surface to local businesses as well as grow your own business, it is video. Every one of these businesses needs videos every single week, not just once. Whether it’s restaurants, gyms, dentists, auto repair shops, roofers, real estate agents, they need video, video, video. There’s no business that will say, “No, I don’t want to, you know, get more reach, dominate social media, get more video, get more people to find out about me.” Every business wants it and they need video to get there. You can see again the stats prove it. Why businesses demand for AI video creation is surging. Again, the global AI video market has grown rapidly. Now in all this data we sit down and have to understand a key thing which we’re going to show you here today that barely anyone is talking about because businesses first of all pay good money to anyone that can help them with this. You see people are already getting paid for AI video as a surface and you know there’s a more demand than there is supply. You can see right here you can charge $150 to $500 per single short form AI after video or even,000 to 2,000 per month on a recurring retainer. Now per video one off a 30 second promo right now on reels for Tik Toks and shorts you know with a good including AI avatar you know basic skip writing auto captions background and maybe one revision. It goes for $150 to $300. That’s a 30 second clip and that’s because that business can keep using it over and over and over again. it will continue to get exposure because you get paid once they keep using it. You can get paid $300 for just 30 second clip. Now, for looking for more polished ones or longer ones, 60 to 90 seconds, you can already charge up to 400 to a,000. And these are real actual baseline numbers. If a business goes and looks up or how much should I expect to pay, this is the answer that they will see. Now, here is the problem, however, and let me know if you relate to this and if this is something you’ve been running into as well. Just give me a quick yes because most people have no idea regardless of this demand, regardless of this searching demand of businesses, you know, wanting more video and videos are dominating online, have no idea how to make these AI videos work for themselves or how to get it to sign clients. Now, tell me if this sounds familiar because this is exactly what we’re going to talk about and solve in a way you’ve never seen before. And you might right now have a ton of video tools. Let me put the chat box. I have a ton as well. But let me know if you right now have a ton of video tools, but you still have no clients or sales coming from them. And there’s a key thing that’s preventing it right now, which we’re going to expose on this training. There we go. See, lots of yeses coming in. And you don’t know what videos to post to get sales quickly. And on top of that, it feels like you already tried everything. And if that’s the case, you came to the right place and it’s not your fault. I see lots of yeses flying in. And again, let me know if this sounds familiar because that makes sure for us that you came to the right place and we know exactly how to fix this for you. You see, the problem is, and this is what most people fail to tell you, the problem is most AI tools are great at making content, but not content that sells for you. There’s a difference between just videos and nice, you know, clips to watch and, you know, just videos that maybe are entertaining or whatsoever and videos that actually get people interested, you know, persuaded moving forward. They want to buy, they want to click, they want to know more, they get aha moments, they want to, you know, follow, they get value, they’re educated. There’s a huge difference between these two types of videos generated with AI. And that’s exactly what Logic and I am review Squad, you know, two of the smartest, you know, geniuses, software developers, marketers, as well as success story creators together combined have been able to produce because they understood there’s a huge difference right now in the market between tools that just make a video, right? And those videos might get watched maybe and videos that get you paid. That’s their sole purpose. They’re not there to to necessarily entertain. They’re there to get your products or services in the hands of other people. And their new AI does exactly that. It doesn’t just make videos. It makes videos that sell on autopilot on all platforms altogether. And that is the number one thing that local businesses are looking for right now. While the person’s working in the shop, they’re looking for an AI video of themselves that is doing out there talking about the cars, talking about the repairs, talking about the business that is showing them around. So they leveraged their time and until now that took a real person on camera or you know a ton of different AI stitched together to get some mediocre output. But what if I told you that after this training, and that’s why it’s so smart that you’re here today, you will have the most advanced AI for creating hyper realistic clones, which means you’ll have your own AI clone that you can create for yourself and any other business that sells for you 24/7 in a way you’ve never seen before. And we see local businesses right now paying our users for videos they’ve never filmed themselves. Right? Ryan Mitchell, marketing consultant, became the easiest upsell my marketing packages. Lauren right here. I can now offer clients fresh videos every month. And then Ethan, the commercial license gave me service I could sell immediately. This will allow you and your clients to look like experts without ever being on camera. Clean, realistic, good backdrop, good lip sync, not, you know, weird movements or, you know, off, you know, the character goes off and then, you know, the consistency is off. Perfect lip sync, perfect details, and hyper realistic. And even better, every clone speaks over 10 languages, allowing you to do this in every market on Earth. Literally an army of clones selling on every platform at once. And the best part is without learning a new or single new skill, without searching for clients. The clients are literally up for grabs. We’re going to show you that. And without waiting for weeks, this works in minutes, even if you’re a complete beginner. So, that being said, now that you know what we’re going to talk about, comment yes if you are staying until the end. Comment yes in the chat box because we’re going to show you exactly how it’s done and introduce stateofthe-art AI that creates beautiful content that is, you know, literally the necessity for businesses right now and hence they will pay you greatly for it once you send them a sample. Something I can’t wait to show you. Now, the three secrets we’re going to dive right in is number one, the selling clone. One photo becomes a clone that teaches and sells for you. This already is worth its weight in gold. Furthermore, the instant paying clients, how to turn one photo into a video service business that pays and on top of that direct special access because you are smart enough to show up to the live webinar that have this necessity of a state-of-the-art tool. You’re going to get webinar only access where we even lay out the entire client acquisition. You’re going to get everything at a mass mass discount and it’s only for users on this webinar. So, I hope you’re excited. Without further ado, let’s dive right into secret number one. Give me a yes in the chat box if you’re ready for the selling clone. How one photo becomes a clone that teaches and sells for you. We’re going to show you samples. We’re going to show you the quality of this and let you be the judge of it all. And trust me when I say this is better than any other cloning tool you’ve seen, which usually are super expensive as well. You’re going to get something that you can use effortlessly and get paid for without Phil. Now, as you know by now, every business needs video, and that’s the part that has never changed. But what most people don’t understand is that not every video is worth the same. Starting off with random AI clips, those are fun to create and you know they actually can get some reach, but when it comes to actually selling a product, a surface or getting someone intrigued, interested, you know, providing valuable content in a way that a business and especially a local business can benefit of. That’s usually not the best state. Now, the next stage is, you know, a stiff AI after. You’ve seen these. They look very unrealistic. you know, they’re very claylike, you know, literally as you see them right here. And you know, it’s fun to watch, but again, it’s not to be super taken as seriously. And then on top of that, you have actually you on camera, which used to be the best of all. Obviously, nothing beats the actual person on camera, but on top of that, as you can see, you need to remember the script, read the lights, you need to have a ring light, you need to be in the shop, you need to, you know, spend time from all the other work you want to do to actually sit down and create videos while other clients are waiting or people entering the store. This is an absolute hassle for businesses, as you can imagine, and even for yourself, right? You need to have good lighting. You always need to have good microphone, good audio, and such. And that’s why there’s now that triumphs all one better, which is a selling clone, an actual literal clone that perfectly gets across what the person wants to share and better yet knows exactly how to sell it and knows it even better with more marketing knowledge than you yourself. And the beauty about using these types of clips where a person’s actually showing their face, actually smiling, it works directly in your benefits psychologically with the person that’s viewing. You see, your brain has a region in your mind to detect faces. Now, that’s something we have since we’re babies. The human brain has specific region dedicated to just recognize faces. Now, newborns, right? If we go all the way back, look for a face within hours of being born, right? There’s a lot of, you know, multiple landmark studies that show this. And it’s really important to understand because if you want to stand out on social media, nobody ignores a face. Our brain is hardwired amongst all the clutter, all the content to spot the face. And guess what? Nobody wants to be ignored on socials, right? All businesses want to stand out. Now, if you want to use the perfect reason or the best way to stand out, you need a face. And that’s why AI clones are the most powerful selling asset a business can have. Now, what’s even more interesting, and this really surprised me, as a matter of fact, this caught me off guard, and it might you as well. Let me know in the chat box if it does. 78% of people trust videos with AI avatars over a real one. Now, at first, now I didn’t believe it, but then we looked at the studies. You know, Lancaster University did one. Vice even produced this as well. You can see AF faces trusted more than faces of real people, right? Real faces were rated least the least trustworthy with an average of 4.03. And when they cloned that face and it looked like the same person, but it was smiling more. It was more uplifting. You know, it was still the same person, hyper realistic, but because of the gestures, obviously, you know, over 80% of communication is non-verbal. The AI version was way more trustworthy. And vice, you know, people trust, you know, these deep fake faces more than real faces. Slightly more trustworthy than the real ones. And that’s because these AIs, you know, are better at also understanding how they should act when saying certain sentences. where we as humans when we talk, we often do not control the subtle movements we make while we’re talking. Long story short, people buy from videos with a face. Now, comment yes if you see why an AI avatar beats any, you know, generic clip or, you know, any generic AI clip when it comes to selling a product or service or when a local business wants to go out there, promote their products, promote their services. Let me know if that makes sense. Think about the car dealership, the dentist, right? when they have a AI clone avatar of a dentist in a practice, you know, talking about what they do or what they provide or what they can do, it will be so much more effective in standing out on social media than any other generic type of footage. It increases credibility, trustworthiness, authority, and it allows them 247 to get reach online without them having to stand in front of the camera themselves. There we go. I see lots and lots of yeses coming in. Now, with that being said, a video with a face that sells is one of the most important assets to own as a business right now. It gets watched, it gets trusted, and it gets the seal. But here is the problem. You see, a video with a face used to take a studio and a camera crew, someone willing to be on camera, an editor for every single cut, and days of work for one video. But luckily, now we have AI avatars. And that’s why, you know, a lot of creators, CEOs, they want their digital twin down now. Now, it’s even been in the New York Times, right? Talk to my AI twin. Busy executives now have this productivity hack where they let their AI twin do a lot of the content. Right here, too much work. Have your digital twin handle it. I made an AI clone of myself, right? Maybe believe maybe this isn’t sci-fi nonsense. Now everybody is looking to have a replica that can do all the heavy lifting for them when it comes to the content. So the question is then why is not everyone using them? If everyone wants it and it works so well and the numbers show it and the demand for it is there and you know everything points to the fact that this is one of the most powerful lucrative assets that you can own to sell any product or service especially if you want to work with local businesses. It’s because the old way was juggling a dozen of AI tools. You would need a scripting tool. You need AI voice tool, realistic one. You need AI avatar tool. You need an editing tool. And all this together, especially for non- techy people, you know, it’s a nightmare. And even if you’re techie, it’s just a nuisance because all of these have their own credit systems, their own login, their own learning systems, and it’s the absolute worst way to make a video in 2026. Let me know if you agree. You have to go from one take the script then go to the audio tool then from the audio tool go to the video tool and if there’s any change you need to make you have to go through that entire cycle again. And at the end of the day all those tools leave the selling to you. And even then, even if you manage to pull that off, a lot of times what we’ve seen, and we’ve tried a lot of them, the face changes from video to video, right? It doesn’t stay consistent. The lips, and this is the worst thing of all, and this is a huge turnoff, the lips don’t match the words being said. And that’s where you lose, you know, a ton of people. The lips don’t match the words being said. For some reason, most AI just can’t get to that level yet. And some of them are just completely frozen, stiff, and completely lifeless. And viewers just scroll past right now. This is exactly what Logic Beam Softwares and IM Review Squad have solved and it’s all about to change. You’re going to have the most genuine, realistic, actually fun to watch and as well as, you know, comforting to watch person that is talking for you 24/7. You know, comforting people, selling the product, providing value. You can do this for yourself and for clients because they had one goal to make it simple because normally you have to go through a ton of hassle to build this. They made it so you just upload one photo, you get a clone, you don’t have to film anything yourself. Because if you’ve tried this before, you need to, you know, take a side profile, you need to film, you need to say a few sentences, make a lot of gestures, and then you need to redo it and redo it. It’s usually a very tedious process to get a clone. And even then, it’s not right. But they built an AI that locks your face and voice in perfectly so it can sell anything for you moving forward as it processes a ton of marketing knowledge. It’s literally one photo in and it starts talking, selling and it never changes. And we’ve clone CR already made. I mean, look at the, you know, gym professor right here for the personal trainer. Look at, you know, the food blogger. We have, you know, the YouTube creator. All of these work in different voices from one single photo. And imagine you had access to a presenter without any retakes, a voice in over 10 plus languages, a director you simply steer by prompt and a publisher for every single platform. Whether you want to do product demos, course and education, whatever it is you want to present, your AI clone can do it for you. Now, if you have this, do you see yourself putting out video without ever having to film yourself? But not only that, videos that actually generate sales, videos that actually look good, a good background, good lightning, you know, good speech, as well as, you know, very good content in terms of value, education, selling products and services, something that can, you know, put a business in the spotlight 24/7. Let me know in the chat box because this never seen before AI lets you clone yourself in under 60 seconds. Now, pay very close attention because this literally puts a salesperson that never sleeps in every business you touch. And that’s why businesses will pay you. That’s why they love it. You’re literally telling them, I’m going to give you a 24/7 salesperson, which is literally a clone of you and it will always be present. It looks exactly like you and it, you know, promotes your business around the clock online without you ever having to spend time. I’ll manage it for you. And this is the number one hottest in demand service right now. So let me know who wants to see it in action. Comment in the chat box. I want this. Let’s go ahead and have an inside look. We’re going to play, you know, some samples we’ve created for businesses as well. We’re going to play them for you. And then you’re going to see the quality and pay very close attention to the lip sync, how clean it is, how on par is as well as the sound, the audio, how natural it sounds. Let me know in the chat box. Comment, I want this. Let’s have an inside look. I see lots of people the commenting. So without further ado, let’s go ahead.

    What if one simple photo could become the face of your next video, your next promotion, or even your next business? Imagine turning a simple property photo into a professional presenter who can showcase homes, explain features, and reach more buyers. From workout tips to exercise tutorials, imagine having an AI fitness presenter ready without setting up a camera. Recipes, restaurant promotions, cooking tips, or food reviews. You can turn them into presenter-led videos without filming yourself every time. Fashion brands can turn product announcements, style tips, and promotional messages into polished presenter videos in minutes. Law firms can use AI presenters for educational videos, client updates, FAQs, and informative content. Teachers and course creators can turn lessons, tutorials, and explanations into presenter-led videos without recording every lesson from scratch. Software companies can create product demos, feature explanations, and onboarding videos without recording every update themselves. Product brands can create launch videos, product explainers, and promotional content with an AI presenter ready to deliver the message. Travel creators can turn destination guides, hotel promotions, and travel tips into engaging presenter-led videos without constantly getting behind the camera. Hey, I’m Shivraj Padidar, founder of IM Review Squad and co-founder of Morph Studio AI. And together with my partner Ravi Kukrasia, founder of Logic Beam Softwares and Morph Studio AI, we’re excited to show you exactly how Morph Studio AI works. In just a moment, Ravi is going to walk you through the demo of Morph Studio AI. So, instead of just showing you the finished videos, let me show you the demo part of Morph Studio AI. Welcome to Morph Studio AI. In just a few minutes, I’ll show you how anyone can turn any photo into a human-like AI talking head influencer with perfect lips sync technology. Let’s get started. After logging in, you’ll arrive at your dashboard. This gives you a complete overview of everything happening inside your Morph Studio AI account. Right at the top, you can see your available credits, credits used, and the total number of morphs you’ve created. You’ll also find a quick overview of your recent credit usage. And just below, all your recently created Morph videos are neatly organized in one place. On the left hand side, you’ll find quick access to all the powerful features available inside Morph Studio AI, including talking avatar, text to speech, the AI creator suite, agency reseller, integrations, trainings, bonuses, and support. And whenever you’re ready to create something new, simply click on the new morph button. Let’s create our first AI talking avatar. To create a new talking avatar video, simply click on the talking avatar option from the sidebar. You can also start a new project anytime by clicking the new morph button from your dashboard. This takes you to your talking avatar workspace where you can create, manage, preview, download, and organize all your AI talking videos in one place. You’ll see all your previously created morphs listed here along with their generation status, video length, preview, and download options. And creating a new video is incredibly simple. At the top, you have two different ways to bring your avatar to life. You can either upload audio or simply type a script and let Morph Studio AI handle the rest. For this demo, let’s create a new morph using our own script. As soon as you select your preferred creation method, you’ll first be asked to give your morph a name. Simply enter any name you want for your project.

    Once you’ve entered your project name, click save to continue. This is where you bring your AI talking avatar to life. First, enter the script you want your avatar to speak. You can type your script directly into the editor. Whether it’s a product promotion, sales message, explainer video, tutorial, social media content, or anything else you want your AI influencer to say. Just below that, you’ll find the optional prompt field. Here, you can describe how you want your avatar to appear or behave while speaking. For example, you can guide the avatar’s expressions, movements, presentation style, or overall behavior to better match your message. Next, select the language for your video. Then, click on choose a voice to select the voice you want your avatar to speak with. Morph Studio AI gives you access to a wide selection of AI voices. You can browse through the available voices and preview them before making your selection. And if you already have your own voices in 11 Labs, you can connect your 11 Labs account and use your pre-made or cloned voices directly inside Morph Studio AI. Once you find the voice that best matches your avatar and message, simply select it and continue. Next, choose your preferred video resolution. You can create your video in either 720p or 1080p depending on your requirements. Now, it’s time to choose who will appear in your video. Simply click on choose an avatar. Morph Studio AI gives you access to an entire library of readytouse AI avatars. You can browse through different avatars and use the filters to narrow down your selection based on category, gender, age, ethnicity, expression, or background. This makes it easy to find the perfect avatar for your particular project or audience. And you’re not limited to the built-in avatar library. You can also upload your own avatar. Once you’ve selected your preferred avatar, simply click on generate the morph. Morph Studio AI will now transform your selected avatar and script into a complete lips synced talking head video. And once your video is generated, it will appear right here on the screen, ready for you to preview and download. I’ve been alive for over 300 years. And somehow humans have decided that waking up at 6:00 a.m. is a good idea. You have coffee. We have blood. Honestly, I’m not sure who’s making the worst life choices. And don’t even get me started on daylight. You people call it sunshine. I call it a personal attack.

    Alternatively, you can bring your avatar to life using your own audio. Simply upload an MP3 or wave audio file and Morph Studio AI will automatically create a perfectly lip-synced talking avatar based on your recording. Next, let’s take a look at the built-in text to speech feature. Simply click on text to speech from the sidebar. Here you can instantly transform any written text into natural sounding AI speech. To get started, click on new project and give your project a name. Then, enter or paste the text you want to convert into speech. Next, select your preferred language and choose from the available AI voices.

    You can also select the emotion or speaking style to better match the tone of your content. And finally, choose your preferred audio format. Once everything is ready, simply click generate speech. Within moments, your AI generated audio will be ready to preview and download. Imagine being able to hear history speak, not read about it, not watch it in a documentary, actually hear it in their own words. That’s the power of turning a single image into a lifelike speaking character. One photo, one voice, and suddenly the past comes alive.

    It’s perfect for creating voiceovers, narrations, podcasts, video, audio, presentations, and much more without recording your own voice. Next, we have integrations. Here you can connect your own 11 Labs API key and use your preferred pre-made or cloned voices directly inside Morph Studio AI. The training section gives you access to helpful walkthroughs and training resources to help you get the most out of Morph Studio AI. And don’t forget to check the bonuses section where you’ll find additional tools and resources included with your access. And that’s Morph Studio AI. Create realistic talking avatars, generate natural AI voices, and bring your content to life, all from one simple dashboard. Thanks for watching and enjoy creating with Morph Studio AI. Wow. Wow. Wow. Who here absolutely loved what they just saw and wants their own AI selling clone? Did you see how realistic it is? That was actually one of the founders clones that you saw sitting behind the desk explaining it. perfectly great gestures, perfect lip sync, good quality, and you can create them any way you want. Simply one photo, and you’ll have one clone for every platform. And guess what? You can send this to a business today. the barber shop, the dentist, the car dealership, the gym owner or the personal trainer, you know, the restaurant, the realtor, any type of business, the lawyer, the bakery, any type of business, you can create a clone for them that they can use for their videos 24/7 when they, you know, when they can’t film theirelves or, you know, they’re sick or they don’t have time to create content, they have something ready that is always running their business. So, let me know if you joined that. You know, secret number one, the selling clone. Now that you’ll have access to this, we’re going to show you how to get instant paying clients. Because we weren’t kidding when we said this is the hottest and most indemand service right now. Anyone that’s smart enough to pick this up will have clients standing in line starting today. And that is a fact because you’ve seen what it builds. Now, that part is set. Now I’m going to show you the part that pays because again this is the highest in demand surface that anyone can deliver right now. If anyone were to come up to me and say what should I offer you know I want to you know start getting clients quickly want to make money you know faster than any other business model I’ll tell them offer AI clones if they have access to morph studio because it needs to be the quality of morph studio provide AI clones as a service. It doesn’t matter where you’re from what you do what your skill set is. It’s all about the output. And I’ll actually prove it to you. There over 2300 jobs posted just a day on Upwork asking for AI after videos. See, I can go to Upwork right now and I have something called the Upwork Bible and how to easily get deals from here. I’ll share that with you as well. Uh so you can, you know, land clients 24/7. I can put your AI app avatar and immediately, right? Let’s say I just want to paid get paid 500 um you know a,000 and even 5,000 and beyond. You know looking for an AI after developer $1,200 real-time AI video you know AI after $2,000 you know developer needed for you know AI character $500. I can even type in specifically like AI clone, you know, AI clone generation specialist, you know, AI clone, AI video clone creation and after clone for me. All these businesses are looking for help, looking to pay someone that can serve them. And again, you’ll see the pricing that they’re willing to offer, right? You know, $500 here, $1,000 here, another,000 here. You know, all these businesses are looking for AI after. I can do AI after video right here. And again, I need a AI video specialist for realistic talking after ads and social media creatives. You know, you can work with these businesses either on an hourly rate like they offer here, which you know, they’re willing to pay for 30 hours a week or, you know, you just create it and get paid like 500 to a,000,000 to 5,000 as well as 5,000 and beyond, right? You see the demand for this? 3D AI after developer needed. AI content creator, video editor needed. We’re looking for AI after videos with a higher standard, $1,500. All you have to do is send them a sample, right? You can even type in something like AIUGC. And again, you’re going to get a ton of demand for it, right? The demand for this is insane. Even if I just go to Facebook right now and type in, you know, hiring social media manager, right? You can see, you can see it’s popular now. Even Facebook is saying, listen, this is popular now. When Facebook, you probably never seen it. When you search for something, it can tell you this is hot right now. So, even Facebook is, you know, pointing this out. You can see, hey, we’re hiring a social media manager. We’re hiring a remote social media manager. again looking for, you know, uh we’re still hiring social media manager. See here, boom, priority role. Now, we’re looking for social media. All these businesses are looking for someone that can come in and help them with social media. You can show a clone literally of this person. You take their photo and say, “Hey, you know, I’m going to go ahead and create a clone of you. Let you know what it looks like. I’ll have it talk a script and you tell me what you think of it.” You can land deals left, right, and center when you have this. Businesses are posting these jobs every single hour. On top of that, on Fiverr, there over 7,800 plus people that are getting paid, literally getting paid. You might think, oh, you know, the there’s so so many people already offering this, yet everyone is getting sales because the demand is in surplus. Local businesses are paying 150 to 500 per video because they don’t just need one video. They keep coming back for more and more and more and more. And that’s why business aptly will pay you. They need you because they can’t make these videos themselves. They’re busy in the shop. They’re, you know, doing the car detailing or whatever business they have and they want something online that is doing the work for them. They don’t want to go on camera themselves or spend time on that and they need video. They accept the fact that that is the best way to get exposure. Every one of these businesses is a paying client. Let me know if that makes sense. Let me know if you realize this and you see the potential here. That is literally up for grabs. This is, you know, by far one of the mustprovide services in today’s day and age. Let me know in the chat box if that makes sense. There you go. I see lots of yeses coming in. Now, there are three ways your clone earns for you daily, even if you’re a complete beginner. Number one is, as mentioned many times already, you know, one of the most popular services. We’ve done our due diligence and research, AI clones are the number one most in demand surface as we speak. Literally, you’ll be finally stepping into something at the right time. All you have to do is make a 60-second clone video about their business, send it to them as a free samples. I have made this for you. And then get paid per video or a monthly retainer. Now, local businesses paying you for videos you make with more video. Now, clone income number two is promote other people’s products. And this is where you simply give it an affiliate link and then upload the videos where it talks about the product and know it will reach the right people and they will now buy the product because of the way the clone sells it. You can start this today with literally zero followers. Now, number three is selling your own offers, your own content. If you have an own business, right, you can give any faceless page a face that sells. And you know, again, the demand is there. Answer the following question. What would a business or who would a business rather work with? Someone that takes weeks of filming, you know, takes time out of their day or someone that can provide them a video same day that looks just as good, ready to go, and that gets views and sales. Businesses will happily pay you. There you go. B all day will for person B. Now, there’s a particular message we send to land these clients effortlessly. Let me know if you want to know what that message is. Let me know in the chat box who wants the exact message that gets businesses to say yes. This is what we let all of our users send and it’s so easy for them to send clients or get clients now because it is also at the same time the hottest and in demand service. So, they’re guaranteed, you know, to get a reply. So, comment yes if you want want to know what to send to the barber, to the personal trainer, to the gym owner, to the local bakery, the restaurant, the dentist, the chiropractor, you name it. There you go. Lots of yeses. Now, we call this the free sample message. And all we do is say, “Hey, business name, I made a quick 60-second video of a presenter explaining your service to new customers. It’s already done. Want me to send it over so you can use it on your page?” We don’t send it right away. We tease them saying, “I already made it. It’s ready. In one click, I can send it over, but you need to tell me that you want it. Now, this trick, because we used to send the sample right away, and that did well as well, but we instantly increased our reply rate when we told them, “Hey, we have it. Let us know if you want us to send it so you can see what it looks like.” And that just gets a ton of replies because their curiosity goes up. It creates an open loop in their brain. They want to know what it looks like. They’d love to see, you know, what you’ve done. And then when they receive it, when they they’ll come back and say, “Oh, okay, sure. Send it over.” You they receive it, they see the quality, they immediately see how they can use it in their business. And their next reply is, “How much do you charge for this?” Let me know if that makes sense. The free sample message, I made a quick 60-second video explaining your service to new customers. It’s already done. Want me to send it over so you can use it on your page. There’s no business that will ignore it, especially because you give them the rights to say, you know, I can send it. You can use it on your page if you want to. That, you know, seals the deal to get an instant reply. Now, here’s what happens when you turn this on. You pick a business from the list, you send them the sample video, and they reply asking what you charge. You’re going to have clients easier than any other service that you’ve ever tried to sell. Literally, anyone can do this even with zero experience. We’ve already proven it. Comment yes in the chat box if this makes sense. And if you can see yourself getting paid for videos with Morph Studio, it is right now. You know, Ryan, it’s the easiest upsell in all his marketing services, right? Ryan was already, you know, providing a lot of services, you know, content, social media, even websites. And he says, “This is the easiest thing that I’m selling right now.” So, let me know in the chat box if you understand, if you can see this and if you’d love to have access to this as well, because that takes us to secret number three, direct special access. I see lots of yeses flying in. You guys are amazing. Because you’re smart enough to show up to this webinar, you’re going to get webinar only access to your own selling clone studio. Now, you’ve just seen what is possible. So, let me know in the chat who here wants to wake up tomorrow with a clone already selling while you sleep. Let me know. We’re going to show you exactly what you’re going to get access to today. I see lots and lots of yeses flying in. So, let’s go ahead and show you. Now, you’re going to get access to the entire Morph Studio AI valued at close to $5,000, allowing you to turn any photo into a human-like talking clone. On top of that, you can generate videos from a script or even an uploaded audio. Now, here’s my favorite part, the pixel accurate lip sync and mouth movement. This is what makes you stand out. This is what businesses realize and see, wo, this is actually really good. Now, on top of that, you have natural expressions, blinking, head movement, built-in afters, plus you’ll be able to upload your own photo, 10 premium AI voices with full voice controls. You can create videos in 10 global languages, direct every performance with a simple prompt. You don’t have to, you know, do tedious editing. Just prompt it. Say, “Hey, do this or pick up this glass or, you know, type something on the laptop.” And the after will do that. On top of that, the videos can go up to 2 minutes long. And if you stay on here to the end, we’re going to do something insane which will allow you to make even longer videos. Now, furthermore, you have a ready to post 720, you know, MP4 downloads, which is perfect for social media. And you have all the video generation credits included. Now, on top of that, since this is such a hot and in demand service, you have the commercial license to create and sell to clients included as well. Now, you can go from one photo to a selling clone in under 60 seconds for any person, any business whatsoever. Now, because you’re on this webinar, you will unlock what we call the webinar only bundle. And this is honestly where the magic happens. And that’s only available. This bundle that we’re going to present to you right now is only available on this live webinar. And we’ve done that for a reason because we’re going to give you the biggest discount. Meaning the literal price outside of this webinar will be so much higher. But because you’re here live, we’re going to do something special and you’re going to get the biggest bang for your buck. Meaning you’re going to get not only the Morph Studio AI commercial valued at, you know, close to $5,000, but you’re also going to get the pro version. This expands it from 10 to over 70 plus global languages. You’ll unlock 20 additional AI voices. Import your own 11lapse voices. Upgrade from 720p to full HD 1080p. Priority rendering and faster processing. More natural lip sync motion and identity lock. Now, on top of that, produce longer talking head videos. Extra generation credits included. And this allows you to not only provide in the US market but also take the US market and then duplicate it for any other speaking country. Now you can also provide it for businesses in other or global parts of the world. And this again makes you stand out because you have that same picture perfect position like any other language. This means on top of the commercial you’re also getting the AI pro which is valued at even higher $6,997. Now again, because you’re on the webinar, you’re getting the biggest bang for your buck. Meaning, we’re also going to give you the creator suite. And this is where you can turn any idea in a ready toreord script. You have scripts for every campaign, any offer, any product, any business. You don’t have to do the thinking or the writing. It is done for you with the best and most natural script writer there is. You can rewrite, expand, or shorten any content instantly. Stronger hooks, headlines, and calls to action. performance prompts that even direct your clone what to do at what moment so it stays very natural and that’s what it’s about having natural scripts and natural movements. That’s where you exceed. Now, you have over 2,000 plus done for you assets, scripts, hooks that are already proven to capture attention and sell products. And this will allow you to never have to stare at a blank page ever again because your clone always knows what to say. Now, let me know if you’re loving everything you’re getting so far. Let me know in the chat box who here is loving everything they’re getting so far. There you go. Lots of yeses flying in. And let me tell you, it’s only getting better because now that you’re getting the commercial, the pro version, and the creator suite, you’re also going to get the 300 plus premium readytouse avars in our entire for you collection. Now, these are premium ultra realistic human afters that you can deploy for anything. Now, this is valued at $8,997. By far one of our most valuable assets because if you were to sit down and generate 300 plus, it takes a lot of work, time, you know, training the AI. We’ve done it all for you. You have doctors, lawyers, coaches, realtors, teachers, business, corporate, finance, technology, fitness, fashion, lifestyle, influencer. You can deploy these for any business or even create a team page or any type of page regarding any type of niche and have the right influencer for it. You can also create an avatar for a business and have it you know promote on their page. Podcast host, webinar host, sales presentations, 20 categories and you have the right face for every client in case the person don’t want to use their own face. Now this allows you to have the right face for every client in every niche. Even SAS, even UGC, even healthcare, no matter what it is, you have the perfect face and therefore you know this done for you is valued really high because create because creating these normally takes a lot now. Now you’re going to get a done for you included into your account. So, if you love that, let me know in the chat box because the team put a lot of time and effort into making these perfect and ready for you. They’ve gone above and beyond to give you something that you can instantly start using and start generating results with, sign clients with, and we’re even going to help you with that on the inside out. Now, furthermore, we’re also going to give you the reseller edition because this thing sells like hotcakes. The amount of inquiries we’ve had for people that want this once they see a simple demo of what it can create is insane. And then we said, you know what, we’re going to allow the people that show up to the live webinar to get the agency reseller as well. Anyone outside of this won’t be able to just get the reseller. This is only because you’re here live because this is truly one of our most valuable assets and val997. This means you can resell Morph Studio AI as your own. Keep 100% of every sale. You can make up to 50 client accounts. So you can literally tell a business here is your account to my software. You can use it and abuse it to your own extent. And that means so much to a business and they’ll pay you monthly. You keep 100% of the profits. You have a done few sales page and graphics, email swipes and proposal templates, client contracts, even our pricing guide. And on top of that, complete client onboarding assets. You can let the clone even sell itself saying, “Hey, I’m a clone. If you want this for your business, go to the sales page here where you can grab me and create any clone you want. Now, you can let Morph Studio sell itself around the clock to businesses. They get their own account and you keep 100% of the profits. Now, who here would love the agency reseller? Again, this one we’re only making available on this very reeinar, which means on top of the Morph Studio commercial, the pro, this AI creator suite, the done for you after collection, you’re also getting the AC reseller edition valued at $9997. And only on this webinar, we’re giving you exclusive webinar bonuses. You see, we are certain that there are three ways you will monetize this without fail. You’re going to get clients because it’s the hottest and in demand service right now. The numbers prove it. the data shows it. You can look this up as well. On top of that, you can leverage this to sell affiliate products and you even create your own AI influencers. And we’re going to help you with all of that. We’re going to give you our AI influencer content vault that has 365 video IDs. On top of that, our video client machine that provides 30 plus paid services. literally one of the best AI video client kits and are a entire AI influencer launch kit to launch your influencer and build a wildly profitable page on any given platform. You’re completely set. Plus, we’re giving you 10 more resource vaults and three bonus apps to really drive it home. You’re getting the best of the best, the state-of-the-art cloning technology, something that businesses would beg you for, and you even have the AC reseller rights to it. I mean, this is an insane webinar deal. Let me know if you agree. You’re going to get the Morph Studioi commercial, the studio AI pro, the creative suite, the done for you after collection agency reseller edition, and the exclusive webinar bonuses, which will allow you to sign clients left, right, and center, which is right now the hottest and in demand service as we speak. Now, I thought this special webinar, like I said, we’re going to actually charge $49.97 a year for Morph Studio AI. And that’s simply because the value is there. Especially when you look at what’s out there in the marketplace compared to what you’ll be able to do and 70 plus languages, you know, reseller rides, you know, this is worth its weight in gold. You can serve so many clients. Businesses are will literally pay you month over month consistently to do this for them. And therefore, you’ll make way more than $4997 in a year, especially if we give you the client kit as well. That’s why this will be the price. Even if we took 50% off, you can literally make this within your first month, even less when you start using this because the demand is there. And yet, we’re not even going to charge that. We figured to do it at 1997 annual, which we think is a very fair price compared to what you’re getting, the demand, and how much you’re going to make off of this. And even though this is a fair price, we’ve even decided to drop it down. Who think who here absolutely loves that? We’ve decided to gone from 1 1997 even lower than just 497 annual which is crazy for what you’re getting access to because your first client will already pay way more than that. You’ll have 24/7 AI an army of clones selling for you. And guess what? Because you were smart enough to show up to the webinar. A lot of people asking for the link 497. Great. Definitely worth it. We’re even going to go lower. How about that? Because you’re on this webinar, instead of the 497, if you comment live, because you’re here live, make sure you comment live. We’re going to do what we call a live discount. And this is something we exclusively do. Some of you might know it on our webinars. And that’s only when you grab it here and right now. This is probably the best investment you can make in today’s day and age right now, which will allow you to snatch this up not for $497 annual, but for a one-time, so no recurring costs, just 317. And guess what? We’re going to give away 30 live coupons for the people that grab it right now on Comet Live. If your coupon, you know, is activated, you know that you’re one of the first 30, which means you can snatch it up for a despicable low price of just 267. That’s practically free compared to what you’re getting. The agency reseller alone, I believe, were selling for 497 at least. So, you’re getting the deal of a lifetime literally by going to the link in the chat right now. Congratulations. I’m so excited for you. and the training that we have inside. You know, it’s going to be so easy for you to sign clients with this. It’s actually going to be a lot of fun and at the same time, you have something so valuable in today’s day and age. So, make sure you go to the link because this is the best deal. You won’t any longer be, you know, dependent on multiple tools and multiple complex AI and tech to get some mediocre output. You now all you have to do put one photo in and you have a clone an army that will sell for you around the clock without fill and you have businesses wanting you to do this for them. Plus you have the reseller edition and our entire DFW library. Comment live in the chat to grab the special deal of 267 only right now available. The first 30 will have a coupon that is activated. Go to the chat box, click the link, then you know, go to the order form, go to the bundle page, enter the coupon, and snatch this up at the lowest price. Act fast so you can get it for practically nothing compared to all the value that you’re getting here today. Now, when you go to the link in the chat right now, it will take you to this very page where you’ll also see the coupon code, which we only make available to the first 30 action takers. So, act fast. Now you can see here once again everything that you’re getting access to. All you have to do is add your message from there. Choose your AI influencer. Then you generate, download, and publish and you’re good to go. It is so simple. Anyone can do this for any niche, any industry to have the best perfect sounding and speaking AI clones for any business. Now you can turn any photo into humanlike talking heads and AI influencers. You’ll have the pro version, the AI creator suite, the done for you avatar uh collection in any niche, and on top of that, the agency edition where you keep 100% of the profits with all resell rights, marketing material, and this thing sells like hotcakes. Now, you’re also getting exclusive bonuses such as the influencer content vault, the client machine, and our influencer launch kit. You’ll have everything you need to absolutely crush it. And all you have to do is click on the buy now button, which will take you to the order form. Now, I hope the coupons are still available because I already see a lot of people have joined in. Congratulations, by the way. Super excited. Now, I’m going to go ahead, you know, and click here, you know, enter my email. From here, you put in the coupon, which is MS AI50, short for Morph Studio AI50. Click on apply and you’ll see the 317 magically drop down onto 267. And from there, once again, you can see because you’re on this webinar, it is a single payment, not recurring, not monthly, not annual like others will have to for you. It’s 267 one time and you have a single payment made and you got everything as promised right here. the commercial, the pro, the creator suite, the done for you after collection, the reseller edition, the exclusive webinar bonuses, a total value of close to $41,482 at your massive discount of only 267. I think that is insane and it’s beautiful because this will allow you to skill so fast in a market right now that is rapidly growing where, you know, there’s so much demand, you’ll be able to provide it in a way nobody else can. Now, if you’re lucky, you might see these two boxes. I’ll address them because I’m not sure if everyone will see it. Um, these run out quickly. If you know, we sometimes do these special, you know, small optional upgrades that you can take to really knock it out of the park as a home run. They are optional, however, but I will show you what’s included with the mega bundle. Now, this gives you, you know, you stock up on credit screen, more after, more talking head videos, marketing content, you know, never expiring credit. So you’ll basically be on unlimited. You can create a skill unlimitedly and you can use your credits across the entire morph studio. It is simply by checking this box and you have unlimited creation power which will set you for life. Now this is something that no other AI cloning tool, voice tool whatsoever will ever give you. If you look at any other tool that is inferior to Morph Studio that you know does a little bit of AI cloning, they will charge you credits through the nose. Now, you’re going to get in the bundle, let me be clear, already more than enough, you know, to start go and get going and use this, you know, and start signing clients. But if you want to have the unlimited, make sure you go and get the mega bundle. We also have the mega bundle lighter version which is basically half of the unlimited which also take you really long way. You get 6,000 never expiring additional credits. So you always replenish back to 6,000 or you can always replenish back to 12,000 right here. They never expire. All you have to do is check this box. So choose the options right here because this will make sure you never run out of juice. you can keep going, serve as many clients, create as many avatars, dominate social media, create as many social pages, and basically be unstoppable when it comes to creating content that actually sells. So, make sure you check this box. The Mega Bundle Pro or the Mega Bundle Light or heck, both will make you unstoppable because then you have, you know, 18,000 unrelening or replenishing credits that never stop. So, unlimited. So, this is on top of everything that you’re already getting. Now, this is optional. Some of you might not even see this and only see the, you know, bundle, which, you know, make sure you get the bundle at least because that already will give you a ton to work with and it will allow you to create content in a way nobody else can and has clients begging to work with you. And then, like I said, if you want to knock it out of the park, which I highly recommend to you because this is a deal of a lifetime, never expiring additional credits, check this box and you’re off to the races. So again, you’re going to get the Morph Studio AI commercial, the Morph Studio AI pro, the AI creator suite, the AI done for you after collection, the agency reseller edition, the exclusive webinar bonuses, everything. And instead of having to do it at, you know, uh, 497 or heck, what other people will even have to invest is 1997 annual because you’re here live. You’re getting it not even at 497 or 317. If you take advantage now by going to the link in the chat, the team will drop the link in the chat right now. Once again, only on this webinar, you can get it at 2671 time. And mind you, you have a 30day money back guarantee. You can see it on the page as well. 30-day return policy by none other than Logic Bean and IM Review Squad. Meaning you’re completely protected. You can use it and abuse it to its maximum extent. Even go out there, sign clients, and then still decide if you want to keep it. So, if you look at your current situations, if you have any offers right now, but you’re not selling through video, then this is for you. If you have AI tools right now, but not generating any results, then this is for you. And if you know everything else you’re doing right now takes a lot of time and skill, then this is for you because you’re tapping into an instant hot in demand market and service. And the best part is you don’t need to learn anything new. You don’t need to hire actors or editors and you don’t need to wait weeks for a video. Now again, the link is in the chat. Grab it before the coupons go because I see a ton of people just joined in as well. Um Ursula, congratulations to you. Uh Stephan, congratulations to you as well. David, congratulations to you as well. Thomas, congratulations to you as well. Uh, Amanda, congratulations. Lori, congratulations. David, congratulations. I’m super excited for you guys. Again, you’re taking advantage of the biggest and best deal that you can ever get, the biggest discount that you’ll ever find. And again, you’ll have state-of-the-art technology, something that every business needs, every dealer, every every, you know, lawyer, every type of business that needs to be out there where all internet video traffic over 90% of it comes through video, they need something like this. And you’ll be able to, you know, serve that demand with the best quality. And we’re actually going to help you with the client kit and make sure you have clients no matter what. meaning this 267 you make back effortlessly within your first weeks of using this and you know go ahead take it for a spin. You have a 30-day money back guarantee to prove us wrong. So go and grab it because you’re even getting our entire done for you after suite the AC reseller edition which on its own is already well more than worth the price and I can’t believe you’re getting all of this included yet it’s true but it’s only when you grab this on this webinar and as mentioned before we have a live special mega bundle deal only for the people that are grabbing this special discount. Meaning you can get 12,000 never expiring credits or 6,000 never expiring credits. It’s either two for7 one time or 127 one time and you basically unlocked a lifetime access. So go to the link and grab it right now. Um in the meanwhile I’m going to play the demo one more time as well so you can once again see the quality and you know what you’re about to get access to. Maybe the people that came a little bit later or missed the demo, you’re, you know, you’ll be able to see it again and still take advantage of this massive, massive discount deal that is only available right now, which, you know, honestly, since you’re already getting a steal of a deal, you might as well get the mega bundle or mega bundle light because normally what you’d have to get or invest to get something like this, you know, we’ve done our due diligence. If you look at, you know, some of our competitors here, um, they’re charged, you know, at the basic plan where you can do practically next to nothing. 288 a year, which is already more than what you’re getting in an entire bundle where we even help you get clients because they won’t. They just give you access and like, “All right, good luck. Figure it out.” And then if you want, you know, actually to be able, you know, to do something significant, you’re looking at $4,612 a year or $384 a month. And that’s why I’m saying you’re getting the biggest discount ever, right? 267 one time and you have the power of the highest quality state-of-the-art AI. So, let’s have a look one more time at the amazing demo. And then meanwhile, make sure you go into the link and grab it before it’s too late. Snatch up one of those coupons. Again, you have a 30-day money back guarantee. You got nothing to lose and everything to gain by taking action right now.

    What if one simple photo could become the face of your next video, your next promotion, or even your next business? Imagine turning a simple property photo into a professional presenter who can showcase homes, explain features, and reach more buyers. From workout tips to exercise tutorials, imagine having an AI fitness presenter ready without setting up a camera. Recipes, restaurant promotions, cooking tips, or food reviews. You can turn them into presenterled videos without filming yourself every time. Fashion brands can turn product announcements, style tips, and promotional messages into polished presenter videos in minutes. Law firms can use AI presenters for educational videos, client updates, FAQs, and informative content. Teachers and course creators can turn lessons, tutorials, and explanations into presenter-led videos without recording every lesson from scratch. Software companies can create product demos, feature explanations, and onboarding videos without recording every update themselves. Product brands can create launch videos, product explainers, and promotional content with an AI presenter ready to deliver the message. Travel creators can turn destination guides, hotel promotions, and travel tips into engaging presenter-led videos without constantly getting behind the camera. Hey, I’m Shivraj Padidar, founder of IM Review Squad and co-founder of Morph Studio AI. And together with my partner Ravi Kukrasia, founder of Logic Beam Softwares and Morph Studio AI, we’re excited to show you exactly how Morph Studio AI works. In just a moment, Ravi is going to walk you through the demo of Morph Studio AI. So, instead of just showing you the finished videos, let me show you the demo part of Morph Studio AI. Welcome to Morph Studio AI. In just a few minutes, I’ll show you how anyone can turn any photo into a human-like AI talking head influencer with perfect lipsync technology. Let’s get started. After logging in, you’ll arrive at your dashboard. This gives you a complete overview of everything happening inside your Morph Studio AI account. Right at the top, you can see your available credits, credits used, and the total number of morphs you’ve created. You’ll also find a quick overview of your recent credit usage. And just below, all your recently created Morph videos are neatly organized in one place. On the left hand side, you’ll find quick access to all the powerful features available inside Morph Studio AI, including talking avatar, text to speech, the AI creator suite, agency reseller, integrations, trainings, bonuses, and support. And whenever you’re ready to create something new, simply click on the new morph button. Let’s create our first AI talking avatar. To create a new talking avatar video, simply click on the talking avatar option from the sidebar. You can also start a new project anytime by clicking the new morph button from your dashboard. This takes you to your talking avatar workspace where you can create, manage, preview, download, and organize all your AI talking videos in one place. You’ll see all your previously created morphs listed here along with their generation status, video length, preview, and download options. And creating a new video is incredibly simple. At the top, you have two different ways to bring your avatar to life. You can either upload audio or simply type a script and let Morph Studio AI handle the rest. For this demo, let’s create a new morph using our own script. As soon as you select your preferred creation method, you’ll first be asked to give your morph a name. Simply enter any name you want for your project. Once you’ve entered your project name, click save to continue. This is where you bring your AI talking avatar to life. First, enter the script you want your avatar to speak. You can type your script directly into the editor. Whether it’s a product promotion, sales message, explainer, video, tutorial, social media content, or anything else you want your AI influencer to say. Just below that, you’ll find the optional prompt field. Here, you can describe how you want your avatar to appear or behave while speaking. For example, you can guide the avatar’s expressions, movements, presentation style, or overall behavior to better match your message. Next, select the language for your video. Then, click on choose a voice to select the voice you want your avatar to speak with. Morph Studio AI gives you access to a wide selection of AI voices. You can browse through the available voices and preview them before making your selection. And if you already have your own voices in 11 Labs, you can connect your 11Labs account and use your pre-made or cloned voices directly inside Morph Studio AI. Once you find the voice that best matches your avatar and message, simply select it and continue. Next, choose your preferred video resolution. You can create your video in either 720p or 1080p depending on your requirements. Now, it’s time to choose who will appear in your video. Simply click on choose an avatar. Morph Studio AI gives you access to an entire library of readytouse AI avatars. You can browse through different avatars and use the filters to narrow down your selection based on category, gender, age, ethnicity, expression, or background. This makes it easy to find the perfect avatar for your particular project or audience. And you’re not limited to the built-in avatar library. You can also upload your own avatar. Once you’ve selected your preferred avatar, simply click on generate the morph. Morph Studio AI will now transform your selected avatar and script into a complete lip synced talking head video. And once your video is generated, it will appear right here on the screen, ready for you to preview and download. I’ve been alive for over 300 years. And somehow humans have decided that waking up at 6:00 a.m. is a good idea. You have coffee. We have blood. Honestly, I’m not sure who’s making the worst life choices. And don’t even get me started on daylight. You people call it sunshine. I call it a personal attack.

    Alternatively, you can bring your avatar to life using your own audio. Simply upload an MP3 or wave audio file and Morph Studio AI will automatically create a perfectly lip-s synced talking avatar based on your recording. Next, let’s take a look at the built-in text to speech feature. Simply click on text to speech from the sidebar. Here you can instantly transform any written text into natural sounding AI speech. To get started, click on new project and give your project a name. Then enter or paste the text you want to convert into speech. Next, select your preferred language and choose from the available AI voices.

    You can also select the emotion or speaking style to better match the tone of your content. And finally, choose your preferred audio format. Once everything is ready, simply click generate speech. Within moments, your AI generated audio will be ready to preview and download. Imagine being able to hear history speak, not read about it, not watch it in a documentary, actually hear it in their own words. That’s the power.

    Speak speaking character. One photo, one voice, and suddenly the past comes alive.

    It’s perfect for creating voiceovers, narrations, podcasts, video, audio, presentations, and much more without recording your own voice. Next, we have integrations. Here you can connect your own 11 Labs API key and use your preferred pre-made or cloned voices directly inside Morph Studio AI. The training section gives you access to helpful walkthroughs and training resources to help you get the most out of Morph Studio AI. And don’t forget to check the bonuses section where you’ll find additional tools and resources included with your access. And that’s Morph Studio AI. Create realistic talking avatars, generate natural AI voices, and bring your content to life, all from one simple dashboard. Thanks for watching and enjoy creating with Morph Studio AI. Wow. Wow. Oh, wow. There we have it. I see a lot more people just joined in during the demo. Congratulations and taking advantage of this. Um, I see Anthony saying, “I’m also in with the mega bundle.” See, Lisa saying also got the mega bundle, which is insanely smart. And in case you don’t know what the mega bundle is, one more time, it will give you, you know, replenishing credits, never expiring credits, basically giving you unlimited access, something that is unheard of when it comes to this type of AI and technology. you’re set and you’ve just made one of the smartest investments you can make to create a digital clone for yourself, for any other business, and dominate social media because there’s a difference between just creating AI videos and AI videos that actually sell for you. And now you’ll be able to create an entire army unlimitedly and clone, you know, and sign so many clients. And remember, you’re even getting in the bonus pack our, you know, client machine plus a 30-day money back to actually use it and see it work for yourself. And you’ll make so much more within that period than what it takes you here today. So, I want to address a few questions. Once again, congratulations to the people that are joining in. Um, I see just in time for the coupon. Yes, exactly. We still only got a handful of coupon less uh left. Even less than that now. I think about four. So, make sure you grab bit right now while we are live. And then before we go into the questions, I just quickly want to address a few things because let’s be honest about where you are right now. You’re getting a steal of a deal. 267 bucks for stateofthe-art AI technology that will put you ahead of everyone else. Now, you currently should know that video sells, but you still don’t have one that does, right? You’ve bought tools and they’re still waiting for you to do the work. And every week without a selling video is a week someone else is getting your clients. Now, it doesn’t have to stay that way. When you go to the link in the chat right now, you have two rows from here. Row one is you close this tab, you stay with the same tools, same results, and you’re still trying to film or use, you know, generic AI content. And then you know you watch others get paid versus row two you upload one photo tonight can be of yourself can be of any any other business. A cologne that is ready to sell you know is selling for you by the time you wake up. First samples are sent out. Businesses are inquiring today and you never have to film or edit a piece of content ever again. Right? Same photo, same you complete different result within the next 30 days. Make sure you take the smarter route because imagine 30 days from now, your clone has posted every single day. Your first business already working with you and paying you. Your videos are live in over 70 plus languages. You never had to film once. Meaning this is for you if you currently want to sell anything online. You hate or don’t always have the time to be on camera. You want clients, but you don’t want to cold call them. We give you this simple script that get clients to email you wanting to pay you and wanting you to send them an invoice and you want it done tonight. Now, on the same time, this is not for you if you actually just want to, you know, film all the time yourself. Uh, you know, you don’t want more tools or you don’t want, you know, to actually have content out there that, you know, gets people to buy your products and services and you’d rather just wait and, you know, hope for the best. And you know, I can’t, you know, argue with that. I can’t force you. I can just and only tell you what the data is right now. And the market clearly shows that right now, the only thing standing between you and results is having a state-of-the-art AI that you can clone with one photo where the market right now is going crazy over this and you will have the best graded level without any cost. you know, things that sacrifice your margin without burning fees. But you were smart enough to snatch up this deal at the right time with the biggest discount to be able to serve an infinite amount of clients and grow yourself inevitably. And all of that available at only 2671 time. And at the end of the day, even if you’re on the fence, remember, you have a 30-day risk-free guarantee, meaning the risk is on us and not you. And quite frankly, there’s no risk at all. This works. You’ve seen it work and the demand is crazy. Even if I go on Facebook right now, it is saying hot and popular right now. So, let me now answer a couple of questions and make sure you take action. We only got, you know, three coupons left. The link is in the chat box. Don’t miss out. Remember, you have a 30-day money back guarantee and it’s only 2671 time to snatch this up while we are live. So, let’s answer your first question. The question is, do I need to record myself or my face with a camera? The answer is no. All you have to do is add a script, pick an AI voice, upload your own audio if you want to. If you want it to sound like you, sure, you can speak in your own audio. Maybe a business owner or client wants their own voice. Yes, that is totally possible. Can I use my own photos as the AI presenter? And the answer is yes. You saw founder doing that as well. You upload any G JPEG, PNG or WEBP, any type of photo. You know, you can make it with your smartphone. Maybe you already have one. pick and boom, your clone is built. Uh, question, do I need video editing or technical skills? Not at all. You choose the after, add the script, and Morph Studio does all the work for you. You don’t have to be an video editing genius. All of this is available at 2671 time when you go and grab it right now. Now, uh, another question, and it’s probably my favorite question, how realistic do the AI presenters look? Now here is where Morph Studio stands apart from anything else out there that creates videos and you know creates you know AI avatars and or AI generated content. You see with Morph Studio it has what we call and this is you know requiring a very deep level of AI that’s really hard to get your hands on and that is accurate lip sync. This is something that so many people are struggling with and we’ve been able to put it into Morph Studio and that’s why Morph Studio is, you know, a one of a kind. Whereas you have a lot of video tools that maybe allow you to upload a picture, maybe, you know, create an avatar, which are great, but then the body is very static. The mo the head doesn’t move, only the mouth moves. You know, I’ve seen a lot of them that are just off. And for the time being, they were okay because that was the best type of technology there is. Now with what we’ve been able to accomplish with Morph Studio, you know, it is state-of-the-art, top of the charts, accurate lip sync, natural expressions, movement, realistic body movement, you know, non-forbal communication on point, backgrounds on point, blinking, head movement, all these subtle movements that make it high quality where businesses want to work with you over anything or anyone else. Now, can I create videos in different languages? Yes, of course. you if you get the bundle you don’t just get 10 but 70 global languages now talking English, Spanish, French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Japanese, Korean, Hindi, Mandarin, 70 plus languages when you have the bundle. Can I use Mor Studio for client work exactly what it’s made for as well? The commercial license is included. You can make videos for clients, charge for it, and I actually recommend you to. This is one of the most in demand services as we speak now. All it takes on your end is a onetime 267 and you can now sign clients, you know, that paid $300, $500 and beyond ongoingly without any recurring fees. Meaning you invest 267 once and you can now offer this as a service and profit ongoingly. And even now with the agency reseller telling a business, hey, listen, I’m going to give you access to this so you can make as many videos as you want. Now all you have to do is pay me every single month. And that is where you’re going to sign a lot of recurring clients as well. Can I create videos without writing a script? Good question. And the answer is yes. You can simply type text for an AI voice or upload your own audio and let it drive the video for you. Now, how long can the videos be? Up to 2 minutes per video initially, but when you have the bundle, they’ll be even longer. And you have, you know, credit video generation credits included. So you can, you know, get going and actually already start creating a bunch of videos and actually land clients as well. Can I use the same AI presenter for different videos? Yes, one recognizable face across campaigns, launches, tutorials, and every social post. And that’s the beauty about Mor Studio, the face consistency. It stays the same avatar in every scene, in every video without fill. Now, once again, this is your last and final chance and this time it’s really your last call because the live coupons close when we end this webinar to grab this on the webinar. Now, most people that will close this tab, you know, nothing will change for them. And a few,

    but the people that do grab this, your clone is literally one photo away. Make sure you grab it since you have a 30-day money back guarantee and watch it sell for you perfectly. grow that social media account, have anything you want in your reach simply because you can now dominate with video. So, the link is in the chat. I will see you on the inside. And once again, to make sure you understand this, everything I’m showing here today, everything we spoke about, I mean, some people are charging $2,000 a month per local client right here, AI influencers for local businesses, you know, $2,000 a month. The demand for this is insane and that’s because marketing has changed. AI videos are hot right now. They’re accepted right now. Businesses want AI videos. Brands are spending 9.1 billion collectively on AI videos. That’s because video officially become the number one most consumed content. You can’t argue with these numbers. And if you want what’s right for you, you follow the numbers. You follow the data. You follow the statistics. right here. 85% of sales come from video. It’s the number one most consumed content. And that’s why businesses the demand for video content is at an all-time high. It has gone from a marketing differentiator to an absolute baseline necessity. So even for your own business, it is a necessity. But as well as other businesses need this now more than ever. Every one of these businesses need video every single week. Right here, the demand for AI video creation is surging. Business’s demand for a video creation services has surged by 66%.

    The numbers don’t lie. And that’s something that we focus on a lot. We don’t just put things out there and tell you, oh, you know, grab it. It’s good. And and all of that jazz. And yes, it is good. And yes, we do believe you should grab it. And we use this ourselves. We have beta testers. We have students that are crushing it. We prove everything we do. We prove it with the results for our early users. But on top of that, we do the market data to the tea. We take so much time to make sure to watch out for, hey, what’s happening? Will people get results with this? Why? What is the easiest way to offer this now? How can people can quickly, you know, see success with this? Now, is the market ready for this? We don’t want to give you something that you can’t use that will just sit there and collect dust that nobody wants a piece of. You will have the hottest and indemand asset right now. You know, just like when you know Bitcoin was about to take off or drop shipping became hot or Facebook ads was the new thing or Google ads was the hottest thing in town, drop shipping was, you know, the the hottest talk of the town. You know, we’re now at that stage. Every now and then there’s a rare window of opportunity that opens where a particular skill set, a particular service is so hot, you know, that anyone that offers it the best, you know, immediately starts, you know, signing clients like never before, making more money than they’ve ever made online before. And that is this right now. And even when you look up and when businesses go and look up for themselves, how much should I pay for this? You know, the numbers are in your favor. 30 second videos go for 150 to 300. 90 second videos go for 400 to a,000. Now the videos are generally short because on social media people tend to watch shorter videos, right? People don’t quickly watch a really long video on social media that’s more for maybe on your website or maybe you know on a long YouTube video. But when it comes to place like Instagram, Tik Tok, Facebook reels, even YouTube shorts, even LinkedIn, you know short videos are the way to go. 60 to 90 second tops and that is what you will excel in. So if you’re right now in a stage where you have video tools but no clients, it feels like you’ve tried everything, you don’t know how to get clients quickly, it is time to step into something where all the odds are in your favor. Because the problem is most tools are great at creating content, but they don’t make content that sell for you. And that’s what these two geniuses have solved. They understood the difference between videos that get watched and videos that get you paid. And their new AI doesn’t just make videos, it makes videos that sell on all platforms around the clock. And that’s the number one thing that businesses are looking for right now. So, make sure you grab this. The link is in the chat. People are getting results left, right, and center. You can have your clone up and running today. You can even create a YouTube channel, Instagram channel, whichever you want. You can have clones in every part of the market selling for you. And the best part is you don’t need to learn a single skill. You don’t need to search for clients. You don’t need to wait weeks for a video. If you want this, make sure to go to the link in the chat because you right now will have the most in demand service that you can provide. And once you’re in, we’re even going to help you. And again, psychologically, it’s proven the brain has a region to dedicate faces, right? to to find out where is the face in a picture when we’re scrolling, right? Our brain has a region dedicated to find faces. And therefore, you know, it’s been even studied in landmark studies with newborn babies, even just hours old. They strongly prefer looking at a human face or face-like pattern over nonsocial objects. That’s just ingrained in us, hardwired. And that’s why when we scroll on social media and you see all this content, all this fluff, you know, a face will always stand out amongst everything else. People buy from videos with a face. Now, if you want to take advantage of this right without spending more times on scripting tools, voice tools, after tools, editing tools and such, and you know using other tools where the face continuously changes, the lips don’t sync or you know the body movement is frozen and stiff and you know people just scroll by it. You want to take advantage of the biggest discount that you can ever get your hands on where you can create videos for gyms, personal trainers, food bloggers, restaurants, even YouTube creators, everything you need to crush it. Any business you can provide with a personalized video and sample, you know, having them go crazy asking you what you charge because they want to use that video on their page. Go ahead and grab everything you see here from the Morph Studio ad commercial, generating videos from one script, pixel accurate lip sync, everything is included, plus the entire bundle deal where you get the creator suite, the done for you, the reseller edition, everything from top to bottom, even the exclusive webinar bonuses, which are only distributed on this bonus. It’s all instead of 4997 a year, instead of 2497 a year, instead of 1 1997 annual, instead of 497 annual, instead of 317 one time, it is just 267 if you take action right now. And only on this webinar, you also have a 30-day money back guarantee. Others will have 14, you have 30, a full month instead of the regular two weeks. Meaning, you can use this risk-free at the massive discount. see it. Go into the client machine, land clients, you know, apply our sample script. It is so easy. You’re going to absolutely love it. So, again, the link is in the chat. I hope I was able to answer all your questions. I want to congratulate the people just that just joined in as well. Super excited for you and I can’t wait to see you on the inside again. This is here and it’s only getting better. You’re getting access to all the upgrades. And don’t forget, if they’re still available, if you’re lucky, when you’re on the checkout page, you’re able to even get the Mega Bundle Pro or the Mega Bundle Light, which will give you never expiring credits, giving you unlimited potential right here, right now, on top of the big discount that you’re already getting. And you can see right here some of our testimonials. Jordan Blake, who’s an affiliate marketer, I think he’s here with us as well, uh, saying, you know, the lip syncing quality genuinely surprised me. honestly expected the result to look a little robotic, which is, you know, what most AI tools, you know, when it comes to cloning are, but the mouth movements match my script incredibly well. Uploaded the photo, selected a voice, and had a polished product promo video ready without recording a single take. This is going to save me ridiculous amount of time. He’s using it specifically for affiliate marketing, and he’s crushing it. Now, on top of that, you can see right here, I can finally create videos without being on camera. Melissa Carter who’s a coach and course creator and as a course creator and coach he needs to create a lot of educational content and she now is able to do that effortlessly. We got right here Daniel Brooks digital agency owner saying one of my clients needed several promotional videos right and different messages. Normally that would mean arranging a presenter recording multiple takes but with morphi simply changed the script generated each version using the same after the entire process felt much faster and easier to manage. And then right here, um, it like it’s like having an influencer available on demand. And I think, you know, that’s one of the best things. Whenever we update our product or launch a new offer, we need fresh videos to explain it. And Mor Studio AI lets us reuse the same recognizable face, change the message, create a new video without organizing another shoot. It feels like having our own AI influencer who is always ready to work. And Daniel even adding, “This makes client work so much easier.” That’s because you’re going to have the result of over 500 early beta users that have used this, tested this, you know, given us feedback. You know, the voice should sync better, the the character consistency here, the body movement here. We’ve taken so much feedback rounds to make it the ultimate perfection for you. And even still, we’re just offering it at 267 because you’re on this webinar. 500 beta users that have gone through this, making sure it is as perfect as it can be, making sure they can actually make sales with it, get clients with it, put it to the test, beginners that never made money online before, and the results are phenomenal. Now, you’re able to snatch it up to 267. And it’s simply because we looked at the, you know, trends, the time, and this is the perfect date, the perfect time to go ahead and grab this because the demand for this is higher than ever. And you can even look this up yourself and you see that the numbers don’t line. So make sure you snatch this up while we are live. This is only available on this webinar. I’ll ask the team to drop the link in the chat one last time. They’ve added a few extra and spare coupons. So you know, bless them for that, which means you can still grab it at only 2671 time. The link has just been dropped in the chat and I can’t wait to see you on the inside. Now remember, if you ever wanted to work with local businesses easily and have them pay you, mean happy with you without feeling, you know, pressured to deliver, this is your perfect foot in the door because once again, right, there are three ways your clone earns for you daily. First of all, you get paid by local businesses. Make a 60-second clone video about their business, send it to them as a free sample, and get paid per video or a monthly retainer. This is something anyone can do when they snatch this up. It can’t get easier than that. If you tell me this is not worth 267, I don’t know what is because the quality that you’re going to send over will make businesses say, “Wow, I want more of this.” At least try this out. You have a 30-day money back guarantee. Follow these three steps. We have them on the inside in our client machine. You’ll be able to crush it when you do exactly this. It takes less than 10 minutes and you can literally assign four, five, six clients in a week effortlessly doing this because the demand is insane. Local businesses are paying you for videos you make with Morph Studio. Now, clone income number two is you promote other people’s products. If you want to sell affiliate offers, you can set up your clone to do that as well. You can start with this today. And on top of that, clone income number three is sell your own offers and content where there is so much demand and all you have to do is set up an army that sells for you 24/7 on all platforms. Now, businesses will rather work with someone that can deliver quickly without them having to, you know, go and do a whole studio take. And that’s why you’ll be able to send them this simple message. Hey, business name. I made a quick 60-second video of a presenter explaining your service to new customers. It’s already done. Want me to send it over? I can send this on a Facebook message, Instagram message, or email message to the business, to the realtor, to any type of business and start landing them as a client. Try this out for at least 30 days. All you have to do is pick a business from the list, send them a sample video, they reply immediately what you charge, and that’s how our beta students are landing clients left, right, and center. It’s one of the easiest food in the doors and you can take advantage of it right now where the market is scorching hot for only 2671 time. The link is in the chat. See you on the inside.

    What if one simple photo could become the face of your next video, your next promotion, or even your next business? Imagine turning a simple property photo into a professional presenter who can showcase homes, explain features, and reach more buyers. From workout tips to exercise tutorials, imagine having an AI fitness presenter ready without setting up a camera. Recipes, restaurant promotions, cooking tips, or food reviews. You can turn them into presenter-led videos without filming yourself every time. Fashion brands can turn product announcements, style tips, and promotional messages into polished presenter videos in minutes. Law firms can use AI presenters for educational videos, client updates, FAQs, and informative content. Teachers and course creators can turn lessons, tutorials, and explanations into presenter-led videos without recording every lesson from scratch. Software companies can create product demos, feature explanations, and onboarding videos without recording every update themselves. Product brands can create launch videos, product explainers, and promotional content with an AI presenter ready to deliver the message. Travel creators can turn destination guides, hotel promotions, and travel tips into engaging presenter-led videos without constantly getting behind the camera. Hey, I’m Shivraj Padidar, founder of IM Review Squad and co-founder of Morph Studio AI. And together with my partner Ravi Kukrasia, founder of Logic Beam Softwares and Morph Studio AI, we’re excited to show you exactly how Morph Studio AI works. In just a moment, Ravi is going to walk you through the demo of Morph Studio AI. So, instead of just showing you the finished videos, let me show you the demo part of Morph Studio AI. Welcome to Morph Studio AI. In just a few minutes, I’ll show you how anyone can turn any photo into a human-like AI talking head influencer with perfect lip sync technology. Let’s get started. After logging in, you’ll arrive at your dashboard. This gives you a complete overview of everything happening inside your Morph Studio AI account. Right at the top, you can see your available credits, credits used, and the total number of morphs you’ve created. You’ll also find a quick overview of your recent credit usage. And just below, all your recently created Morph videos are neatly organized in one place. On the left hand side, you’ll find quick access to all the powerful features available inside Morph Studio AI, including talking avatar, text to speech, the AI creator suite, agency reseller, integrations, trainings, bonuses, and support. And whenever you’re ready to create something new, simply click on the new morph button. Let’s create our first AI talking avatar. To create a new talking avatar video, simply click on the talking avatar option from the sidebar. You can also start a new project anytime by clicking the new morph button from your dashboard. This takes you to your talking avatar workspace where you can create, manage, preview, download, and organize all your AI talking videos in one place. You’ll see all your previously created morphs listed here along with their generation status, video length, preview, and download options. And creating a new video is incredibly simple. At the top, you have two different ways to bring your avatar to life. You can either upload audio or simply type a script and let Morph Studio AI handle the rest. For this demo, let’s create a new morph using our own script. As soon as you select your preferred creation method, you’ll first be asked to give your morph a name. Simply enter any name you want for your project. Once you’ve entered your project name, click save to continue. This is where you bring your AI talking avatar to life. First, enter the script you want your avatar to speak. You can type your script directly into the editor. Whether it’s a product promotion, sales message, explainer video, tutorial, social media content, or anything else you want your AI influencer to say. Just below that, you’ll find the optional prompt field. Here, you can describe how you want your avatar to appear or behave while speaking. For example, you can guide the avatar’s expressions, movements, presentation style, or overall behavior to better match your message. Next, select the language for your video. Then, click on choose a voice to select the voice you want your avatar to speak with. Morph Studio AI gives you access to a wide selection of AI voices. You can browse through the available voices and preview them before making your selection. And if you already have your own voices in 11 Labs, you can connect your 11 Labs account and use your pre-made or cloned voices directly inside Morph Studio AI. Once you find the voice that best matches your avatar and message, simply select it and continue. Next, choose your preferred video resolution. You can create your video in either 720p or 1080p depending on your requirements. Now, it’s time to choose who will appear in your video. Simply click on choose an avatar. Morph Studio AI gives you access to an entire library of readytouse AI avatars. You can browse through different avatars and use the filters to narrow down your selection based on category, gender, age, ethnicity, expression, or background. This makes it easy to find the perfect avatar for your particular project or audience. And you’re not limited to the built-in avatar library. You can also upload your own avatar. Once you’ve selected your preferred avatar, simply click on generate the morph. Morph Studio AI will now transform your selected avatar and script into a complete lip synced talking head video. And once your video is generated, it will appear right here on the screen, ready for you to preview and download. I’ve been alive for over 300 years, and somehow humans have decided that waking up at 6:00 a.m. is a good idea. you have coffee

    media content or anything else you want your AI influencer to say. Just below that, you’ll find the optional prompt field. Here you can describe how you want your avatar to appear or behave while speaking. For example, you can guide the avatar’s expressions, movements, presentation style, or overall behavior to better match your message. Next, select the language for your video. Then click on choose a voice to select the voice you want your avatar to speak with. Morph Studio AI gives you access to a wide selection of AI voices. You can browse through the available voices and preview them before making your selection. And if you already have your own voices in 11 Labs, you can connect your 11 Labs account and use your pre-made or cloned voices directly inside Morph Studio AI. Once you find the voice that best matches your avatar and message, simply select it and continue. Next, choose your preferred video resolution. You can create your video in either 720p or 1080p depending on your requirements. Now, it’s time to choose who will appear in your video. Simply click on choose an avatar. Morph Studio AI gives you access to an entire library of readytouse AI avatars. You can browse through different avatars and use the filters to narrow down your selection based on category, gender, age, ethnicity, expression, or background. This makes it easy to find the perfect avatar for your particular project or audience. And you’re not limited to the built-in avatar library. You can also upload your own avatar. Once you’ve selected your preferred avatar, simply click on generate the morph. Morph Studio AI will now transform your selected avatar and script into a complete lip synced talking head video. And once your video is generated, it will appear right here on the screen, ready for you to preview and download. I’ve been alive for over 300 years. And somehow humans have decided that waking up at 6:00 a.m. is a good idea. You have coffee. We have blood. Honestly, I’m not sure who’s making the worst life choices. And don’t even get me started on daylight. You people call it sunshine. I call it a personal attack.

    Alternatively, you can bring your avatar to life using your own audio. Simply upload an MP3 or wave audio file and Morph Studio AI will automatically create a perfectly lip-s synced talking avatar based on your recording. Next, let’s take a look at the built-in texttospech feature. Simply click on text to speech from the sidebar. Here you can instantly transform any written text into natural sounding AI speech. To get started, click on new project and give your project a name. Then enter or paste the text you want to convert into speech. Next, select your preferred language and choose from the available AI voices.

    You can also select the emotion or speaking style to better match the tone of your content. And finally, choose your preferred audio format. Once everything is ready, simply click generate speech. Within moments, your AI generated audio will be ready to preview and download. Imagine being able to hear history speak, not read about it, not watch it in a documentary, actually hear it in their own words. That’s the power of turning a single image into a lifelike speaking character. One photo, one voice, and suddenly the past comes alive.

    It’s perfect for creating voiceovers, narrations, podcasts, video, audio, presentations, and much more without recording your own voice. Next, we have integrations. Here you can connect your own 11 Labs API key and use your preferred pre-made or cloned voices directly inside Morph Studio AI. The training section gives you access to helpful walkthroughs and training resources to help you get the most out of Morph Studio AI. And don’t forget to check the bonuses section where you’ll find additional tools and resources included with your access. And that’s Morph Studio AI. Create realistic talking avatars, generate natural AI voices, and bring your content to life, all from one simple dashboard. Thanks for watching and enjoy creating with Morph Studio.

  • 09/27/2026 – Stock Market Outlook – Will Jobs & Inflation Data Trigger a Rally or Sell Off

    Hey yo, what’s up folks? What’s going on everybody? Welcome to the True Training Group live stream. Welcome if you guys are just tuning in from the Dallas Baltimore game. Hell of a football game. Um, and not if you’re a Cowboys fan, you’re definitely super pissed off. And you’re probably saying to yourself, I don’t know why I put myself through this year after year. And you’re probably saying to yourself, the same old Cowboys, the same old team. I feel your pain as a Giants fan. Trust me, I feel your pain when you say same old team. Um, but as long as you’re not a Cowboys fan, that was an unbelievable football game. Um, it really was. It was just absolutely unbelievable. But you guys are not here to go over sports and football. No, no, we’re not. We’re here to go over stocks. We’re here to go over the markets. We’re going to talk about options, futures, maybe even a little bit of crypto. And more importantly, what do we have cooking this week and how we going to make some money? We had a nice week last week. Caught a couple of really nice trades. And then now this week coming up, we’ve got two really big catalysts. One, Micron earnings. Two, PCE inflation debt. Actually, I take that back. We have three really big catalysts this week. We have Micron earnings on Wednesday. We have PCE inflation data on Wednesday. And then we have the jobs report at the end of the week. All three of those catalysts are most likely going to move the market. So, we have to kind of go over and discuss where we are with this market. We’re going to talk a little bit about bond yields. Um, I will go over that just a little bit with people here. It’s a huge topic that I think people need to understand what’s going on with bond yields. Um, I will start by telling you I’m incredibly impressed by how well that equities have held up during this surge in bond yields. Bond yields aren’t just moving higher, they’re screaming higher. And, you know, typically it’s not just the it’s not necessarily just the yield itself, it’s how fast it gets there. And just last week, we had one of the sharpest moves that I’ve seen in a very long time in bond yields. Um, it is something that I does concern me. Um, it’s not something that has caused me to sell aggressively in my long-term portfolio yet. I have not. Um, I am still fully invested in the long-term portfolio. Um, but if it looks like the Fed is going to embark on an aggressive rate hike cycle, I’m probably going to start to be trimming some. I’m probably going to start to take some profits in my long-term portfolio if they start to get aggressive with their hike cycle. Uh, right now the markets are pricing in over a 60% chance the Fed hiking again in October. And the now people are starting to think about they might be hiking 100 to 150 basis points which I think if they end up doing that I believe that that will end up being a mistake. Um and if they do end up hiking to that extent you guys are most likely going to see me make announcements to within the members of True Trading Group and also I’ll do that here on the live stream. Um but obviously probably like a week or so delayed from when I actually do start to do it because I do these live streams on Sunday evenings. Obviously, I’m with members of True Trading Group every single day, trading live with them, sharing my screen. It’s not just myself. There’s seven other professional traders that are live with us that share their screens and trade in front of our members live. They answer questions, provide market commentary, analysis throughout the throughout the day. Um, but I will definitely let you guys know if I do start to sell some stuff in my long-term portfolio, but I have not yet. Okay. Um, and that’s another conversation for another time. Honestly, I don’t want to waste, you know, too much time tonight going over kind of the the bigger picture stuff. I will go over that as we get closer to the end of the year and I get into my market allec report for 2027. Every single year at True Trading Group, I publish a very in-depth, long, detailed market allec report where I talk about what I think the market’s going to do. I go over the sectors that I think are going to perform the best for the year. And I go over individual stocks that I like within those sectors that I’m going to be buying within the first couple of weeks of the year. Um, and I do that every single year inside of Training. I’ve been doing it now for the last six years. And the goal there is just for us to be able to outperform, you know, the S&P um, and to outperform even the NASDAQ. And we have done it so far every single year that we have published those reports is something I’m incredibly proud of. I take about two months to actually put that report together. It can be a very long lengthy report, but I do put images and charts and graphics and and you know my research and everything goes into this report. So it’s not just it’s not just you know 20 30 pages of words. Um a lot of it can be like images of charts or or you know my research. It’s something that I the members of True Training really love when I do that. Um and I love doing it too. And you know, as we get closer to the end of the year, we can talk more about that. But for tonight specifically, let’s really just stay focused on what we have coming up here this week, and that is PCE inflation data, micron earnings, and the job report. And on top of all that, bond yields are screaming higher. And the president just rejected Iran’s second proposal. So, we had the UN assembly last week. Um and during that UN assembly, Qatari mediators were going back and forth between the US and Iranian negotiating teams and the Iranians had presented a proposal for um a ceasefire and to reopen the straight of moose and they gave their terms. They gave this is what this is, you know, if you do this then we’re going to open up the straight of moose and um the president rejected that first proposal. Uh two days later, the Iranians presented a new proposal and we just found out uh on Friday evening that Trump has rejected that proposal um as well. So the market started to move higher on Thursday and Friday on the hopes of some type of an agreement coming to fruition. um we had a nice little recovery on Thursday on news around that topic and then you had an extension on Friday of news around that same topic when the Iranians put forth that second proposal. Um and then there was a report by Al Jazer that said that they were moving towards discussing the technical aspects of the agreement which says which kind of insinuated they moved past the initial discussion. Um and then the markets continued higher even further on Friday. I can show you even on the charts you’ll see exactly when these news headlines came across the wire. Um so right here is when one of those headlines came across the wire. That was that they had moved through to a technical uh that was that they moved through to technical discussions and this was the initial um initial news headline on Thursday. So you can see the markets got a little optimistic that hey maybe now that we’re going to get a deal here that the first deal was rejected and then within the next two days the Iranians sent a new proposal but the president has rejected that proposal also. So we are getting a little bit of a gap down here on futures. Um, and you know, I went over with members I went over with members inside of True Training Group on Friday a couple of if this then that type scenarios around this, you know, the this new uh proposal because we didn’t know if if it was going to be accepted or not. Um, now that we know that it looks like it’s been denied, there’s a there’s two setups here that I really want to kind of focus on, and I’ll go over both of them with you guys. Um, it’s essentially how I think that we’re going to get the market is going to play itself out depending on what the news ends up being later this week. So, long story short, there’s a lot going on. US Iran micron earnings PC inflation labor jobs report. Okay, so this is not the week to be trading by yourself. This is not the week to be trying to figure things out. This is not the week to be testing out something new. This is the week to capitalize on what will absolutely undoubtedly be really high market volatility, which means bigger moves in shorter periods of time, which means better opportunities for you and I to make money. Okay. So, I can probably sit on this live stream for the next three, four hours and talk to you guys about the bigger picture, the long-term portfolio, interest rates, bond yields, inflation, the Fed, and we can go over a ton of different things. We’re not going to do that. We’re going to just kind of buckle up right now. We’re going to put the helmets on, put the mouthpiece in. We’re going to roll our sleeves up, and we’re getting ready to make some damn money this week. All right. I think this is going to be a really big week. So, let’s dive in. Let’s not waste any more time. I know you guys probably want to get to the who plays tonight, the Rams and the Broncos. Rams and Broncos. That should be a good game tonight. So, I’m sure you guys probably want to get to that. So, I won’t take up too much of your time. With that being said, if you guys are new to this channel, okay, maybe you guys have not tuned in before. Maybe this is your first time. Welcome. All right. If you’re not familiar with who I am, my name is Michael Edward Parinati. I go by Michael Edward. I’m the co-founder and head trader of True Trading Group. TTG is a fintech platform, guys. We are not just a chat room with trade alerts and courses. We are designed and exists to help you learn faster, trade smarter, and profit sooner. That’s what we’re going to do here tonight. This is a fintech platform, a trading software that has that is, you know, leveling the playing field for retail traders. We give retail traders access to tools, resources, data, and analytics that rivals those that professional traders from all around the world have access to with all the different Bloomberg, you know, Bloomberg terminal or professional software system that they that they use. We have built out a platform that has actually received the global benzinga fintech award for best AI analysis tool. We are partnered with and powered by the NASDAQ benzinga openai data bento unusual whales and some others. So this is an award-winning platform folks. This is something that you guys get access to when you join true trading group. Yes, you get access to the social community aspect that is true trading group. Okay, the chat room, right? All the trade alerts and the education. That’s true trading group. TTG AI is the software side. All the tools, the resources, the trading systems and software that you will have access to as a member of True Trading Group. Okay, that is what makes the big I think is the big you know difference maker for a lot of our members. At Trinity Group, we have a retention rate amongst our members that is in the 70 percentile, which is unbelievable, unheard of in this industry and in this space. Many of our members have been with us for four, five, six, seven years. Also unheard of typically in this space. A lot of you might have signed up to other communities, other platforms in the past and you were gone after a few months if it was a monthly membership or if it was a yearly membership, you were gone just after one year. But the reality is members of your training group stay with us. And that’s because they actually do well. And by do well, I mean they actually make money. And if you don’t believe me, that’s totally fine. I don’t expect you to believe me just because I’m some guy on a YouTube channel with a cool painting hanging over his head. I would expect you to believe that the things that I’m telling you because members will tell you it themselves. Okay? Members of your trading group that are on this live stream right now, do me a favor real quick. Type the number one if you’re making money becoming better traders because of TTG. And anyone that’s on this live that is not a member. Maybe you’re new. Pay attention how many people you’re going to see type of number one because these are your peers, your friends, your family members, your co-workers, these are these people literally once were you sitting on a live stream on a Sunday evening trying to just get some tips on how to make some money during the week. Maybe they made some money on the analysis that I provided. They’re like, you know what? Maybe this guy sounds like he knows what he’s talking about. Let me join. And now here they are years later still with us making money, becoming profitable traders, improving on their results, their consistency. That’s what this is all about. That’s why you guys are here. That’s why you’re here on a Sunday evening at 8:20 when you’re about to have kickoff between the Rams and Broncos. That’s why you’re sitting here watching this live stream. You’re probably doing both. You’re probably multitasking. But that’s why you’re here. You’re here because you want to make money. And I’m telling you guys this right now. this week that we have coming up, all the catalysts that are going to be unfolding. I believe you’re going to get moves in the markets that are going to allow you to do exactly that. And not just by a little bit, I think by a lot. So, pay very close attention. And for those of you that are not members, this is the perfect week for you to just come trade with us. You have you don’t have to be a full member. You can be a a trial member. We have a 90-day trial that you guys can join. You can get access to the tools and the trading systems and software that we have, and you guys can trade with us throughout the entire week. Go to trtradinggroup.com990. It’s a 90-day trial for 90 bucks. It’s a dollar a day. And the reason why I do this is because I believe so strongly in the platform that we’ve created that you guys, if you use it, if you use the tools and the resources that are available on the platform, I believe that you’re going to do well. I believe that you’re going to make money. I don’t believe that because I’m just a a wishful thinker. I believe that because about 74% of our members do. That’s why that’s why I believe that. So I feel if you guys join, okay, I feel if you guys were to join, use the system, you have 90 days to use it, make money with it, and then I think you’re going to want to become an annual member. We listen, as a company, and True Trading Group is a business. Don’t don’t get it twisted. This is not just me with like a Discord chat, and I just do this for fun. No, True Training Group is a business. We have over 30 employees. We have 11,000 members from 114 different countries working partnerships and relationships with companies like the NASDAQ, Benzinga, and OpenAI, okay? This is not just me with a, you know, a Discord room, okay? This is a business. So, make no mistake about that. Yeah. There you go. Six years strong. Somebody’s I just joined after hearing a recording. It’s amazing, you guys. I’m just reading getting caught up. reading some of the comments that you guys have coming through um on the screen. But like I said, um those of you that join the trial, we’re going to lose money on you guys during your 90 days because all of our systems are, you know, the AI usage that we have, it’s all usage based, right? So, you’re going to spend you’re going to use it more than what’s going to cost us a dollar a day. And I’m okay with that. I’m I’m making an investment. I’m going to put money up essentially for you to use this for 90 days. And I’m going to lose money on it. And I’m okay because I believe once you use it, you’re going to want to stay. you’re going to join for the year and then I’ll make money on it. That’s the deal. And I think that’s the way that it should be. It shouldn’t just be, “Hey, listen. I’ve got this product that costs thousands of dollars.” It doesn’t. But I’m just saying, “Hey, I got this product cost thousands of dollars. Just trust me. Sign up and it’ll it’ll make you money.” No. If it’s that good and it’s going to help you make money, then I should let you use it first. No year commitment, no big upfront payment. 90 bucks, 90 days. Knock yourself out. Go to town. go nuts and then tell me I’m lying because I believe you’re going to use it and you’re going to be like, you know what, I never want to trade without these things ever again. Because that’s exactly how members of True Trading Group feel right now here today. So go to trueradinggroup.com990.

    Okay? You’ll sign up for the 90-day trial. If you have any questions, if you need help signing up, you’re unsure about something, anything, send us a text message. The phone number is right down there at the bottom of your screen. It’s 1888-621-2127. Again, that phone number is 1888-621-2127 right down there. If you need it, text that number if you need help or if you have any questions at all. Otherwise, trueringgroup.com990 link is posted in chat. You guys can sign up and join us for 90 days. Not seven days. Seven days is nothing. Seven days is not enough time to for you to figure out whether or not something is is going to work for you. Neither is 14 days. [ __ ] Neither’s 30. You’re busy. You sign up for a 30-day trial that somebody else might give you. You probably maybe one week you’re sick, the next week you’re busy with work, and before you know it, you got two weeks left to try to figure it out. It’s not enough time. I’m going to give you 90 days. Go nuts. Use the system. I know you’re going to love it. I do because 11,000 members will tell you that they love it. All right. So, that’s that. True.com990. Go check it out, guys. Okay. With that said, let’s take things back on over to the charts and let’s kind of go over what we think about this week. I went over with members um on was it Friday, guys? I think it Yeah, it was Friday.

    I went over with members on Friday my thoughts. I gave them if this then that scenarios for what our trading our plan of attack what our plan of attack was going to be come Monday morning depending on what happens with this new proposal from Iran to reopen the shredded formoose and I told members I said guys listen if there’s positive news around this and there’s actually some type of an agreement some type of deal then I would have had an which is not that’s not the case. President Trump has rejected Iran’s second proposal. So right now that’s not the case. But I’m going to tell you what the scenarios were on Friday before we knew what this what the news was. And I’m telling you this plan because maybe Monday or Tuesday or Wednesday maybe you do get some type of positive news. And if you do at least now you have a trading plan around it in case something like that does happen. Again I will repeat this is not the case right now. This is not the news, but if you were to get positive news around some type of a deal, there’s only two resistance levels left on the spy that you need to really pay attention to and then you’re at a new all-time high. And I do believe that if you were to have some type of actual deal or an agreement that the markets would be able to push and make a new all-time high because I think it would be driven by a short squeeze. The month of September is historically an incredibly weak time of year. It’s actually the only month out of the calendar that over the last h 100red years is actually red more times than it is not. Every other month is green more times than it is not. So September is historically the weakest month of the year. But on top of that, the last two weeks of September are even more so the weakest two weeks of the entire year. And all of that is even more so true and even more weak when it is a midterm election year. So coming into the month of September, there was a lot of short um shorting that was taking place. There was a lot of hedges that were getting put on by hedge funds and traders and people all over the world, right? Because they were preparing for what was what was anticipated to be. The Fed was going to raise rates, seasonal weakness, bond yields are moving higher and everybody started to position themselves for a downside move as they should because all of those things combined you would think would make equities move to the downside. They just haven’t. They haven’t. And if you were to actually get some type of a positive deal, I think that all of the shorting that has taken place in the month of September and all the hedging that is taking place in the month of September would cause a short squeeze. I think all that hedging would get unwound and all you have you have programmatic buyers step in like CTAs would step in. These algoers would just turn on buy programs and unwind all of those hedges. And I believe that would take you to a new all-time high. The the thing the way to play that type of news would be, again, if you’re just joining me, this is not what I’m telling you I’m doing this week. I’m giving you if this then that type scenarios. If you were to get positive news around some type of a deal, the play here is a gap up above 775 on the spy. If you gap above 775 on the spy on some type of positive news, for me it is a very high conviction long on any pullback into the mid770s and then take profit into the new all-time high of 779. But hold hold because I believe the unwind of the hedging and the short positions would take us to the new all-time high. You’d be looking at probably at least a 2 to three day trade where you get in on the breakout of the 775. you enter on the retest and you hold onto that position for probably two to three days moving forward and get the new all-time high and get the extension move. Okay, that is what the play would be if you had positive news around that new proposal to reopen the straightup for moves. Now, with that being said, put that idea in your back pocket. Save it

    for later. That’s not what we’re talking about now. What happened now was that the president has rejected Iran’s new proposal to open the trade for mutes. That has caused equities to move back to the downside, giving a little bit of bump in oil prices. And now the way that we’re going to take this from here on out is the market gave you a nice little bounceback move on Thursday and Friday on optimism of the continued negotiations and this this these new proposals that Iran was submitting. The market started to get optimistic about that. Now that we know the president has rejected it, we could be looking at a situation here where we just kind of take back that entire move. And that’s kind of what I’m thinking about. If because bond yields are still are still high and without any significant move lower in bond yields, I just don’t think that equities are going to be able to con to considerably move higher or significantly move higher. I think any type of a move to the upside without bond yields coming down considerably. I just think any move to the upside is going to get met with resistance up at resistance levels and I don’t think those resistance levels are going to break. Now obviously if you got some type of positive news around a US and Iran deal that would cause a very sharp decline in bond yields and then that would allow equities to continue to move higher and make the new alltime high. But as it stands today, I’m coming into this week leaning on the bearish side of things. I’m coming in here saying to myself, the markets, you know, had a nice strong move on Thursday, had a nice strong move on Friday, and it was all driven by optimism around this this new possible deal. Now that it’s been rejected, I’m going to look for a lot of that optimism that ended last week to come back out. Okay? And where we sit right now, if the markets were to open up right now, based on where futures are sitting, we’d be opening up right around like 769. Okay? The spy would be sitting right around here. And what I’m going to be looking for tomorrow is I’m going to be looking for essentially us to just take back and just kind of wipe out Friday’s move. So, I’m looking for us to just kind of give us something that looks maybe a little bit something like this, a candle there tomorrow that looks like that and gets us back down into Friday’s low. So, my game plan coming into this week is going to be leaning on the short side of things to start the week off and look for us to get back down into Friday’s low. Friday’s low is 766. So, we’re going to look for a short side move into 766. And then if there is still, you know, nothing positive um that happens on Tuesday, we look for 766 to break. And you look for a continued move to the downside as bond yields continue to rise. And then you get back down into Thursday’s low. Thursday’s low is 763 and a half. Okay? And that’s kind of what I would be looking for here, Monday, and then into Tuesday. And let’s just let’s just back out the optimism that we experienced on Thursday and Friday. Okay? So, like here’s Thursday’s move, right? There’s we had here’s that news. Bang, markets popped higher. And then here’s that news on Friday at noon. Bang, markets popped higher. The news came out right around noon on both days. So, like 12:15 on Thursday, bang to the upside. And then 12:00 on Friday, bang, back to the upside. So, then let’s just let’s just look for us to just back that move out and get back down into those mid to low 760s. And once we get ourselves back down to those mid to low 760s, we then establish our footing. We find support at the gap fill. You have a gap fill here from the 18th. And that also lines up with this dark blue line you see on my screen, which is the 50-day moving average. Okay? So, we are looking at the 50-day moving average, a gap fill from the 18th and Thursday’s low and all these previous pivot highs from earlier in in the month of September and just get ourselves right back into that nice that that nice little zone. That is what I’m looking for coming into the week. That is how I’m looking to start the week off. Okay. Now, if there’s any type of positive news, obviously this changes. Okay. But as it stands right now, those are my thoughts. That’s what I’m looking at. Okay. Um, then Wednesday, we have PC inflation data in the morning. We also will have on Wednesday, we’re going to have Micron’s earnings. Those are going to be really important. So, that’s why I’m giving you I am treating this week as two separate instances. Monday and Tuesday for me are an ent are one one trade all by itself. I just gave you Monday, Tuesday. Wednesday, Thursday is going to be something different. Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, my trading plan will be dependent on what the PCE data looks like and how Micron’s earnings are. And it’s not just how Micron’s earnings are. I think everyone expects Micron Micron’s earnings to be great. Um, but it’s really, you know, how does the stock react to what is probably going to be a beat and raise, does the stock sell off even though they beat and raise or is the stock rewarded with upside? And, you know, once I see what the PC data is and once I see what how Micron responds to earnings, then I’m going to have a very clear plan of attack for Thursday and Friday. Okay? Okay, so I’m going to break this week up into two separate instances, Monday, Tuesday, and then we’ll wait and see what PCE looks like and micro earnings because PCE data, if PC data comes in hot, it comes in higher than expected, bond yields should continue to move higher. Rate hike expectations should continue to move higher and that should absolutely pressure equities to the downside. And if that is the case, then I will continue to be short because I’m already gonna be thinking short Monday and Tuesday. I will continue to be short if that’s the case. But if for some reason we get a really um a much better than expected PCE data number, um that could cause bond yields to retreat. That can cause rate hike expectations to fade and that can allow equities to breathe a little bit. So I would probably not want to continue to step on the short if that data comes in cooler than expected. All right. So we’re going to treat this as two different things. Monday, Tuesday, and then we’ll wait and see what happens on Wednesday. Okay. Get it? Got it. Good. That’s a deal there with regard to the overall markets. Now, let’s keep it moving. Some individual stocks. Couple of short setups that I do like. One of them is Salesforce. Um, and it comes down to this 230

    uh this 230 level. Okay. Now, if Salesforce breaks 230, we got to look for a short.

    Here is your 230. I would not say anticipate the break of 230. I would say you’re probably better off waiting for it to break, but this is the uh that big earnings gap up. There’s your gap entry. You dropped down into it on Tuesday of last week and it held support. But that bounce did not last very long. You ran into the trade line, which is this teal line you see on my screen. It’s the 9 EMA, this teal line. and it immediately acted as resistance and push the stock back to the downside. So, what I’m looking for here is if you break 230, 230 probably should become resistance then and then I would look for Salesforce to continue to fade down into that gap and get back down into some of these nice major levels of support. We got a lot of support down here around 215 to 220 and that’s kind of the area that I’m going to be looking for. Okay, 220 is support pivot from here from January. Then you had a huge gap down in January that creates a nice little resistance top. And then he had resistance there in August. And you have the dark blue line coming up which is the 50-day moving average. So I like the idea here underneath 230. I like the short stop loss will be back above 230. And I like for a target somewhere in between 215 and 220 for a target there on Salesforce. All right, that is CRM.

    Next up, Oracle. Okay, Oracle had some some mega news last week um Thursday. And you can see I have this nice support level drawn out around 139ish. And I will draw this for you a little bit more. There you can see this used to be support. You broke it. You had gotten back above it in August. it became support and then it was support once again and again and again. Then on Thursday we got underneath this level, tried to get back above it Thursday into Friday and you can see we failed. So what I’m looking for here is I’m looking for this area to continue to be resistance on Oracle and I’m looking for Oracle to do something that looks like this.

    Okay,

    that’s what I’m looking for. All right, that is Oracle. So again, we’re going to be looking at your stop loss is probably going to be north of 140 and your entry is probably going to be somewhere around 138 or so.

    All right, that’s going to be Oracle. Next up, guys, we have IBM. Okay, IBM very similar setup here to Oracle. We had a very nice um area of structure here on IBM. And you can see here this area was resistance in July, resistance in July. Then you broke above it and you have support in August, support in August, support in August, support in September, support in September, support in September, and then on Thursday it broke. And then on Friday, you tried to get back above it and it acted as resistance. So, we’re going to continue to look for this 229 level to be resistance on IBM and we are going to continue to look for IBM to fade. Okay, we are looking for IBM to get down into the high 21s. Okay, we’re looking for IBM to get down to like 218ish. All right, your stop loss on this is going to be above 229. Okay, above 229 will end up being your stop loss on IBM. and we look for a target to try to get this thing down into the 21 teens. Maybe like a 217 218 area or so is what we’re going to be looking for there on IBM.

    Any questions so far on any of the short setups that we are going over here? We have IBM, Salesforce, and Oracle on watch.

    If you have any questions, now is the time to ask.

    All right, perfect. Uh, and then with that being, I mean, listen, I I never like to just have a watch list that’s all just one-sided. Those are going to be some of my top focuses. And I, like I said, I am looking short here to start the week off. So, I’m going to be trading tomorrow. I’m going to be trading S&P futures. I’m going to be trading IBM, Salesforce, and Oracle. All four to the downside is what I’m looking for to start the week off. Uh, but I’m also going to throw in just one stock in here that I think just continues to just be unbelievable. And it’s just Apple. You know, Apple up here against this double top. Um, we got a very strong double top here at 345 for the all-time high. And it’s just you got a nice support level at 335 and this 9 EMA I would just if you want to be long something I think Apple’s a pretty decent name to be long and if you do get some type of positive news then look for Apple to make the new alltime high but this is kind of more of like a a backseat or a rainy day I don’t know plan B type of thing here because I am coming into this week like I leaning on the bearish side of things. Okay. Um so if if I am right with my analysis, I’ll be making money on Monday, Tuesday, short S&P futures, you know, Oracle, IBM. Um and then I’ll wait and see what happens for the PC data then on Wednesday. Okay. And that’s really it, folks. So I have a pretty narrow focused watch list for this week. Um, you know, futures are starting to head back down towards lows. We’re down, you know, a little more than a quarter point. We’re almost back to the lows, which was like down like, you know,.3%. So, here we go. Some people are asking me about some serious symbols. I’ll take a look real quick. SMCI, um, SMCI, you know, has actually, you know, done pretty well here. I mean, you broke through some resistance you had around 42. You can look for 42 to be support and then look for it to continue higher. If you’re going to be long, also I think semiconductors are probably a good place to do it. You know, AMD has been unbelievable. Micron’s been unbelievable. Uh SMCI has been strong. Nvidia has been great. Um so if you’re going to be looking for longs, I would say, you know, staying in the um I would say staying in the AI trade is the is the way to do it. I would not try to be long something else, right? I would try to really be focused staying long on the AI trade and not try to go and go go after something else. Um, that has a beta to the market. If you’re going after something that’s not really correlated to the market, that’s something totally different. But if you’re looking at stocks that are correlated to the overall market, I would probably, you know, look look maybe somewhere else. Okay. Uh, someone says, “Would you short SpaceX?” Um,

    I’m probably not going to. Um,

    but if I mean if it breaks 145, maybe it could be decent.

    Everyone should.

    You guys lost me there for a minute. All

    right. Yeah, I’m not sure what just happened. I just lost connection there for a minute. Um, yeah, I I so many people have wanted to short SpaceX with the share unlocks, but

    the stock kind of refuses to to to fall and I I don’t know. I I just want to be careful try trying to short that thing. You know, maybe you guys are right. Maybe this thing does just roll over and but so many people are expecting it to roll over with the share unlocks and it just hasn’t. Um and if this thing starts to move to the upside, it it could squeeze. I actually tried taking a long on SpaceX what two weeks ago. Um and we um it wasn’t able to break through resistance. We took profits, you know, into 156 and 158 um right into here. We took profit and then we ended up exiting the rest. Um, we ended up exiting the rest of it. I think 152. I don’t remember exactly where I got out of it. Um, but yeah, we ended up, you know, doing we did okay on it. Made a little bit of money. Nothing crazy. We didn’t get like the follow-through move that we were looking for, but we did get profits off 156, 158, and it was just um I don’t know if I’m if I want to short it.

    I don’t know if I want to short it. You know, it actually kind of worries me like like if this thing for whatever reason were to gap up tomorrow and like buck the trend, you can get a candle tomorrow just looks like that. There’s so many people that are short this thing. Um, and I just I just think that if this stock gets through this zone, right? Like see this zone right here, all this support from the IPO and now it’s resistance. If you get through that, I think the stock rips. Like if you get through the mid50s, I just I think the stock rips. And I will I will definitely be there for that long if that happens. And if this thing just breaks down and just rolls over, I’m not going to be short. I won’t be long, right? I just I don’t think that I would be pulling the trigger for the short because I’m I’m actually looking for the long setup. Um, so if it does roll over, I just I I won’t be I’m not going to be long obviously, but I also probably will not be short because it’s just not on my my list um that I’m looking at for the short side of things. I’m going to be looking at, you know, I’d rather be looking at like a Salesforce and IBM, Oracle, um, you know, that’s kind of what I’m what I’m thinking about there with regards to SpaceX. Okay. Thoughts on Meta? Um, love Meta, but I I just think Meta’s gone too far, too fast. So, Meta had this huge massive move in the month of September. The stock was at a 560 to start the month. It went all the way to 780 and that’s going to be right in front of your all-time high resistance. And the all-time high is a very strong double top put in place last year around 770 or excuse me 790 and you ran right up into that um on Thursday and then you just got a nice big pullback day on Friday. What I think needs to happen here on Meta honestly is I think Meta needs to consolidate up here. Um, I think that, you know, Meta had these hu this huge move, but now I think it’s time for that stock to kind of consolidate a bit and try to put in a little bit of a bull flag, maybe let this 9 EMA catch up. This 90A was support, okay, here earlier in the month. So, let’s look for, you know, another another pullback move down into the 9 EMA and then let’s look for the stock to try to bounce from there and then try to put in a little bit of a a period of consolidation. I think I mean the stock has just run too far too fast and I think that that stock needs to consolidate beneath those all-time highs. Somebody else also asked for Bloom Energy. Um Bloom Energy, you know, looks good. I just I’m just not

    I just don’t think it’s an ideal setup right now with where the stock currently sits as far as riskreward goes. You have a really nice support level around 250. 250 was a resistance here in August. You broke above it in September and then it double bottom support and you got a nice big move here. But it’s like where do you go from here, you know, and I don’t I don’t see I don’t see a real clear-cut setup here where I would like the riskreward. You know, maybe maybe if you want to look for another day, something that looks like this, like what like maybe a three-day move here. Um, and then you can say maybe you look for support in the low 280s. I would probably say I wouldn’t be looking short, but I’d probably say like 282, 283, somewhere in that area for possible support and then see if Bloom can get into the low 300s is probably how I would I would look at that.

    you like uh service now short 135 level feels like it’s going to break. Oh yeah, 135 that that is a nice level. So I I do like this um arsh good eye. So you’ve got this resistance level here at 150, right? And that used to be support. Then you broke underneath it the first trading day of the year that it became resistance and sold off. You rallied back up into it, became resistance. Now you have a minor very minor level here at 135 and if that that that’s givingven you a little bit of a floor for the last two weeks. If that breaks you have a very nice support level here at 130 and that’s the target right so 130 you can see we used to have um used to have resistance at 130 broke above it support and then here comes the 50-day moving average. See this dark blue line coming up? This dark blue line’s coming up here. So, you can look for a nice little, you know, drop down into here if 135 breaks. If 135 breaks. Thoughts on XRP? I assume you’re talking about Ripple? I have no thoughts on Ripple. I don’t trade Ripple. I don’t even look at Ripple. The only crypto that I would trade is Bitcoin and Ethereum. So, I don’t necessarily really have any any thoughts on on Ripple at all. Uh Tesla, somebody also asked me to to look at. Tesla, I think, is is a very tough call right now. I would just find something else to trade. I’m being completely honest with you. Um, the way that I look at Tesla, okay, you’ve got resistance at 390 and 385. And really, I’d say it’s like a just a zone of resistance. I don’t I wouldn’t even necessarily call them two separate levels. I just think that that’s your area of resistance. You can see a little bit of structure support in early July and then you know more resistance there July and then you can see double top highs here in September. So essentially it’s like 386 to 390 and that’s kind kind of your resistance zone. But I don’t

    I just don’t have high conviction on how far you know I don’t have high conviction on an entry targets you know your stop. You guys have to realize like be being a good trader is not just looking at a stock and saying I think it’s going to go up I think it’s going to go down. Being a good traders is you’re not just ident you’re not just trying to find direction. You’re trying to find probability and you’re trying to you’re trying to find good riskreward. So there could be a situation where I could see a stock and I can be like, “Yeah, I think that stock’s going to go higher.” And you might and then you might be, “Well, are you going to trade it then?” And I’m like, “No, I’m not.” They go, “Well, why not? You think it’s going to go higher? Then why wouldn’t you buy it?” Well, just because I think it’s going to go higher doesn’t mean that it’s a good trade setup. It doesn’t, you know, I need to have good riskreward. I need to say, “Hey, if I’m going to risk two bucks a share, I got to make be making four.” you know, if I’m I need to feel comfortable that this is a high probability setup that it’s not in a consolidation phase. I want to make sure that there’s directional momentum. If there’s not directional momentum, then I’m going to at least be trading a rangebound type of move. And I don’t see necessarily a rangebound move right now in Tesla. And I really don’t necessarily see any directional momentum either. I see a lot of up and down. I see a lot of red and green. I see a lot of chop. And to me, I see that kind of price action. It looks like just something that you know one day you think you got it, the next day you don’t and you spin yourself in circles trying to figure it out and in the meantime you’re missing out on some other good setups that have much higher probability. And that’s kind of the way I feel about Tesla right now. I haven’t had a good good kind of finger on the pulse of Tesla over the last couple of weeks. I think it’s been a pretty difficult stock to try to gauge. There’s been a lot of days where it had relative strength. Then there were days that had relative weakness. There were days that, you know, it would go with markets against markets. Days it looked like you were going to break down and bounce. Days it looked like it was going to break out and then and then, you know, sold off. I just to me this just doesn’t look like a really good trade setup. To me, this looks like a little bit more of a consolidation and and more like choppier type of trading and just not something that I want to put myself in. So, I mean, I hope that makes sense. You know, I I I love trading Tesla, but I trade Tesla when I see a really clear, clean cut pattern. And just right now, I don’t. Right now, I don’t. All right. So, there you have it, folks. All right. That’s my thoughts. That’s my game plan coming into the week. Hope you guys feel better prepared now for the week. We’ll see what futures look like tomorrow when we open up. We’ll have to keep our ears open for news. Like I said, if I know I’m telling you that I’m coming into the week leaning bearish, right? But if there is some type of news, like let’s say Monday afternoon, oh, Iran submitted a third proposal, right? then okay then then my thoughts are going to change because because then the markets will probably move higher on the back of that news like they did on Thursday like they did on Friday right but if nothing like that happens and there was no positive news around US and Iran then I’m going to look for the optimism that we got on Thursday Friday I’m looking for that to then fade ourselves back out we’re going to look for 766 and eventually maybe 763 764 if we don’t get any type of news if you get good news we got to adjust that a little bit. We’re going to have to think twice about the short. We’re going to have to probably get ourselves into maybe a long or two to kind of offset. Um, if you’re not a member of True Trading Group, you’re obviously not going to know if and when I’m doing that because you’re just here on the YouTube channel. I don’t I don’t I’m not with, you know, I don’t trade on YouTube. I trade inside of our platform with all of our members. Um, so if you guys want to join us, you are more than welcome to do so. We have a 90-day trial. You can trade with me live. We have seven other professional traders that trade live, share their screens right in front of you, answer questions, provide market commentary and analysis throughout the entire trading session. You guys can use the trading systems, tools, and resources that we also have on the platform for 90 days with that trial. It’ll cost you $1 a day. No big upfront commitment, no year commitment. Join us for 90 days, make some money with our systems and our tools, and then we’ll talk about you becoming a member for the full year. So, go to trueradinggroup.com990. Join the trial. If you guys have any questions at all, don’t hesitate. There’s a phone number at the bottom of your screen. Just text that number, okay? We will help you out any way that we possibly can. We’ll get you set up and get you guys into the platform for 90 days. All right? This is the week to do it. If you’re were ever thinking about doing it, this is the week to do it with PCE data, micron earnings, and the jobs report. All right? I’ll see you guys this week. Members, take it easy. I’ll see you guys in the morning. If you’re not a member, make sure you subscribe to this channel, smash that like button, show some love, everybody. And I will see you all tomorrow. Take care, folks. Have a good night.

  • 09/27/2026 – 为社么 Medicare Advantage 拒绝你的康复护理申请?真相让人震惊:95%上诉都成功

    我们今天要先想象一个画面。有一天,你因为中风、骨折,或者刚做完关节手术住进了医院。病情稳定以后,医生说你可以出院了,但你需要先去康复护理中心,继续做物理治疗,慢慢地恢复。这本来是再正常不过的医疗安排,结果保险公司那里一句话甩过来:不批准!这一刻,你会怎么办?

    您好,我是舍利,一个喜欢聊投资和退休的老朋友。很多人第一反应就是,既然保险公司都说了嘛,那大概就是我不符合条件就算了吧。但是,美国联邦政府刚刚公布的一份调查报告,

    推翻了这个想法。报告发现,在Medicare Advantage被拒绝进入康复护理中心的老人当中,那些真正有胆量提出上诉的人有95%最终获得了批准。可是,大多数人根本没有走上上诉这一步,超过80%收到了那封拒信就直接放弃了。为什么?这个中间到底又发生了什么?

    这个就是今天这期视频我想带你弄明白的三个非常重要的问题。

    这第一个就是这份联邦报告到底发现了什么?第二个,为什么它再一次暴露了Medicare Advantage的重要限制?第三,也就是最关键的,如果有一天你或者你的家人收到保险公司的拒绝通知,你 H应该怎么办?怎么保护自己的权利?如果你已经开始了医保Medicare,或者未来几年即将进入Medicare,我真心建议你把这期看完。

    今天聊的不是每个月省几十块小钱的事,而是当你真正需要医疗照顾的那一天,你的手里还有没有选择权。如果你喜欢退休规划、食安精、医保、税务和投资这些内容,也欢迎你订阅这个频道。每周我都会和你一起聊一聊退休路上那些真正影响到我们生活品质的重要决定。

    在我们开始正题以前,我先花一分钟的时间讲清楚一个我们很多华人朋友经常搞混的问题。比如说,就是原始的医保加上Medigap(也就是大家比较熟悉的Plan G),它和Medicare Advantage到底有什么不同?大部分人进入医保Medicare以后,通常会面临

    两条路。第一条路就是原始的医保搭配Medigap补充保险,比如很多华人朋友熟悉的Plan G。这条路相对简单,只要是接受Medigap的医生或者医院,基本上都能用,大多数情况下不需要事先审批,也没有保险公司的网络限制。它的最大的优点就是自由度高、选择广泛。

    身体健康的时候,你可能感觉不到这份自由有多值钱;可是当你年纪越来越大,医疗需求越来越多的时候,这份灵活往往会越来越重要。这第二条路就是Medicare Advantage。

    它通常保费更低,而且经常附带牙科、眼镜、听力、健身、购物补贴等额外的福利。所以对刚退休、身体很硬朗的人来说特别的有吸引力。但它的本质是一种管理式的医疗,很多服务都需要事先的批准,很多治疗要经过审核,医院和医生也受到网络的限制。年轻健康的时候这些差别你感觉不出来,可是一旦年纪上去,

    而今天的这份联邦报告正好揭开了一个很多退休人士平时根本看不到的问题。6月11号,美国卫生与公众服务部监察长办公室,也就是简称HHS OIG,

    发布了一份关于Medicare Advantage的正式调查报告。我要特别强调,这不是媒体的评论,也不是保险行业自己的研究,而是美国联邦政府自己的调查结果。这份报告研究的是Medicare Advantage会员申请进入康复护理中心(英文叫做Skilled Nursing Facility,简称SNF)当时的审批情况。很多朋友一听这个名字,

    有点发闷。其实它不是我们传统意义上的养老院,它更像是医院和回家之间的一个过渡站。比如说,一个老人中风、髋关节骨折,或者膝关节置换、或者严重的感染住院,病情稳定后虽然能出院了,但还没有办法

    独立地生活。这个时候医生通常会建议先去康复护理中心,做物理治疗、职业治疗和专业护理等,身体恢复得差不多了再回家。对于大多数人来说,这是再普通不过的安排。

    而监察长办公室的调查发现,在Medicare Advantage的计划里面,大约有12%的康复护理申请被保险公司拒绝了。换句话说,每100位医生认为需要进康复中心的老人里,大约有12位受到了拒绝的通知。

    但是真正让人震惊的是后面两个数字。第一个就是这些被拒的申请里,只有18%的病人或者医疗机构会继续提出上诉,也就是说,超过80%的老人收到拒信以后就直接接受了,没有再争取。第二,而那些真正去上诉的案例里,保险公司最终推翻了自己原来的决定的比例高达95%。

    这个数字高到什么程度?高到连美国联邦监察长办公室都在报告里明确地表示担忧,因为95%的翻盘率说明有相当一部分的会员可能在最开始就被错误地拒掉了本应该得到的护理。说实话,这也是我这些年一直对Medicare Advantage

    保持谨慎的重要原因之一。很多的朋友第一次接触Medicare,会觉得Medicare Advantage特别的好,保费低又附带前面说的那一堆额外的福利。表面看,花更少的钱拿更多的服务,对刚退休身体好的人来说确实非常的诱人。

    但是退休后的规划从来不只是看今天,而是看十年、二十年以后。对一个65岁身体健康一年只看几次医生的人来说,很多限制确实感觉不到;可是到75岁、80岁以后,情况可能完全的不同。

    中风、心脏病、癌症治疗、关节置换、骨折康复、长期护理等等需求就开始集中地冒出来。而恰恰就在这个阶段,Medicare Advantage管理式的医疗的特点就会越来越明显。对健康的人,那些事先批准、审核、网络限制只是走个流程;可是对一个刚做完手术、急着康复的老人来说,这些流程有时候意味着等待、

    延误,甚至被拒绝。

    讲到这里我们先停下喘口气。我知道这些数字听起来有些沉重,但是我不是想吓你,而是想让你早一点知道这件事。因为知道你才有选择,早知道选择越多。如果到这里你觉得这个有价值,先帮我点个赞。

    你的点赞不光能帮频道成长,也能让更多的华人退休朋友刷到这条。这可能正好是他们家里现在最需要听的一件事。好,我们接着往下讲,因为接下来这部分才是真正能够保护到你的。很多人在选了Medicare Advantage,他心里想将来如果发现不合适的话,大不了再换回到

    补充医保。但现实没有那么简单。在美国有很多州,当你离开Medicare Advantage重新申请补充医保的时候,保险公司未必必须要接受你。他们可以要求你做医疗的核保,可能因为你现在的健康状况而提高保费,甚至有可能直接拒保。所以这条路很多时候是一个单向选择:今天进得去,将来未必回得来。而能不能

    回头,往往不是你说了算,而是你那个时候的身体状况说了算。不过这份报告给我们退休家庭最重要的启示,其实不只是Medicare Advantage有哪些限制,而是很多人根本不知道自己手里有什么权利。你想想,这两个数字放在一起多讽刺:超过80%的被拒申请从来没有想过要进入上诉的程序,可一旦上诉,

    95%的都成功了。这说明了三件事。

    第一,第一封拒信不一定是最终的答案。保险公司的决定不一定永远是正确的。只要医生认为治疗有必要,医疗的团队也愿意出支持的文件,病人和家属愿意去争取,很多原本被拒的服务仍然有机会拿回来。对我们华人家庭这点尤其重要,我们很多移民家庭从小就养成了一种习惯,

    权威说什么我们就接受什么,保险公司说不行,好像事情就到此为止了。但是美国的医疗体系不是这么运作的,法律白纸黑字地给了病人申诉的权利。而这份联邦报告已经用数据告诉我们,很多时候申诉真的能改变结果。所以如果将来你或者家人收到医保的拒绝通知,我希望你记住三句话:

    不要因为程序复杂就放弃,不要因为英文不好就放弃,更不要因为收到第一封拒信就以为事情结束了。因为联邦政府最新的数据摆在那,真正去上诉的人95%最终成功。

    我想问几个问题:退休后最大的风险是什么?很多人以为是股市下跌、是通货膨胀、是税率上涨。实际上,我认为退休的规划真正应该看的是未来20年里,当健康出现挑战的时候,你还能不能自由地选择医生、选择医院、选择你需要的那种照顾?到最后,规划的从来不只是财富,而是人生最需要帮助的时候,你依然拥有

    按自己方式生活的能力。